Worthing & Adur Chamber Of Commerce Chamber News

Hargreaves Welcomes Bupa Occupational Health to Princes House, Brighton

Wed, 03 Jun 2026 16:51:16 GMT

Hargreaves Welcomes Bupa Occupational Health to Princes House, Brighton

Hargreaves Group, the private family-owned investment and development company with a strong commercial and residential portfolio across the Southeast, is pleased to announce a new letting to Bupa Occupational Health at Princes House, Queens Road, Brighton.

Bupa Occupational Health, a leading provider of workplace health services across the UK, has taken 5,330 sq ft of prominently positioned prime office accommodation on a new10-year term, further strengthening the occupier profile within this landmark Brighton building. The letting reflects continued demand for high-quality, well-located space from established national occupiers within the city centre office market.

Princes House occupies a prime position on Queens Road, directly adjacent to Brighton Station, providing excellent public transport connectivity and access to the city’s amenities. Hargreaves has continued to invest in the building, ensuring it offers efficient, modern accommodation suited to occupiers seeking long-term, sustainable premises.

Simon Vlok, Asset Manager at Hargreaves Group, commented:

“We are delighted to welcome Bupa Occupational Health to Princes House. This letting highlights the ongoing strength of demand for well-located, high-quality office accommodation in central Brighton. Securing a 10-year straight term from a national occupier reflects confidence in the building and reinforces Queens Road as a prime office destination.”

Hargreaves was advised by Stiles Harold Williams and Bupa Occupational Health was advised by Colliers.

Strike a pose! Huge community turnout for West Sussex care home’s charity fashion show

Mon, 01 Jun 2026 10:06:57 GMT

Strike a pose! Huge community turnout for West Sussex care home’s charity fashion show

A Worthing care home has pulled out all the stops with its charity fashion show, raising in excess of £1,000 for Cancer Research UK.

Merriman Grange, part of Cinnamon Care Collection, recently teamed up with the Findon Valley Residents Association (FVRA) to host the event, themed ‘The Devil Wears Pre‑loved.’ Clothes showcased on the catwalk, all sourced from the Broadwater Cancer Research Shop, were available to purchase after the show, helping boost the fundraising total.

Natalie Birch, General Manager at Merriman Grange, said: “Thank you to all the volunteers for making ‘The Devil Wears Pre-Loved’ Fashion Show such a huge success. We are indebted to our residents for allowing us to host fundraising events like this in our home. It’s an honour to be able to support the local community in such a meaningful way.”

The show was a true community effort, with plenty of volunteer models from the local area joined by several residents and the home’s registered GP, Dr Dhillon from Lime Tree Surgery. Up to 80 guests enjoyed watching the models take to the runway before browsing the rails for their favourite pieces.

One of the home’s residents, Kathleen Litherland, said: “What an excellent evening! We were delighted that we were able to host this at Merriman Grange for the Cancer Research shop. The volunteers from the Findon Valley Residents Association did a great job. We hope they’ve raised a good amount for such a worthwhile charity.”

Lorraine Taylor, Cancer Research Volunteer and Chair of the FVRA, added: “What a privilege to share this fantastically fun evening with such inspiring people, raising money for such an excellent cause.”

Named a ‘Top 20 Care Home’ in South-East England for 2026, Merriman Grange offers residential, dementia and respite care in West Sussex. For more information, visit www.cinnamoncc.com/care-homes/merriman-grange/.

Hargreaves Open Day Event - Prime City Centre Space in Brighton

Wed, 27 May 2026 13:33:29 GMT

Hargreaves Open Day Event - Prime City Centre Space in Brighton

Hargreaves Property is inviting local businesses and professionals to attend an Open Day at its Brighton offices, offering an opportunity to explore a selection of high-quality workspace in a prime city centre location.

The event will showcase five office buildings located on Queens Road, Brighton, each offering modern facilities and competitive space for businesses looking to establish or expand their presence in the city. Attendees will be able to view a range of available offices, including spaces that feature private terraces, underground parking and convenient access to Brighton’s main transport links.

Taking place on Tuesday 16 June from 8:30am to 2:00pm, the Open Day is designed to provide visitors with a relaxed and informative experience. Guests will have the opportunity to tour the buildings, speak with the Hargreaves Property team, and gain insight into the available space and leasing options. Refreshments will be available throughout the event.

This is a valuable opportunity for businesses considering relocation, expansion, or a move into Brighton to explore office solutions in a well-connected and vibrant commercial area.

To find out more about the available space or to register your interest in attending, please visit:
https://brighton.hargreaves.co.uk/available-space/

Paula Rosa Manhatten Local Business Offer.

Mon, 18 May 2026 12:57:11 GMT

Paula Ros Manhatten Local Business Offer.

As a local business owner, in addition to the Paula Rosen Spring Sale: up to 50% off kitchens, we’re also offering you a FREE 3 in 1 Quooker tap* when you order a new kitchen worth over £2,500 before 28th June 2026.

Pop into our showroom today and quote LANCINGPARK to take advantage of this amazing offer. Don’t miss out.

01903 524331

lancing.showroom@prmf.co.uk

Exclusive Chamber Member Offer – 25% Off Worthing Pride 2026 Tickets!

Mon, 18 May 2026 12:55:35 GMT

Exclusive Chamber Member Offer – 25% Off Worthing Pride 2026 Tickets!

Worthing Pride 2026 is set to be bigger, brighter and bolder than ever and Chamber of Commerce members can now enjoy an exclusive 25% discount on ALL ticket types.

As grassroots events across the UK continue to face rising challenges, Worthing Pride is calling on the local business community and supporters to help make this year’s celebration a huge success. In partnership with the Chamber, members can unlock this special offer by emailing lauren@worthingandadurchamber.co.uk

The discount applies across all ticket categories, not just day tickets, making it the perfect opportunity to secure your place early and support one of the region’s most vibrant and inclusive community events.

Home & Company take action on Age Without Limits Day

Thu, 14 May 2026 08:23:41 GMT

Home & Company take action on Age Without Limits Day

This year Age Without Limits Day takes place on Wednesday 10^th June 2026. It’s an annual day to take action and tackle ageism.

Worthing has a significantly older population compared to the national average, so it’s especially important that we embrace older age. Interestingly the public think 25% of older people aged over 65 live in care homes. In fact it’s just 2.5%.

Chances are if you’re reading this then you’re a business owner. What could you do in your organisation to challenge ageism? Could you start a conversation with your team about age bias? Could you look at whether your own processes, such as recruitment, could be more age-neutral? Could you partner with any groups in your local community? Could you post some age-positive photos on your social media? There are some great resources on the agewithoutlimits.org site.

https://www.agewithoutlimits.org/image-library

At Home & Company we are passionate about supporting people, many of whom are older, to live their lives to the full. That could be getting to the cinema for the latest film, helping with their garden, or something as simple as getting to the shops to choose their own food. The small things matter too.

And we’re often blown away by the skills and experience of the people we’re supporting. Our team, who are very age-diverse themselves, often say they learn so much from the people they visit. It really is a two-way process that the team feel they benefit from. One of the things are team often say they learn from supporting older people is being more mindful and living in the moment.

We recently attended the funeral of someone we had helped for over five years. She was always very clear about the help she wanted, and the need to maintain her independence as far as possible, including walks and being immersed in nature. In fact, she had been a forerunner within social care for advocating choice and was well-known in her field. It really pays to remember that age brings experience and wisdom, and we can all learn from that.

We’re all on the ageing journey, so it’s to all our benefit that we challenge ageism now.

Home & Company support people in Sussex, but are happy to help with advice and signposting wherever you are so do feel free to get in touch.

Hospital visitors benefit from brand new facilities

Mon, 11 May 2026 11:40:44 GMT

Hospital visitors benefit from brand new facilities

Pilbeam Construction, working closely with University Hospitals Sussex NHS Foundation Trust has completed a project to modernise and enhance the existing public toilets for visitors and patients at The Princess Royal Hospital in Haywards Heath.

The existing smaller facilities that had become dated were replaced with a bigger and brighter more modern space featuring new extract ventilation, correcting one of the major issues of the previous block.

Sussex contractor Pilbeam Construction worked with the Trust and relevant stakeholders to design and remodel the space, ensuring it met all NHS regulations and needs in terms of patient safety and accessibility.

Alan Corbett, managing director at Pilbeam Construction, based in Southwick, West Sussex, said: "This is the fourth time we have worked with the Princess Royal Hospital in Haywards Heath and this project builds on our extensive experience of operating in sensitive healthcare settings.

"Our team has vast experience of working in a live healthcare environment and we managed to keep disruption for healthcare professionals, service users and patients to a minimum.

"This scheme will provide hospital visitors with a modern and easily maintained facility which will stand the test of time."

Work started on the £502k project in March and was completed on 22 August, with Pilbeam designing the new space to ensure it met Health Technical Memoranda and Health Building regulations.

The team provided temporary toilets suitable for a busy 24-hour facility, whilst they replaced the main public toilets for the hospital.

The new block includes facilities for men, women and two separate accessible gender-neutral toilets, as well as baby change facilities.

Justin Champneys, capital development manager for the Trust at The Princess Royal Hospital said: “The response from visitors and staff has been fantastic with many commenting on what a great improvement the new facilities are.

“The public toilets are a focal point to the entry of the hospital and anything we can do to make our patients’ visits a more pleasant experience is important.

“Pilbeam’s expert team ensured minimal disruption, whilst dealing with the challenges of working in a live hospital environment.”

For more information please visit: https://www.pilbeamconstruction.co.uk/

Two Sussex charities join forces for abseil challenge to create connection and reduce social isolation

Mon, 11 May 2026 11:34:18 GMT

Two Sussex charities join forces for abseil challenge to create connection and reduce social isolation

Worthing-based mental health charity, West Sussex Mind, has joined forces with Together Co, the Brighton-based loneliness and social health charity, to run their first joint fundraising event.

People across Sussex are invited to join a thrilling 115ft abseil at Peacehaven Cliffs on Saturday 19 September in aid of two charities that work to reduce social isolation and improve people’s wellbeing. This is the first time that West Sussex Mind and Together Co have partnered for a fundraising event, reflecting common ground between the charities’ aims and a shared mission to support Sussex communities.

Kerrin Page, West Sussex Mind’s CEO, said: “We are thrilled to partner with Together Co for our joint abseil challenge to raise invaluable funds for our charities. It’s great to join forces with another Sussex-based charity whose values and mission align so closely with our own. We look forward to people rallying to support mental and social health and taking on an unforgettable and adventurous feat at Peacehaven Cliffs.”

Emily Daniel, Together Co’s CEO, said: “Collaboration and connection is at the heart of everything we do. By working alongside West Sussex Mind on this event, we are creating opportunities for people and organisations to come together, challenge themselves, and make a tangible difference to the lives of those who need support most.”

Entry to the abseil costs £30 per person (age 10+) with a target fundraising of £250 per person. No previous experience of abseiling is needed and all participants will be supported throughout the event by the abseiling experts at Hatt Adventures.

People can sign up to the abseil to fundraise for West Sussex Mind here: www.westsussexmind.org/get-involved/fundraising/peacehaven-cliffs-abseil

They can sign up to support Together Co here: https://togetherco.org.uk/peacehaven-cliffs-abseil-2026/

Sussex Business Presented with Kings Award for Breakthrough Hearing Tool, Calmer

Wed, 06 May 2026 13:04:11 GMT

Sussex Business Presented with Kings Award for Breakthrough Hearing Tool, Calmer

Sussex-based technology company, Flare Audio, were presented with The King’s Award for Enterprise today, for their breakthrough stress-relieving product Calmer.

The company have been helping millions of people across the globe deal with stress caused by uncomfortable sound, with their clever in-ear product. Having been selected to receive The King’s Award for Enterprise in the Innovation category, today saw the official presentation, which took place at the company’s Lancing HQ.

His Majesty’s Lord-Lieutenant of West Sussex, Lady Emma Barnard, presented Co-CEO’s Davies and Naomi Roberts with their Award and certification, following a tour of the business’s premises and talk through Flare’s fascinating journey.

Employees and guests then moved on to the formal presentation, followed by a reception, where guests included acclaimed Producer Chris Kimsey (Rolling Stones), MP for East Worthing & Shoreham, Tom Rutland, Chief Executive of the Worthing and Adur Chamber of Commerce, Tracie Davey and Managing Director of MDHUB, Fiona Shafer.

The King’s Awards are a globally recognised mark of achievement, honouring outstanding UK businesses. Flare was one of just 46 companies recognised this year in the Innovation category. The accolade focusses on the company’s unique breakthrough product, Calmer; a small silicone in-ear device that reduces stress from annoying and uncomfortable noises without blocking sound - and avoiding the isolation caused by ear plugs.

Calmer works by altering the ear's internal geometry to soften high-frequency sounds, providing relief for everything from noise from busy places, eating sounds and family hecticness, to providing often life-changing benefits for those with sound sensitivities, including those associated with autism or ADHD. The company has sold over 2 million pairs across 186 countries.

Flare’s Product Inventor and Co-Founder, Davies Roberts, attended a Royal Reception at Windsor Castle hosted by His Majesty The King in June 25, where he got to discuss Calmer with His Majesty and presented him with his own pair. Today’s ceremony was a formal presentation of the award and Grant of Appointment, by The King’s personal representative, the Lord-Lieutenant.

“I can’t express how humbled I am that one of my inventions has been recognised by the King,” said Flare’s Davies Roberts. “When we founded Flare, we had a clear mission to develop meaningful sound technologies. We started by redesigning loudspeakers and had no idea that our constant innovation and R&D would lead us to creating products that help calm our response to stressful noises. We’re honoured for Flare to receive this award today from Lady Emma, being recognised for an invention that is making a difference in the world is what every inventor dreams of.”

Employing just 19 people, Flare was founded in 2007 and has made several breakthroughs in the world of consumer audio technology, particularly in its mission to minimise distortion and deliver sound in its truest form. The company has gained support from big name artists and producers for its award-winning, high-clarity earphone technology, including broadcaster and music lover Stephen Fry, Producer Tony Visconti and BBC DJ Chris Hawkins.

The King’s Award programme is now in its 59th year. Recipients are able to use the esteemed King’s Awards Emblem for the next five years.

QUOTES:

‘I'm absolutely delighted that Flare Audio is receiving this very prestigious Award. All nominations for The King’s Award for Enterprise are very rigorously assessed, so this is a well-deserved recognition of the company’s tremendous achievement in developing Calmer, a truly inspired and imaginative innovation that is making a real difference to the lives of many people. It is a joy and a privilege for me to present the Award, on behalf of His Majesty The King, and my heartiest congratulations go to everyone concerned.’

Lady Emma Barnard, HM Lord-Lieutenant of West Sussex

“Flare is an incredible local success story. Listening to their products transformed sound for me; hearing all the individual layers of the music was like being in the room with the orchestra. The King’s Award is a tremendous achievement and it’s great to see an amazing local business recognised in this way.”

Tom Rutland, MP for East Worthing & Shoreham

“Worthing & Adur Chamber are absolutely delighted to celebrate Flare Audio’s Kings Award. Flare are an incredible local business and the most extraordinary innovators. We’re so proud to have Davies and Naomi as members and as part of our local business community. Keep doing what you’re doing and we look forward to what’s next!”

Tracie Davey, Chief Executive of the Worthing and Adur Chamber of Commerce

“As long-term members of MDHUB, we are beyond thrilled at Flare Audio being awarded this prestigious award. Davies, Naomi and their team thoroughly deserve this recognition for their ground-breaking innovation Calmer, that is changing people’s lives. Well done!”

Fiona Shafer, Managing Director of MDHUB

“Hard work, an innovative approach to how we listen to the sound around us and an enduring belief in saving our ears has led to this amazing achievement by Team Flare. Inspirational.”
Chris Kimsey, Producer (Rolling Stones)

www.flareaudio.com
https://www.gov.uk/kings-awards-for-enterprise.

Pilbeam Construction builds better lives in Rustington retirement village

Wed, 06 May 2026 12:07:50 GMT

Pilbeam Construction builds better lives in Rustington retirement village.

Elderly residents at a sheltered housing complex in Rustington are getting together more frequently after a modern community hall was completed by Pilbeam Construction.

Littlehampton and Rustington Housing Society said since the hall was officially opened residents have been leading busier social lives, attending quizzes, film nights and some even had their own Christmas celebrations in the space.

The original 1970s communal building had reached the end of its life and was replaced by the award-winning Booker Hall, which features sustainable design, vaulted ceilings, large skylights, a fully equipped kitchen and ample space for events.

Sussex contractor Pilbeam delivered the scheme alongside architects Studio Scott Taylor for owner Littlehampton and Rustington Housing Society, which said the new facilities are also providing an events space for the local community groups.

The scheme was highly commended in the Sussex Heritage Trust Awards 2025 in the public and community category.

Alan Corbett, managing director of Pilbeam Construction, said: “We worked closely with Littlehampton and Rustington Housing Society to ensure a smooth process and a positive experience for everyone.

“It’s great to hear how well used the hall has been since opening and that it’s helped to create a much stronger sense of community for residents who are enjoying socialising in a modern and brighter space.”

The project included the demolition of an outdated communal hall, laundrette and office facilities and replacing them with a Cross-Laminated Timber (CLT) framed hall, a modern laundrette, offices and new flats, all with sustainable design at their core.

The new structures are energy efficient and purpose built, providing a warm, welcoming and modern design which is tailored for residents, the wider community and employees.

Next to the hall, the laundrette offers a practical yet inviting environment, complete with a courtyard that allows for natural drying in good weather and a social space for residents located at the heart of the site.

The timber frame and glue-laminated beams lean into the sustainable feel of the whole complex.

Locally sourced flint, an element of locally sourced bricks and a zinc roof with concealed gutters ensure the buildings are not only visually appealing, but also environmentally sound.

Emily Scott, director of Studio Scott Taylor, the project’s architectural firm, said: “From the outset we worked closely with the client team to nurture a project that incorporates their specific needs & creates welcoming spaces for staff and residents.

“This project seamlessly integrates modern and traditional construction methods, making use of locally sourced materials, resulting in a unique civic building that enriches the local community and enhances the lives of those it serves.

“The project has a strong emphasis on sustainability incorporating prefabricated timber construction methods, biodiverse planting and renewable energy sources. This includes solar panels, air source heat pumps and a natural ventilation strategy. At its heart, the project is designed to foster connections and promote the wellbeing of both residents and staff, reflecting a people-centred approach to architecture.”

The communal spaces are available for hire by the wider Rustington community, creating an additional revenue stream for the housing society and strengthening local ties.

The new office buildings provide employees with a collaborative workspace with large windows providing generous daylight and views to the surrounding planting.

Sally Shepherd CEO Littlehampton and Rustington Housing Society said: “Since the communal hall officially opened, our residents have been holding a number of events which is making them feel less isolated.

“For those residents who do not have or do not see their friends and family very much they can become lonely – the new hall is helping them integrate with others on a much more regular basis.”

Community groups and residents who want to hire the hall can find out more here: https://www.rustingtonhall.co.uk/

For further information visit: https://www.pilbeamconstruction.co.uk/

Kreston Reeves advise global events company on UK acquisition

Wed, 22 Apr 2026 09:26:36 GMT

Kreston Reeves advise global events company on UK acquisition

Kreston Reeves has advised Diversified Business Communications Ltd on its acquisition of Redbridge Events Ltd.

Diversified Business Communications is a global digital media and events company. It organises and manages more than 150 trade shows across nine countries attracting more than a quarter of a million people every year. Its trade shows include Accountex, the British Tourism and Travel Show and HR Expo.

Redbridge Events has built a strong business based on its organisation and management of trade shows in London and Amsterdam, including the popular Workspace Design Show.

The Kreston Reeves team was led by Corporate Finance Director Craig Dallender, supported by Mohammed Mujraba (Corporate Tax Partner), Zhen Bailey (Corporate Tax Senior Manager), Robert Nixon (Corporate Tax Senior) and Tanraj Bansal (VAT Senior).

Craig Dallender said: “Diversified Business Communications is one of the world’s leading events companies. Its events, including those in the accountancy sector, are extremely well regarded and attended. We are delighted to have worked alongside the team on another acquisition.”

James Stenning-White, Finance Director at Diversified Business Communications said: “This is an important acquisition for the business, building on our first-class reputation for delivering engaging trade shows around the world. I am grateful for advice and guidance from Craig and his team at Kreston Reeves. They have a clear understanding of our sector, with hands-on advice that helped secure this acquisition.”

Legal advice was provided by DMH Stallard and Fladgate.

Electric Storm Youth Launches Patron Consortium to Strengthen Future for Local Young People

Mon, 20 Apr 2026 10:14:50 GMT

Electric Storm Youth Launches Patron Consortium to Strengthen Future for Local Young People.

Electric Storm Youth (ESY), a charity dedicated to empowering young people across Lancing, Sompting and Adur has officially launched its new Patron Consortium to strengthen its advocacy and community reach. This initiative aims to create an influential network of high-profile champions for the region's youth and ESY is proud to unveil the first two members of this consortium: Tom Rutland Member of Parliament for East Worthing and Shoreham and prominent business leader Simon Bland.

Tom joins Electric Storm Youth with a deep personal commitment to social mobility and a mission to raise the voices of the next generation. Having previously met with the ESY Youth Forum to discuss local democracy, Tom is eager to use his national and local platform to raise the charity’s profile. Sharing his personal motivation, Tom said "Giving every young person the opportunity to achieve their potential regardless of their background is something everyone should support, and very important to me personally. I want to make sure that every young person in Adur has the confidence, skills and support they need to thrive, and I’ve been so impressed with Electric Storm Youth's work to empower young people across Adur. I'm delighted to be appointed as a patron to support them to have the biggest possible impact for the next generation.“

Simon brings extensive expertise in economic development and further education, alongside a clear and long-standing commitment to supporting young people. His experience and professional networks would add significant value to the organisation, particularly in strengthening external relationships, advocacy, and long-term sustainability.

With over 20 years’ experience in local government, alongside a range of governor roles across Special Educational Needs settings and Pupil Referral Units, Simon offers deep strategic insight and the benefit of a well-established and influential network. “I believe that young people need support to help them achieve their full potential. There is a lack of this support resulting in many young people being 'left behind'. I am looking forward to being able to use my knowledge and experience to help ESY deliver their mission.

The formation of the Patron Consortium marks a significant step in ESY’s growth. By bringing together leaders from politics, business, and education, the charity aims to bridge the gap between young people and the wider community.

Karen Jefford, CEO of Electric Storm Youth, commented “We’ve been very deliberate in creating a Patron consortium rather than appointing a single Patron. For us, this is about bringing together a diversity of skills, perspectives, lived experience, and professional networks that can actively support our ambition to grow and deepen our impact.

The role of a Patron at Electric Storm Youth is about advocacy, influence, challenge, and mentorship. Tom and Simon each bring distinct strengths and experiences that will strengthen our organisation, open new opportunities, and, most importantly, help us support young people now, laying the foundations for the future.”

ESY is currently seeking two additional Patrons to complete the consortium, looking for individuals who share their passion for youth empowerment and social inclusion.

www.electricstormyouth.co.uk

Hargreaves Welcomes Rivervale to Newly Refurbished Shoreham Warehouse Hub

Mon, 20 Apr 2026 09:33:39 GMT

Hargreaves Welcomes Rivervale to Newly Refurbished Shoreham Warehouse Hub

Hargreaves Group, the private family owned investment and development company with a strong commercial and residential portfolio across the South East, is pleased to announce a significant new letting at Dolphin Enterprise Centre in Shoreham. Rivervale Cars, one of the leading vehicle leasing brokers in the UK, has committed to Unit A1–A3, following a series of successful lettings across the wider Dolphin Road estate in 2025 to Scout Shops, Crop Crop and The Dental Imaging Company — reinforcing the exceptional appeal of this thriving business location.

The recently refurbished 9,816 sq ft warehouse offers high quality, energy efficient accommodation in a prominent position, complemented by excellent parking and loading facilities. Rivervale’s new 10 year lease reflects strong confidence in both the building and the wider estate, which continues to stand out as one of Shoreham’s most attractive industrial and warehouse destinations.

Dolphin Enterprise Centre continues to provide opportunities for growing businesses, with a range of smaller units from 1,068 to 2,136 sq ft currently available. Larger newly refurbished units from 7,035 to 15,600 sq ft are also offered nearby at Dolphin Way, enabling Hargreaves to cater to a wide spectrum of occupational needs. The company also have prime trade counter and warehouse space available in Burgess Hill. For further information, please contact Hargreaves on 01903 777772 or via email at leasing@hprop.co.uk.

David Russell Smith, Senior Asset Manager at Hargreaves Group, commented:

“Dolphin Enterprise Centre continues to attract a diverse range of occupiers, from ambitious start-ups to established national brands. Our significant investment in our Shoreham warehouse portfolio means we are offering some of the very best accommodation in the market. We are delighted to welcome Rivervale to the estate following the comprehensive refurbishment completed in 2025, and we look forward to bringing more businesses into our expanding Shoreham community throughout 2026.”

Neil Chapman, Chairman of Rivervale, commented:

“Securing this unit at Dolphin Enterprise Centre marks an exciting step forward for our business. The building offers the high‑quality, well‑positioned warehouse space we’ve been actively seeking, and it provides an impressive setting for both our team and our customers. This move gives us the platform to elevate our operations, and we look forward to welcoming customers to our new facility once our fit‑out is complete.”

Hargreaves was advised by Stiles Harold Williams and Justice & Co. Rivervale Cars was unrepresented.

Five practical ways businesses can achieve affordable productivity by Fluid One

Mon, 20 Apr 2026 09:29:04 GMT

Five practical ways businesses can achieve affordable productivity by Fluid One

For many businesses, improving productivity often feels tied to major investment or large‑scale transformation. In reality, some of the biggest gains come from identifying hidden inefficiencies, strengthening the tools already in use, and simplifying the way the IT environment operates. When organisations focus on these practical areas, they often find meaningful improvements can be achieved without significant additional cost. With many businesses balancing growth ambitions against tighter budgets, knowing where to optimise can make a substantial difference. Here are five practical steps that help organisations stay productive without unnecessary spend.

1. Reduce supplier fragmentation

When IT responsibilities are split across several providers, delays and blurred ownership quickly follow. Issues take longer to resolve, and it becomes harder for teams to know who is responsible for what. A single trusted partner can streamline accountability, improve response times and keep systems aligned to business goals. Consolidating suppliers doesn’t just simplify communication, it often improves resilience and service quality.

2. Optimise your Microsoft licensing

As teams evolve, it’s easy for licences to drift out of sync with real working patterns. A simple review often uncovers unused features, overlapping tools or opportunities to simplify plans, improving value without reducing capability. Many organisations find this is one of the quickest ways to reduce ongoing spend while still giving employees access to the tools they need to work effectively.

3. Introduce AI in a structured, low‑risk way

AI doesn’t require a business‑wide rollout from day one. Starting with a small pilot group, measuring the impact and expanding gradually allows organisations to adopt AI in a controlled, cost‑effective way. This helps teams build confidence early, encourages practical experimentation and ensures investment is guided by real‑world results rather than hype.

4. Strengthen your security fundamentals

Preventable security incidents remain one of the most expensive and disruptive causes of downtime. Clear visibility, consistent controls and proactive monitoring help keep risk low and productivity uninterrupted. For businesses growing quickly, getting these basics right early avoids costly issues later and ensures security can scale smoothly with the organisation.

5. Ensure your IT support model scales with you

As businesses expand, their IT needs often grow quietly in the background. Regular check‑ins with a managed service provider help ensure performance, security and value remain aligned. A scalable support model prevents technology from becoming a barrier to innovation or operational momentum.

FluidOne brings these elements together through a single, accountable partnership designed to keep businesses secure, efficient and optimised. Support is available to help organisations unlock affordable productivity and ensure their technology continues to enable long‑term growth.

For further information, you can reach us through www.fluidone.com/contact, call us on 01273 384100 or email us at brighton@fluidone.com.

Baked Worthing shortlisted for Small Business Award

Mon, 20 Apr 2026 08:12:11 GMT

Baked Worthing shortlisted for Small Business Award

Local firm Baked Worthing has been shortlisted for Britain’s best Bricks & Clicks business.

Wednesday 15 April 2026: Baked, based in Rowlands Road, Worthing, has been chosen as a finalist for the Bricks & Clicks Award at this year’s Small Awards. Now in its tenth year The Small Awards is a nationwide search for the UK’s greatest small firms, across all sectors. It is organised annually by Small Business Britain, which champions and supports the nation’s 5.5 million small firms.

Baked, founded in 2014 by Lauren Roffey, bakes and sells a huge range of brownies, blondies and brookies for sale in their shop/bakery in Rowlands Road as well as offering UK wide postal delivery. It has been selected as one of just eight finalists for the Bricks & Clicks Award that recognises small businesses that use multiple channels innovatively to develop their business.

The Small Awards celebrate the successes of Britain’s small businesses, with eleven different awards for small firms leading the way across everything from sustainability to digital adoption, and showcasing all types of small businesses including social enterprises, family-owned businesses, sole traders and start-ups.

“We are so proud to be celebrating a decade of the Small Awards. The awards celebrate the very best of the UK’s small business owners, who make such a difference in their local communities and are a key driver of the nation’s economic growth,” said Michelle Ovens CBE, Founder of Small Business Britain.

“The awards are a great opportunity to recognise the success and contributions of so many small businesses - Baked Worthing is extremely deserving of being a finalist, and we look forward to celebrating together in May.”

Speaking of her joy at being shortlisted for the award, Lauren Roffey said “To be recognised like this, on the national stage, is just wonderful. As so many people know, running a small business is tough going, and it feels great to see that our hard work has paid off.”

“I am very lucky to have a great team that work alongside me, and a loyal tribe of brownie fans that help keep us going and growing. I can’t wait to celebrate in May.”

Judged by a panel of industry experts, the winners of all categories, including the overall winner of the Small Business of the Year award, will be announced at an awards ceremony in London on 21st May 2026.

The ceremony will this year be held at Christchurch in Spitalfields London, with plans underway for a night of entertainment, inspiration and celebration for the UK’s greatest small businesses.

Kreston Reeves & Kreston ProWorks advise Japanese chemical company on UK acquisition

Mon, 20 Apr 2026 08:09:05 GMT

Kreston Reeves & Kreston ProWorks advise Japanese chemical company on UK acquisition

Kreston Reeves and Kreston ProWorks have advised Washin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. on its acquisition of JFBR Group Limited, the holding company of Foilco Ltd.

Headquartered in Japan, Washin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd manufactures hot stamping foils and specialty coatings and paints for products and consumer packaging around the world.

Established in 1987 in Greater Manchester, Foilco Ltd specialises in the marketing and supply of hot stamping foils for premium packaging, print and product decoration.

Kreston Reeves (UK) and Kreston ProWorks (Japan) worked together to provide their client with a seamless, multi-lingual service. They provided buy-side corporate finance, financial and tax due diligence support, combining local knowledge and global experience to ensure all stakeholders had the appropriate support and advice.

The strength of Kreston Global was further highlighted with Kreston Revicom (Italy) providing additional local tax expertise.

The team in the UK was led by Senior Partner Andrew Griggs and Corporate Finance Director Craig Dallender, supported by Sakshi Gupta (Corporate Finance Manager), Mohammed Mujtaba (Corporate Tax Partner), Karl Dillow (Corporate Tax Senior Manager) and Tanraj Bansal (VAT Senior).

In Japan, the team was led by Kreston ProWorks CEO and Director Marek Lehocky, supported by Kazumichi Shimagaki. For Kreston Revicom, the team included Mario Wiel Marin (Partner) and Michele Zingarelli (Associate Partner).

Craig Dallender said: “Kreston Reeves and the Kreston Global network is well-placed to support businesses anywhere in the world looking to do business in the UK or to acquire UK businesses. We are delighted to have advised the Washin Chemical Industry Company on this acquisition and to work alongside the terrific Kreston ProWorks team. This transaction really demonstrates the strength of Kreston Global and our ability to leverage regional expertise and vast deal experience to provide our clients with high quality cross-border support.”

Marek Lehocky said: “Washin Chemical Industry Company is a global leader in specialist foils and coatings with customers around the world. Its acquisition of Foilco Ltd in the UK is an important step in its international growth, and we are pleased to have supported this transaction alongside Kreston Reeves. We also appreciate the role of Nihon M&A Center, a leading M&A advisory and brokerage firm, in bringing the buyer and seller together and enabling this successful cross-border transaction.”

Andrew Griggs, Kreston Reeves Senior Partner and Head of Global added: “This engagement clearly demonstrates the strength of the Kreston Global network and how our member firms collaborate seamlessly to deliver effective cross-border solutions for clients. I am extremely proud of the way Kreston Reeves and Kreston Proworks worked together as one team to successfully support a mutual client.”

Shin Nakamichi, Executive Officer, Washin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd, said: “We are grateful for the support provided by Kreston Reeves and Kreston ProWorks throughout this acquisition. Their advice was timely, practical and well-coordinated across Japan and the UK, which gave us confidence as we progressed the transaction.”

Legal advice to Washin Chemical Industry Company was provided by Nishimura & Asahi and RPC Legal. Foilco were advised by Lodders Solicitors. Japanese corporate finance advice was also provided by Nihon M&A Center Inc.

Southwick Community Centre set for major refurbishment

Wed, 08 Apr 2026 12:20:18 GMT

Southwick Community Centre set for major refurbishment

Visitors to historic Southwick Community Centre will benefit from an improved facility once heritage specialist Pilbeam Construction completes a crucial revamp in early May this year.

New windows and damp proofing, combined with internal and external refurbishment will transform the important community building into a more welcoming space.

Founded in 1945, Southwick Community Centre is one of the oldest community centres in the country.

The complex was originally derelict 16th-century farm buildings, including a barn, stables and piggeries.

Pilbeam Construction commercial manager Matt Hayler said: “It’s a pleasure for us to be working on Southwick Community Centre, a project that’s very close to home for our team and for me personally, as I live just around the corner.

“The centre brings so much to the local community, so we’re proud to support a building that plays such an important role for local people.

“With much of the centre remaining open throughout, we’ll ensure the work is carefully managed, clearly communicated and safely separated from visitors to minimise disruption.”

Work is due to start on April 1 and complete in early May, with specialist timber windows supplied by Ventrolla.

Pilbeam will work closely with the conservation officer to ensure the specialist windows match the existing ones precisely.

The £150k scheme will include installing replacement windows to the Barn Café and the George Porter Room, as the current windows are beyond repair. Drainage work will combat internal damp problems.

The café will be shut for two weeks to allow the work to be completed.

Southwick Community Centre manager Jayne Routley said: “Our centre hosts a vast array of activities with 50 different groups which bring our community together so it’s vital we provide a more comfortable space for them.

“We’re looking forward to welcoming our neighbours Pilbeam Construction and seeing their heritage construction skills at work.

“We know construction causes disruption to visitors, but the results will be worth the very short wait.”

Pilbeam Construction has previously worked for Adur and Worthing Councils, which owns the community centre, on projects at Worthing Town Hall and Worthing Theatres and Museum.

For more information please visit: https://www.pilbeamconstruction.co.uk/

For more information about the community centre please visit: https://southwickcommunitycentre.org.uk/

Expert advice on Closing the Skills Gap in Manufacturing and Engineering at Crawley breakfast event

Wed, 08 Apr 2026 12:15:31 GMT

Expert advice on Closing the Skills Gap in Manufacturing and Engineering at Crawley breakfast event

Local manufacturing and engineering businesses will hear expert tips on closing the skills gap at the next meeting of METALL, the forum for manufacturing, engineering and technology businesses.

The breakfast event takes place on Tuesday 21 April at the Sussex and Surrey Institute of Technology at Crawley College. The practical presentations will be of particular interest for those businesses facing their most capable staff approaching retirement, new recruits arriving without the technical and practical skills their business needs, staff that are irreplaceable in the current market, or issues retaining and developing their best people.

Speakers Jeff Hughes, Engineering Manager of Welland Medical and Zoe Robson, Head of People at Ceres Power will share how they addressed workforce priorities within their businesses, with support from Crawley College and the Sussex and Surrey Institute of Technology (IoT). Dean Wynter (Vice Principal at Crawley College & SSIoT) will outline how businesses can access funding, tailored training, and qualifications like T Levels, HNCs, and HNDs to upskill staff.

Tony Summers, Partner and Head of Manufacturing at Carpenter Boxcommented:

“This is a fantastic opportunity for manufacturing businesses to explore one of the sector’s most pressing challenges – building and retaining a skilled workforce. With practical insight from industry peers and guidance from the Institute of Technology, attendees will gain clear, actionable ways to access training, funding and development pathways to support future growth.”

The event will end with an open Q&A, followed by attendees having the opportunity to tour the state-of-the-art IoT facility on the Crawley College campus. Registration for this free event is at https://www.metall.org.uk/events/

The event is sponsored by: Carpenter Box, NatWest and DMH Stallard LLP.

Link To Hope's Friday Night Live

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Tue, 31 Mar 2026 07:59:58 GMT

Link To Hope's Friday Night Live

Forget Easter Eggs. Buy a ticket to Link To Hope’s Friday Night Live event instead.

Friday Night Live is a fun-filled evening of entertainment, laughter and great company on Friday 17th April, from 7.30pm to 10.00pm in Ferring, West Sussex. Join us for a fantastic evening of games inspired by classic TV game shows including What’s My Line, Blankety Blank, Mr & Mrs, Would I Lie to You, Play Your Cards Right, Copycats and more.

Tickets are £10 each and fantastic entertainment, raffle and a cash bar are also available.

Come in teams of 10 or as an individual or couple and we will put you on a table with others. For each game your table decides if you want to play your Joker to double your points. If was a sell out last time we hosted this fundraiser. Children are welcome over 10 years old.

The event will take place at Glebelands Centre, Ferring, West Sussex and all profits raised will go directly towards the work of Link to Hope, supporting vulnerable people and communities across Eastern Europe.

Come along, bring friends, and enjoy a great night out while helping transform lives.

Buy your tickets here

Crowns Venues announce full purchase of Tottington Manor Hotel

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Thu, 26 Mar 2026 14:05:11 GMT

Crowns Venues announce full purchase of Tottington Manor Hotel

On 17th March 2021 the Directors of Crowns Venues Ltd, Helen & Steve Pomery, Philip Fossey & Jamie Kensett acquired the keys to Tottington Manor Hotel near Henfield. They negotiated an entry deal securing a 5 Year option and fixing the freehold price with the balance deferred until 17th March 2026. On 11th March this year the Freehold was purchased in full transferring 100% ownership to Crowns Venues Ltd T/A Tottington Manor Hotel.

The Hotel, now completely transformed and re-invigorated through enormous investment and vision has built up an enviable reputation within Sussex and beyond as well as creating the standalone TERRA Restaurant which is entirely focused on championing the best Sussex Produce, Wines and Spirits all from the heart of the South Downs.

Since their arrival, the 12 Bedroomed Guest Accommodation has been recognised by the AA as 4 Star and they’ve gone on to be awarded numerous awards and accolades from THE BRAVO’s, The Beautiful South Awards for Best Restaurant in South East (2nd), Best Wedding Venue (Bronze), Gold Ribbon Good Food Guide, Opentable, has recently been featured as one of the Top 50 Restaurants in the UK by Opentable and receivedtheir first AA Rosette.

Now employing a local team of 40, Tottington Manor Hotel hosts 50 Weddings every year and they holdevents throughout the year including Live Music and Special Menu nights and have become well known fortheir community Christmas events and the Hotel & TERRA Restaurant are open every day.

Director Helen Pomery said “On the night of our 5th Anniversary we celebrated with 150 guests to announceour purchase was complete and we were joined by the local Sussex business community, guests, suppliers, friends and neighbours. We are so proud, especially during this very difficult time for the Hospitality Industry to have got the required funding to complete the purchase of Tottington Manor and secured its future foryears to come. We continue to work hard and smart and thank all the guests, our wonderful suppliers and ourteam and look forward to many more happy years here in the heart of the South Downs National Park.

www.tottingtonmanor.co.uk

Worthing Businesses Support Sussex Cricket Foundation Through New Networking Events

Wed, 25 Mar 2026 11:37:58 GMT

Worthing Businesses Support Sussex Cricket Foundation Through New Networking Events

Local businesses in Worthing have come together to support the Sussex Cricket Foundation through a growing series of networking events led by Tim Ransley of Bennett Griffin LLP and Sam Hart of Ian Hart Funeral Services.

The initiative brings together professionals from across the local business community in a relaxed and engaging environment, combining informal networking with guest speakers from the world of cricket.

The series has already welcomed well-known, international names including Monty Panesar, Ollie Robinson, and Paul Farbrace, Director of Cricket at Sussex, who have shared stories from their careers with guests while helping to raise funds for the Foundation.

The most recent event, “The Afternoon Session”, took place at Tavola Di Famiglia in Worthing, where around 40 guests enjoyed a three-course lunch, heard from guest speakers Paul Farbrace and Ollie Robinson, and took part in a raffle in support of the Foundation.

Speaking about the events, Tim Ransley and Sam Hart said:

“Whilst combining funerals with the law and professional sport all sounds rather novel, we wanted to get local businesses talking, but in a way that we could add a bit of interest. As fans of the old leather on willow, what better way to do that than hear from some of the legends of the game all whilst raising money for the Foundation. We want to say a huge thanks to Ian Hart Funeral Services and Bennett Griffin for supporting us with this. We have some great ideas for the future so watch this space!”

Across the first two events, a total of £1,500 has been raised to support the Sussex Cricket Foundation’s work across the county.

Gary Wallis-Tayler from the Sussex Cricket Foundation added:

“We are extremely grateful to Sam, Tim and the local Worthing community for supporting the Foundation. These events not only raise vital funds but also enables us to raise awareness and the profile of the Foundation, across a town that has strong cricketing tradition and whose recreational clubs continue to provide opportunities for people of all ages, abilities and genders to access the game.”

The Sussex Cricket Foundation plays an important role in supporting communities across the region, using cricket as a way to improve physical and mental wellbeing, develop life skills and create inclusive opportunities.

Further events are already being planned throughout the year, continuing to offer local businesses the chance to connect, share experiences and support a meaningful cause. If you are interested, keep an eye on the Bennett Griffin Social Media feeds, or email Tim tr@bennett-griffin.co.uk to ensure you are on the next invite list.

Turning Tides - Elephant in the Room Appeal

Wed, 25 Mar 2026 10:23:08 GMT

Turning Tides - Elephant in the Room Appeal

The Elephant in the Room appeal calls on the community to confront the growing homelessness crisis that many now walk past without a second thought. Why are we no longer shocked?

From powerful poetry and thought-provoking webinars to student-led art projects, local homelessness charity Turning Tides has encourages community-wide action to raise awareness and funds. Read about the full Elephant in the Room appeal below.

A Community Coming Together

Poetry: As part of the appeal, local West Sussex poet, Liz Verlander, has created a moving and powerful poem now featured on YouTube: https://youtu.be/_5pvQDxybnQ?si=Xa76ihU2EPCW_k2q

Elephant Auction: Turning Tides will be auctioning an Eduardo Paolozzi Elephant Sculpture at the Henry Adams at their auction in Chichester on 26th March.

Webinar: Schools, colleges, churches and local businesses can get involved with talking about homelessness using Turning Tides’ webinar on YouTube, with discussion points to raise awareness, help understanding and find out more about what to do when you see someone sleeping rough. Understanding Homelessness: A Webinar for Groups, Businesses, Colleges & Schools in West Sussex

Local College Support: Northbrook college is also supporting, students from their Future You program, are giving incredible support with an art project, with an Elephant they have designed and will be photographing around Worthing, followed by a bake sale to raise funds.

Let’s Talk about The Elephant in the Room
Homelessness Must Never be Normalised

We need to face the Elephant in the Room; homelessness has become such a familiar sight that, too often, people are walking past without seeing the human reality. Once, seeing someone sleeping rough was shocking. Why are we no longer shocked? Turning Tides’ Elephant in the Room appeal challenges this uncomfortable reality, asking people to stop, reflect and recognise that homelessness has become the issue no one wants to talk about, despite its increasing visibility. Do we choose to look away, to assume someone else will help, or to blame the person experiencing homelessness rather than ask how they got there?

Homelessness can happen to anyone. Relationship breakdowns, bereavement, mental health crises, job loss and rising living costs. On top of this, systemic issues are driving more people into homelessness: hundreds of thousands of empty homes, over 155,000 in the Southeast alone, increasing pressure on mental health services, too few affordable homes being built (especially for single adults), and a significant reduction in social housing. Yet stigma persists.

Operations Manager, Niall Read said “Homelessness socially excludes some of the most vulnerable people in our society. It is like being on the wrong side, on the outside looking in, seeing what everyone has but somehow not being able to reach it. By engaging, making contact and acknowledging those who find themselves sleeping rough, we can all create pathways and connections to bring people in allowing them to feel valued and to make changes.”

Through Elephant in the Room, Turning Tides is asking local residents, businesses and organisations to face the issue head-on, talk openly about the realities of homelessness to help raise awareness and vital funds so the charity can continue providing pathways out of homelessness for people in the local community.

Hercule van Wolfwinkle reaches the halfway point of his epic 500-mile charity walk

Mon, 23 Mar 2026 14:56:45 GMT

Hercule van Wolfwinkle reaches the halfway point of his epic 500-mile charity walk

‘Rubbish’ pet portrait artist Hercule van Wolfwinkle is supporting local people experiencing homelessness throughout March with another incredible fundraising activity – to benefit the work of Turning Tides Homelessness and StreetVet.

For 25 days, Hercule is walking 20 miles from his hometown in Worthing (where Turning Tides Homelessness is based), to Brighton – his nearest StreetVet outreach centre. A total of 500 miles. On arrival in Brighton (well Hove, actually!), Hercule draws his pet portrait for the day before setting off on the walk back home.

He’s now got more miles behind him than in front as he finishes his 14th walk.

Hercule Van Wolfwinkle’s pet portraits have been described as ‘hilarious’, ‘cute’, ‘endearing’, and even ‘rubbish’. But however you choose to describe them, there is no denying that they have become something of a phenomenon since Hercule posted his very first portrait on Facebook back in the summer of 2020.

Since then, he has raised over £475,000 for charity by drawing pet portraits for free, with the request that people donate to the charities if they are able to. The next target - £500,000 is in sight. And that 500 inspired his latest challenge.

It's also, of course, the distance The Proclaimers would walk for someone they love......and Hercule loves these charities very much indeed!

To support Hercule, Turning Tides’ Income & Engagement team are walking alongside him on several of the walks. And have also undertaken to walk 500 miles between them – another achievement reached on 16th March.

Supporters wishing to donate to Hercule’s Turning Tides justgiving page – and be in with a chance of winning a pair of tickets to see The Proclaimers, can go to https://www.justgiving.com/page/hercule-van-wolfwinkle-500milesforturningtides?utm_medium=FR&utm_source=CL&utm_campaign=020

Missing or Destroyed Wills: Presumptions, Proof, and the Probate Battles That Follow.

Mon, 23 Mar 2026 14:00:16 GMT

Missing or Destroyed Wills: Presumptions, Proof, and the Probate Battles That Follow.

Few probate disputes are as emotionally charged or legally complex as those involving missing or destroyed wills.

When a person dies and their will cannot be found, families face uncertainty: Did the deceased intentionally destroy it to revoke it? Was it lost by accident? Did someone else interfere? Or was it simply misplaced in the course of life?

The law applies a powerful presumption: if a will was last known to be in the testator’s possession and cannot be located after their death, the court assumes it was destroyed intentionally.

This presumption can significantly alter how the estate is distributed, particularly if the testator’s intentions in the missing will differed from intestacy rules or previous wills.

These cases often involve suspicion, family conflict, and allegations of wrongdoing, requiring careful evidence gathering, sensitive handling, and a clear understanding of the legal principles involved.

Why Disputes Over Missing or Destroyed Wills Are Increasing

Several social trends have contributed to a rise in disputes involving missing or destroyed wills:

More people keep wills at home – Many store their wills in drawers or filing boxes rather than with solicitors, increasing the risk of loss or accidental destruction.
Increased mobility and multiple residences – Frequent home moves or multiple properties can lead to misplaced wills.
Cognitive decline and vulnerability – Elderly individuals with dementia or other impairments may unintentionally destroy or misplace important documents.
Family tensions and blended families – Strained relationships can lead to suspicions of interference or destruction.
Greater awareness of legal remedies – Families now understand that a missing will does not automatically mean intestacy, leading to more challenges and claims.

The Legal Presumption: Was the Missing Will Revoked by Destruction?

The starting point in any missing‑will case is the presumption of revocation.

When a will was last known to be in the testator’s possession and cannot be found after their death, the law assumes the testator destroyed it with the intention of revoking it.

Although this presumption is strong, it is not absolute.

It may be overcome by evidence showing that the will was lost accidentally, that the testator did not intend to revoke it, that someone else destroyed it, that the testator lacked the capacity to revoke it, or that a copy exists which accurately reflects the testator’s intentions.

The responsibility for proving that the missing will should still be upheld rests with the person seeking to rely on it.

Rebutting the Presumption: What Evidence Can Prove a Missing Will?

Courts take a holistic approach when deciding whether the presumption can be challenged.

They consider why the will went missing, the testator’s behaviour, and all available evidence.

Statements by the deceased – If the testator told others that the will was valid or expressed how they wanted the estate distributed, courts give weight to consistent and recent statements.
Evidence of accidental loss – Wills can be misplaced during moves, hospital stays, or periods of ill health.
Evidence of third-party interference – Courts may consider whether someone with motive and opportunity destroyed or removed the will.
The testator’s capacity – If the testator lacked capacity at the relevant time, they may not have intended to revoke the will.
Solicitors’ files and copy wills – Copies or detailed attendance notes can help reconstruct the testator’s intentions.
The testator’s habits and personality – Courts consider whether the testator was organised, careful with documents, or prone to misplacing items.

Proving a Copy Will in Probate

When a copy of a will exists, the court may admit it to probate if it is satisfied that the original was properly executed, that it was not intentionally revoked, and that the copy accurately reflects the contents of the original document.

Establishing this requires detailed supporting evidence, often including the solicitor’s file, witness statements, and any contemporaneous records that shed light on the will’s creation and the testator’s intentions.

Although courts approach missing‑will cases with caution, they remain pragmatic; where the evidence strongly indicates that the testator intended the will to remain effective, a copy may be admitted even in the absence of the original.

Common Scenarios in Missing Will Disputes

The will kept at home disappears – A testator kept their will in a drawer or filing cabinet but after their death, the family cannot find it. Accidental loss is plausible, but suspicion arises if a family member with motive had access.
The will destroyed by mistake – The testator may accidentally discard it, confusing it with old papers.
The will destroyed by someone else – Rare but serious; proving this requires evidence of motive, opportunity, and behaviour.
The testator believed the solicitor held the will – Some testators assume their solicitor holds the original when in fact they took it home. If the will cannot be found, the presumption may apply unless evidence shows the testator believed it was safely stored.
The testator lacked capacity – Cognitive decline may lead to accidental destruction without intent to revoke.

Evidential Challenges

Missing‑will cases present significant evidential challenges because the court must reconstruct events without the benefit of the testator’s own account.

This involves a careful examination of family dynamics, the testator’s behaviour, the chain of custody of documents, the credibility of witnesses, and the reliability of their memories.

Emotions often run high, and allegations of wrongdoing can permanently damage family relationships, which is why practitioners must approach these disputes with both sensitivity and objectivity.

The Role of Suspicion and Family Dynamics

Suspicion and strained family dynamics frequently play a central role.

Disputes are particularly common where one beneficiary stands to gain substantially from intestacy, where a family member had access to the will, where the will favoured someone outside the immediate family, or where the testator was vulnerable or isolated.

Courts are careful to distinguish suspicion from evidence and will only intervene when credible proof supports the allegations.

Practical Steps for Families and Executors

For families and executors facing a missing‑will situation, several practical steps can help.

A thorough search should be carried out, including the testator’s home, personal papers, solicitors’ offices, banks, and anyone who held earlier wills.

Evidence should be gathered as early as possible, as statements from friends, carers, and professionals can be invaluable. All relevant documents—such as copies, drafts, letters, or notes—should be preserved to assist in reconstructing the testator’s intentions.

Seeking legal advice promptly is essential to avoid missteps and ensure that evidence is properly protected.

Mediation is also worth considering, as it can help resolve disputes without escalating conflict or causing further family division.

Conclusion

Missing will disputes combine legal complexity with human drama.

Courts must balance presumptions, evidence, and fairness while navigating family tensions and emotions.

For families, a missing will can be bewildering and distressing. For practitioners, these cases demand meticulous evidence gathering, strategic thinking, and sensitivity.

The key lesson: a missing will does not automatically lead to intestacy.

With the right evidence and careful handling, it is often possible to prove the testator’s true intentions and ensure their wishes are respected.

If you are facing uncertainty about a missing will or a potential probate dispute, our team is here to help.

Speak to our contentious probate team by calling 01903 229999 or email info@bennett-griffin.co.uk today.

The Sherrards Academy UK Employment Law Course

Mon, 16 Mar 2026 09:26:09 GMT

The Sherrards Academy UK Employment Law Course

CPD accredited training initiative which delivers bite-size employment law/HR related courses to line managers and HR professionals.

With the Employment Rights Act 2025 receiving Royal Assent in December 2025, the UK is preparing for one of the most significant overhauls of employment legislation in recent years. Although the new requirements will be introduced in stages, organisations need to be ahead of the curve — understanding the direction of reform, anticipating organisational impact, and ensuring policies and practices remain compliant.

As a leading specialist UK employment law firm, Sherrards brings unparalleled legal expertise directly into training opportunities. Each module of our Sherrards Academy UK Employment Law Course is delivered live by a highly qualified employment law solicitor with hands‑on experience advising employers on complex legal issues. This ensures every session is legally robust, fully up to date, and focused on the real‑world challenges faced by today’s HR teams.

The course comprises eight core modules, delivered across four one‑hour live webinars, each running from 12:00 to 13:00 via Zoom.

Course Schedule

Webinar 1 – Tuesday 28^th April

Unfair Dismissal
Discrimination and Harassment

Webinar 2 – Tuesday 5^th May

Disciplinary Procedures
Handling Grievances

Webinar 3 – Tuesday 12^th May

Performance Management & Capability
Short‑ and Long‑Term Sickness Absence

Webinar 4 – Tuesday 19^th May

Flexible Working
Redundancy

Why HR professionals and those in line management should attend:

Delivered by specialist UK employment law solicitors, ensuring absolute legal accuracy and best‑practice guidance.
Highly practical content, focused on applying the law confidently in everyday HR scenarios.
Essential knowledge for all HR and line management roles, from early‑career practitioners to senior HR leaders and management keen for a formal refresher.
Interactive and engaging format, with opportunities to ask questions and explore real‑world examples.
CPD Accredited, certified by the CPD Certification Service as conforming to continuing professional development principles.

Cost

The cost of attending our 15th Cohort is frozen at £750 + VAT per delegate. We offer discounts on multiple bookings however please note a maximum of 3 delegates per organisation may attend each training cohort.

Find out more and secure your place today and ensure you are equipped with the up‑to‑date legal knowledge every UK HR professional and line manager must have.

www.sherrardsacademy.com

Local BAFTA-winning animator Laurie Rowan creates playful new identity for Worthing Festival 2026

Wed, 04 Mar 2026 12:24:45 GMT

Local BAFTA-winning animator Laurie Rowan creates playful new identity for Worthing Festival 2026

Worthing’s biggest arts celebration returns this June with a bold new visual identity created by internationally recognised animator and director Laurie Rowan.

The team behind Worthing Festival has unveiled the official artwork and dates for 2026, marking the next chapter for the town-wide celebration following a successful inaugural year under independent leadership.

Fringe events will run from 1–30 June 2026, with the main Festival taking place 19–21 June 2026 in Homefield Park.

A playful portrait of Worthing

Created in Laurie Rowan’s trademark style of joyful, character-led illustration, the 2026 identity celebrates community, creativity and connection.

Rowan, who is based locally, designed a playful cast of characters representing the spirit of the festival and the people who make it happen. Known for building modular, expressive figures in animation software, Rowan adds an unexpected twist, layering real wood textures into his digital creations, so that even the most surreal animated forms feel grounded in natural material.

The result is a vibrant, tactile world that feels both contemporary and rooted – a fitting reflection of Worthing’s growing creative community.

Laurie Rowan said:

“I wanted to create something that felt joyful, welcoming and distinctly local. The festival is about people coming together – performers, audiences, families, artists – so building a playful community of characters felt like the perfect way to represent that energy.”

Laurie Rowan

Laurie Rowan is an animator, illustrator, director and art director known for his distinctive style and unique approach to characterisation and playful modular design.

He began his career as a studio-based creative lead before becoming a freelancer, creating work for major clients including the BBC, Channel 4 and Disney.

His projects have achieved numerous accolades, including a Children’s BAFTA win, nomination and a Lovie Award. In recent years, his work has gained international recognition, featured by leading design publications and included in “Ones to Watch” lists worldwide.

Rowan has created commissions for brands including Google, Microsoft, MTV, The New York Times and The New Yorker. His work has received critical acclaim, including a Young Directors Award nomination and multiple Vimeo Staff Picks, and has amassed more than 925 million views online.

He is represented by Nexus Studios for direction.Despite his international profile, Rowan remains closely connected to Worthing’s creative scene.

Worthing Festival, building on a breakthrough year

Worthing Festival builds on the success of 2025’s inaugural year after taking over from the local council.

Last summer saw Homefield Park transformed for two days of live music, art installations, local food and drink, and roaming entertainment, with the festival even visiting the local hospital children’s ward to bring performances directly to young patients.

The festival celebrations also included a community parade mid-June, culminating in a street party to celebrate the Worthing Festival month.

In 2026, the festival returns bigger and more ambitious, with more than 50 bands, performers and artist groups spanning locally-based, national and international talent — from local, emerging voices and young creatives to established professionals. Audiences can expect expanded creative workshops for adults and children, including dedicated children’s sessions at The Haven and a brand-new children’s tent within the festival site. Across the weekend, visitors can explore even more site-wide art installations, alongside the return and expansion of the immersive Sound Garden arts trail. The festival site will also open on Friday afternoon for a special neurodiversity-friendly, relaxed afternoon before the bands start on Saturday – offering access to the arts trail for people to experience the festival at a gentler pace. Enhanced bar facilities will increase capacity and speed of service, supporting a growing audience. The much-loved Fringe community parade and street party will return and kick off the month-long celebrations, reinforcing the festival’s commitment to building, growing and developing an inclusive cultural programme for the whole town.

A town-wide Fringe throughout June

Worthing Festival Fringe runs from 1–30 June 2026, supported by the Festival team.

The Fringe hosts events across venues throughout the town, all promoted via the official website to help increase footfall and visibility for local businesses and creatives. Anyone can register an event as part of the Fringe, making it one of the most open and accessible cultural platforms in the region.

Jennifer Left, Creative Director said,

“After the incredible response in 2025, we’re thrilled to be growing the festival for 2026. Laurie’s artwork perfectly captures the warmth, creativity and playful spirit of Worthing. This year is about celebrating our growing community and making June a month the whole town can be proud of.”

Dates for the diary

Worthing Fringe: 1–30 June 2026
Worthing Festival: 19–21 June 2026
(Homefield Park – Friday evening opening with art installations, food and drink)

Further programme announcements will follow in the coming months.

Bennett Griffin article 'Personal Guarantees for Directors – Voluntarily Piercing the Corporate Veil'

Wed, 04 Mar 2026 11:38:46 GMT

Bennett Griffin article 'Personal Guarantees for Directors – Voluntarily Piercing the Corporate Veil'

What Is A Personal Guarantee?

Many businesses will, at some point in their life, require finance, sometimes very quickly.

There are many reasons why financial support may be needed, including positive ones such as funding expansion or a strategic acquisition, and less positive ones, such as when the business is running out of funds and needs a capital injection.

Equally, there are many different sources of funding, from traditional High Street banks to specialist lenders operating in very specific market segments.

Funding often comes with conditions, and one we often see is that corporate borrowers (i.e. companies) need to provide personal guarantees as security to support borrowing.

In almost all cases, the guarantor will be one or more directors of the company.

But why are personal guarantees so common, and when will they be asked for?

Why Lenders Ask Directors For Personal Guarantees

Companies are often recommended as a vehicle for new businesses or for expanding sole traders or partnerships, due to their limited liability.

In most cases, an individual’s liability is limited to what they have invested in the business, with the legal principle of the Corporate Veil protecting individual directors and shareholders from personal liability for the company's debts and actions.

The principle of the Corporate Veil can generally be lifted or pierced only in limited circumstances by the Courts, and in many cases, there must be serious wrongdoing by the individual director before a finding of personal liability is made.

Furthermore, companies are treated as their own legal entities.

It is far easier for companies to simply disappear, through winding up or other insolvency routes, than it is for the people controlling those companies.

Hence, to mitigate the risk of being left with advanced funds to a company that no longer exists, lenders frequently demand personal guarantees.

Personal guarantees enable banks to avoid these risks by requiring the directors of companies borrowing funds to agree to being personally liable for their companies’ obligations to the bank, thus voluntarily circumventing the corporate veil.

When Are Personal Guarantees Most Likely To Be Required?

Typically, lenders are less likely to ask companies to provide personal guarantees when they can demonstrate a track record of healthy trading.

There is a greater likelihood, therefore, where, for example, a company seeking funding is newly or recently incorporated, or where funding is being sought in times of financial distress.

Should a personal guarantee be signed? Unfortunately, it is normally the case that the directors have little option but to agree to a personal guarantee if they wish the funding to progress.

There are, however, some key things which need to be considered, including:

Key Points To Check Before You Sign

“All monies” guarantees

· The personal guarantee is likely to be expressed as “all monies”, covering any liability which the company has to that particular lender at any time. It may therefore not just be guaranteeing the facility being obtained, for which the personal guarantee is required. With the more specialist lenders, this may not be a problem if the company has no other facilities, but with High Street lenders, there is a much greater chance of pre-existing or future facilities being personally guaranteed, even if at face value such facilities were not intended to be guaranteed.

Can the guarantee be capped?

· Ideally, the personal guarantee will be capped, and the cap may not necessarily be the full amount of the facility it supports. If a lower cap can be agreed, so much the better, although it must be remembered that this cap will only apply to the capital sum, and interest costs, etc., will usually be repayable on top of this.

Multiple guarantors, and who the lender can pursue

· If there are multiple personal guarantees, the bank will be under no obligation to share the risk. It will be at the bank's discretion to pursue whichever guarantor(s) are most likely to pay the sum due. Equally, the lender does not need to pursue the company itself first but can rely on the personal guarantee straightaway.

Guarantees usually aren’t time-limited

· Personal guarantees are generally not time-limited. Specific events such as insolvency, loss of capacity or even death will not end the guarantee, and in all cases, a negotiated exit will be required.

Getting written confirmation of release

· Linked to the above, personal guarantees are unlikely to lapse automatically when the facility is repaid in full. I always advise guarantors to expressly request a written confirmation of release upon repayment of the facility. Otherwise, it is possible for personal guarantors to lie dormant and potentially come back to life years later, for example, if another facility is taken out with the same lender and that facility ends up being guaranteed, even if that was not intended.

Why Independent Legal Advice Is Often Required

Personal guarantees, therefore, need to be treated carefully.

Indeed, following a series of cases in the 1990s where guarantors successfully claimed that they had no knowledge of the obligations they were being asked to guarantee or had been pressured into signing the guarantee by other parties, most guarantees will require a certificate to be completed by a lawyer confirming that the potential guarantor understands:

· what they are signing
· the consequences of entering the personal guarantee
· and confirming that there are no signs of pressure or coercion or similar.

How We Can Help

Due to the risks associated with providing such advice, many solicitors do not offer this service.

Bennett Griffin however, can and does provide this service.

If you are a director or business owner in Worthing or the surrounding area and would like advice before signing a personal guarantee, our team would be pleased to assist.

Please contact either Nick Tompkin (nt@bennett-griffin.co.uk) or Lauren Baillie (lmb@bennett-griffin.co.uk) to discuss how we can help.

D-Day veteran Ron celebrates 103rd birthday at Care for Veterans

Mon, 02 Mar 2026 14:13:04 GMT

D-Day veteran Ron celebrates 103rd birthday at Care for Veterans

A WWII veteran who helped liberate Europe following the D-Day landings has celebrated his 103rd birthday in Worthing.

Ron Parker, was joined with family, other residents, and staff from Care for Veterans - a Royal Star & Garter Home, when he marked his birthday on DATE.

The Home provides long-term nursing, rehabilitation, respite and end-of-life care to veterans and their families living with disabilities, including acquired brain injury and degenerative neurological conditions. It is now part of the Royal Star & Garter group following a merger with the charity.

Ron was born on 24^th February 1923 and was just 18 when he was conscripted into the Army in 1942, joining the Royal Engineers. Trained in clearing mines, repairing equipment and building vital infrastructure, he was part of the follow-up forces sent to France after the D-Day landings in June 1944. Ron came ashore at Sword Beach, weighed down with equipment and ammunition, before digging in to create defensive positions and machine gun posts.

Recalling his time in Normandy, Ron has spoken of the difficulty of sleeping as artillery fire shook the ground through the night and the constant focus on survival. Despite the danger, he remained quietly determined, playing his part in the Allied advance across Europe.

After the war, Ron returned home to Worthing, married his wife Joyce and went on to enjoy a long career at Barclays Bank. He has a daughter, three grandchildren and a lifetime of memories shaped by service, hard work and family life.

Following Joyce’s death in 2021 and a period of ill health, Ron came to Care for Veterans for respite care before becoming a permanent resident. At the Home he is known for his gentle humour, love of a morning coffee in the garden and close friendship with his fellow veterans.

Vicky Strange, Home Manager at Care for Veterans, said: “Ron is an extraordinary gentleman, and it is a real privilege to care for him. His life story is a powerful reminder of the courage and resilience of his generation, and we are honoured that he is part of our Care for Veterans family. It was a joy to celebrate this incredible milestone with him.”

Care for Veterans is welcoming new residents. For more information on this or to work at the Home, visit: www.careforveterans.org.uk

New roof for medieval All Saints Church in Lindfield

Mon, 23 Feb 2026 15:10:56 GMT

New roof for medieval All Saints Church in Lindfield

Work will begin to fix the leaking roof of Grade II* listed All Saints Church in Lindfield after heritage specialist Pilbeam Construction was asked to step in.

A structural survey revealed repairs were needed to the medieval timber framed building, which houses The Tiger office, church office and provides space for youth groups.

This vital work will future proof the historic building, known locally as The Tiger, which is one of the oldest buildings in the West Sussex village and was originally an open hall house built around 1400.

Pilbeam Construction managing director Alan Corbett said: “It’s a real privilege to work on this landmark building again. As a local Sussex contractor our team love making a difference to their local community.

“Our roofers have hands-on experience working with Horsham stone, while our carpenters have a deep understanding of how complex historic cut and pitch roofs are constructed. This work will protect this important community asset for years to come.

“Horsham Stone is not readily available due to the closure of the historic quarries so we will need to reuse what we can and source more.”

The £300,000 project is set to kick off on 23 February and will take around five months to complete.

Specialist work will include repairing junctions and rebuilding features which will reduce the risk of future problems.

Sussex contractor Pilbeam will build a temporary roof, then take up existing clay tiles, battens and set aside any salvageable tiles for reuse.

Heritage specialists will then remove the existing Horsham stone, shadow slates and battens and set these aside for reuse, then remove redundant flues and repoint chimneys.

New battens and felt will be introduced, together with new lead valleys and flashings, barge boards, cast iron guttering and downpipes, as well as installing insulation over the kitchen.

The Horsham Stone will then be re-bedded on a lime-rich hot mix and reinstatement of the clay tiles will follow.

Exterior refurbishment work will include repairs to the facades including the west facing wall.

Ashley Bence, facilities manager at All Saints said: “We’re very happy to welcome Pilbeam back to the church to carry out these essential works.

“The project will be carried out under a bat licence following ecological surveys that identified protected species in the roof space, with an ecologist on site throughout the roof-stripping process.

“To ensure the work is carried out safely, a temporary road closure will be required while the scaffold and temporary roof are put up, and a section of the footpath will be closed during the works. We appreciate the community’s understanding while these important repairs are completed.”

Other partners in the scheme include quantity surveyor Phil King from MBM Consulting Ltd, structural engineers The Moreton Partnership, Bosence Associates and Sally-Ann Hurry of Mountfield Ecology on the scheme.

Chartered building company Pilbeam Construction, which is based in Southwick, West Sussex, previously installed underfloor heating at The Tiger, a technique which preserves interiors of heritage buildings, but also keeps them warm for modern day use.

For more information please go to: https://www.pilbeamconstruction.co.uk/

Carpenter Box hosts Investment and Tax Seminars to share practical actions for the tax year end and beyond

Mon, 16 Feb 2026 11:33:03 GMT

Carpenter Box hosts Investment and Tax Seminars to share practical actions for the tax year end and beyond

Carpenter Box is hosting two breakfast briefings on 5 and 12 March in Horsham and Chichester for individuals and business owners keen to hear how they can best navigate the current tax and investment landscapes. Tax and financial planning experts will share clear, actionable guidance on the key steps to consider as we move into the 2026/27 tax year, including investment, pension and inheritance tax planning opportunities that are available now or shortly after the year end.

Carpenter Box Partner and Head of Private Client Services, David Crowter, commented: “Planning ahead of the tax year end is one of the most effective ways to improve financial outcomes, yet many opportunities are missed without timely advice. This seminar will focus on the current economic climate and practical financial and tax planning actions you can take around the end of the tax year, helping you make informed decisions, protect your wealth and plan with confidence for the year ahead.”

Joining Carpenter Box’s David Crowter, the speaker line-up brings together specialists from CB Financial Advisers and LGT Wealth Management, offering a joined-up perspective across tax, investment and financial planning.

The sessions will provide a concise overview of recent tax announcements, including relevant measures from the upcoming Spring Forecast and the 2025 Autumn Budget, to give context to planning decisions. This will include commentary on the recent announcement to increase the planned inheritance tax threshold for business owners and farmers, with insight into how this may influence longer-term planning.

The events will be held at South Lodge Hotel, Horsham: 8-10am on Thursday 5 March, and Harbour Hotel, Chichester: 8-10am on Thursday 12 March. More information and booking is at https://www.carpenterbox.com/event/investment-and-tax-seminar-2026/

Photo caption

Left to right: David Crowter (Carpenter Box) and Roy Thompson (CB Financial Advisers).

Turning Tides Pioneer New Alcohol Recover Method

Wed, 11 Feb 2026 14:13:38 GMT

Turning Tides Pioneer New Alcohol Recover Method

At Turning Tides, the organisation believes that everyone deserves access to recovery. That belief has driven their Recovery Project to adopt a bold and ambitious approach to alcohol recovery—one that is now achieving outcomes that quietly outperform national averages.

The program was launched over 10 years ago by Turning Tides after the team recognised that people who were most heavily dependent on alcohol were being excluded from treatment. Head of Operations, Niall Read, explained:
“At the time, the main treatment providers would not assess people who couldn’t blow under the drink-drive limit, which is .35 on a breathalyser. Because some of the clients we work with are so highly alcohol dependent, the first thing they do when they wake is drink due to severe withdrawal symptoms. There was no kind of treatment option for them.”

For people who are alcohol dependent, stopping drinking suddenly brings on severe withdrawal symptoms such as seizures and, unlike any other drug, it can cause death. A new treatment method was needed if Turning Tides was to help those suffering with alcohol dependency.

The Managed Alcohol Withdrawal (MAW) Program

The Managed Alcohol Withdrawal (MAW) programme gradually and safely reduces alcohol intake under close clinical supervision within a trauma‑informed residential setting.

Turning Tides’ Recovery Project became the only service in the UK to support people to recover from alcohol addiction using alcohol itself, rather than replacing it with addictive medication such as benzodiazepines. This approach provides both reduced withdrawal symptoms and avoids introducing another addictive substance.

Following Turning Tides’ success, other services are now adopting this method in different settings, and the organisation’s work was recently featured by ITV. The latest coverage includes interviews with Recovery Project Manager, Grant Purser, and former client Mark Hounsome, who shares his journey and his love for sobriety.

Person‑Centred Care That Works

The MAW programme is carefully tailored to each individual. Only one person completes the programme at a time, enabling intensive, round‑the‑clock support.

Before entering the programme, clients work with the organisation’s Substance Misuse Nurse and their GP to assess medical history and physical health. They complete a drinks diary—sometimes using bottle tops to calculate amounts if a diary feels overwhelming—so that reduction can be planned safely and realistically.

Once in the programme:

Alcohol is provided in measured amounts throughout the day in a clinical setting
Only one type of alcohol is used, agreed with the client
Reduction happens gradually over 20 days
Withdrawal symptoms and wellbeing are constantly monitored

Substance Misuse Nurse Louise Slaney explains:
“Alcohol is the most dangerous substance to withdraw from. It has to be done slowly, with constant monitoring. By reducing alcohol itself rather than replacing it with medication, we often see fewer severe withdrawal symptoms and a better psychological experience.”

This is person‑centred care in action—meeting people where they are, listening to their needs, and building recovery with them, not for them.

Clients who complete the MAW programme then move into the main Recovery Project house, staying between nine months and two years. From there, they progress into Turning Tides’ lower‑support accommodation and, ultimately, into their own homes.

Recovery is not a single moment; it is a journey that is not always linear.

Accountable, Evidence‑Led Results

The programme has been running successfully for over 10 years, with extremely low drop‑out rates. Since 2019, 34 people have completed managed alcohol withdrawal through the Recovery Project:

79.41% remained sober for at least three months
41% achieved long‑term sobriety of a year or more

By comparison, national data suggests that only around 46–47% of people exit alcohol treatment successfully, and long‑term sobriety rates are significantly lower among people with complex needs, including homelessness.

The MAW model has been developed in collaboration with local GPs, addiction specialists, and independently reviewed by respected clinicians, including Dr Marian de Ruiter MB BS MRCPsych.

This reflects Turning Tides’ commitment to accountability—continually reviewing, refining and validating their work to ensure it is safe, effective and genuinely life‑changing.

Why This Matters Now

Demand for homelessness and addiction services continues to rise across the Southeast, while pressure on NHS services grows.

Turning Tides believes it is vital to ensure that recovery remains possible for all who want it.

As Niall Read notes:
“It’s about using an approach that actually works for people who are usually written off as ‘too difficult to treat’. We would love to reach more people and open up more Recovery Projects like this across West Sussex.”

With the right support, investment and collaboration, this model has the potential to save lives and change the national conversation around addiction, homelessness and recovery.

https://www.turning-tides.org.uk/

Kreston Reeves announces new chapter as it joins AAB to accelerate growth

Wed, 11 Feb 2026 14:08:40 GMT

Kreston Reeves announces new chapter as it joins AAB to accelerate growth

Accountants and business advisers Kreston Reeves and AAB have today announced a landmark deal, creating an accounting and advisory powerhouse with national and international reach for ambitious organisations and individuals. This will take the combined business beyond £200 million in annual revenue.

With seven offices across London, Kent and Sussex and more than 550 people, Kreston Reeves is highly regarded for its high-touch, personalised client service and its strong supportive culture.

AAB, supported by Goldman Sachs Alternatives, is one of the fastest growing mid-market professional services firms having secured 18 deals across the UK and Ireland in the last four years.

The joining of Kreston Reeves and AAB reflects the evolving and increasingly competitive accounting landscape. It will further strengthen Kreston Reeves’ investment in its people, technology and tools enabling the firm to deliver an even better service to clients wherever they are based. For AAB, the partnership gives the firm a growing London and South East presence with Kreston Reeves becoming their hub in the region.

Richard Spofforth, Managing Partner at Kreston Reeves, said:

“This is a significant milestone for our business, people and clients. Building on the strengths we have at Kreston Reeves, it will create new opportunities for our talented colleagues. For our clients, it will provide them with access to broader specialist expertise together with greater geographic reach.

“Most importantly, AAB shares the same values as Kreston Reeves, giving us a combined platform for sustainable long-term growth."

Emma Lancaster, Chief Executive at AAB, said:

“This is a major milestone for AAB and a clear demonstration of our ambition to become the leading professional services firm serving the mid-market. Growing the group beyond £200 million revenue is not about growth for growth’s sake - it’s about building a resilient, sustainable business that delivers long-term value for our clients, our people and our communities.

“This is our third deal since our investment deal with Goldman Sachs Alternatives was completed two months ago, and we are hugely excited about the future opportunities ahead as we continue to scale by combining businesses who share our dedication to putting clients at the heart of everything we do.”

Jose Barreto, Partner, and Mihir Lal, Managing Director, Private Equity at Goldman Sachs Alternatives, said:

"We are very excited about the strategic combination of AAB and Kreston Reeves. This partnership accelerates our vision for a national presence across the UK and Ireland, delivering essential scale in the South-East of England. The deep cultural alignment between AAB and Kreston Reeves will strengthen the collective offering for both customers and employees."

AAB’s strategic expansion plan is set to continue with further investment opportunities already under discussion to strengthen its regional and national footprint. In combining with Kreston Reeves, AAB will employ over 1,800 people across 23 locations in the UK and Ireland.

The partnership is subject to regulatory approval and is expected to close in Spring 2026.

Kreston Reeves was advised by Rothschild & Co (financial adviser) and Shoosmiths (legal adviser).

Tracie Davey - International Women's Day Feature

Wed, 11 Feb 2026 13:56:20 GMT

Tracie Davey - International Women's Day Feature

This IWD we're celebrating some of the female leaders, founders and entrepreneurs in our Chamber. In this feature we talked to our very own Chief Executive, Tracie Davey.

1. How did you get to where you are today?
I ran my own retail business for 10 years and previous to that was a partner in my families print firm. I was introduced to Worthing and Adur Chamber in 2008 and started working for them a couple of hours a week alongside running my business. Over time I was asked to do more hours, I really loved supporting other businesses and realised that I had slightly fallen out of love with my own! I sold my business in 2011 and became Operations Manager in 2010. In 2022 I was very honoured be become CEO and lead such a fantastic organisation.

2. What would you tell your younger self?
Be brave. I wasn’t, I didn’t push myself, challenge myself, or fight for what I wanted. I was curious, but I didn’t explore all the opportunities around me. I’d encourage myself to take more risks, trust my instincts, and back myself more. Grab the opportunities and never have regrets. I still love where I am now and wouldn’t change the end point but I’d approach the journey with more confidence, courage and curiosity.

3. What advice would you give to the next generation of women in business?
Your perspective is valuable, your ideas matter and your voice deserves to be heard. Surround yourself with people who lift you up, ask for help when you need it. Don’t be afraid to step into rooms that feel out of your comfort zone, that’s usually where the growth is. Build strong relationships, stay curious, and celebrate the wins, big or small. Keep learning, keep connecting, and remember that progress doesn’t have to be perfect. What matters is moving forward and staying true to the way you want to work.

You can find out more here about this year's International Women's Day agenda - Rights. Justice, Action. For ALL Women and Girls.

Karen Jefford - International Women's Day Feature

Wed, 11 Feb 2026 13:38:40 GMT

Karen Jefford - International Women's Day Feature

This IWD we're celebrating some of the female leaders, founders and entrepreneurs in our Chamber. In this feature we talked to Karen Jefford CMgr FCMI, the CEO of Electric Storm Youth.

1. How did you get to where you are today?

Believe it or not, I was painfully shy as a child. That changed during a dance competition final. I slipped in a silent room, and in that moment I had a choice: walk off or carry on. I carried on and I won, but more importantly I learned that setbacks don’t define you, your response does.

That mindset has stayed with me. What matters in leadership is staying true to self, listening properly, and choosing to move forward with clarity. That’s how I work with organisations today, practical, honest and focused on progress.

2. What would you tell your younger self?

Say yes to opportunities when they come, you won’t always know where they’ll lead, but they’ll shape you. Those early experiences will build your confidence and resilience. Over time, you’ll learn when to be more selective. Trust that thinking differently is your strength. You see things others don’t, back your judgement and speak up sooner. Stop waiting to feel “ready”; confidence comes from action.

As you grow then learn to say no. Not everything is aligned, and protecting your energy is part of leadership.

3. What advice would you give to the next generation of women in business?

Be proud of who you are! Everyone is individual, and everyone brings something different to the table, that difference is your strength. Be clear about what you stand for; that strengthens your decisions, your relationships and your direction.

Invest in your thinking, not just your profile, choose partners who respect your ambition and encourage you to grow.

Leadership isn’t about being louder, it’s about being clear, consistent and doing your best with what you know, and improving as you learn.

www.electricstormyouth.co.uk

You can find out more here about this year's International Women's Day agenda - Rights. Justice, Action. For ALL Women and Girls.

Lainy Russell - International Women's Day Feature

Wed, 11 Feb 2026 13:38:34 GMT

Lainy Russell - International Women's Day Feature

This IWD we're celebrating some of the female leaders, founders and entrepreneurs in our Chamber. In this feature we talked to Lainy Russell from Flourish.

1. How did you get to where you are today?

My business evolved from working in education and senior management. I was drawn to the students that were ‘difficult’ to manage and staff that seemed to mirror similar behaviours. This led to learning more about the ‘why’ behind behaviour. What I soon realised was the reasons were complex. Along the way I attended many courses, worked alongside a neuroscientist and read, researched and studied independently for over 30 years. I wanted to make the information, accessible, easy not only to understand, but with real tools you can pick up and use every day. Hence the name ‘Flourish’, as that is my mission for all clients.

2. What would you tell your younger self?

As a teen: keep dreaming big, you have plenty of time and you are freer now than you are ever going to be

In my 20’s: you can make anything a reality, it’s all about belief, learn to manage your mind and keep expecting the dream

In my 30’s: Don’t listen to advice from people who aren’t where you want to be

In my 40’s: Put your fingers in your ears when around negative people, don’t let it seep into your thinking, it’s never too late and you’re still allowed to dream big!

3. What advice would you give to the next generation of women in business?

Cultivate self-belief above all else, because when you are confident about what you do, it creates an invisible ‘energy’ that makes others feel safe around you and drawn towards you.

Never listen to people who don’t share or understand your dream, they cannot give you moral support or good advice because they are in the wrong place.

Look at your competitors as potential collaborators, they are not the enemy, they are your tribe!

Hone your craft, never stop learning, always be curious; learn to love change and be flexible because your business will undoubtedly take you on many journeys.

Finally, age isn’t a barrier, you are not too young or too old, that type of thinking is called ‘conditioning’ and you need to erase that from your mind, and put a new message in there.

www.flourishltd.com

You can find out more here about this year's International Women's Day agenda - Rights. Justice, Action. For ALL Women and Girls.

Lisa Kerr - International Women's Day Feature

Wed, 11 Feb 2026 13:25:27 GMT

Lisa Kerr - International Women's Day Feature

This IWD we're celebrating some of the female leaders, founders and entrepreneurs in our Chamber. In this feature we talked to Lisa Kerr from Think Exceptionally.

1. How did you get to where you are today?

I’m a Deloitte-trained Chartered Accountant with over 20 years in senior finance, operations and HR roles. In 2020, I launched what became Think Exceptionally to help businesses grow and individuals thrive. Around the same time, I was diagnosed Autistic and ADHD – a turning point that reshaped my purpose and fuelled my neurodiversity work. I trained as an ICF-Certified ADHD Life Coach and completed additional neurodiversity-inclusive coaching training to give others the support I didn’t realise I needed during my corporate career. Now I blend consulting, coaching, and speaking to turn complex challenges into opportunities to help people and organisations flourish.

2. What would you tell your younger self?

I’d tell my younger self that you’re not broken, you’re different, and that difference is powerful. Stop trying to fit systems that were never designed for your brain. Your sensitivity, intensity, and curiosity are strengths, not flaws. Burnout isn’t a personal failure; it’s a signal you’ve been pushing too hard to be ‘normal’. Ask for support sooner. Trust your instincts more. You don’t need to earn rest or prove your worth. One day, the things you struggle with now will become the very reason you help others thrive.

3. What advice would you give to the next generation of women in business?

I’d tell the next generation of women in business to stop waiting for permission. You don’t need to be more confident, more qualified, or more likeable to take up space. Build careers or businesses that work with your life and your brain, not against them. Question systems that reward burnout and silence difference. Learn your boundaries early and defend them without apology. Surround yourself with people who challenge you and support you, not just those who look impressive on paper. Community is important so find your tribe. Your perspective is valuable precisely because it’s unique. Use it boldly.

www.thinkexceptionally.com

You can find out more here about this year's International Women's Day agenda - Rights. Justice, Action. For ALL Women and Girls.

Sonia Baker - International Women's Day Feature

Wed, 11 Feb 2026 13:20:43 GMT

Sonia Baker - International Women's Day Feature

This IWD we're celebrating some of the female leaders, founders and entrepreneurs in our Chamber. In this feature we talked to Sonia Baker from Sight Support Worthing.

1. How did you get to where you are today? (max 100 words)

I grew up in Brighton and after being very artistic at school, randomly ended up working for the Crown Prosecution Service for 11 years presenting criminal cases in the Magistrates court. I developed some invaluable skills there and having always been a creative, it taught me to be evidenced based in my thinking. However, after having young children I needed more flexible work, so I left and spent several years trying to find my ‘purpose’! I’ve always been an all-rounder who likes variety and luckily I found leadership in the nonprofit sector – which pretty much encompasses everything!

2. What would you tell your younger self? (max 100 words)

Vocation, vocation, vocation! Some young people are academic and know very early they want to be, say, a doctor, but others aren’t or don’t. I would tell any young person starting out to seize any opportunity for work placements, volunteering, or apprenticeships to build your professional experience. You’ll not only build knowledge but valuable soft skills as well. That’s how you’ll find what you love to do. And what you don’t!

3. What advice would you give to the next generation of women in business? (max 100 words)

To remain curious about everything and never stop learning. Also, being able to give back to your local community through your work whether through sharing your knowledge or volunteering or even occasional fundraising. Not only is it incredibly personally rewarding, it boosts your ESG profile and makes business sense!

www.sswcharity.org.uk

You can find out more here about this year's International Women's Day agenda - Rights. Justice, Action. For ALL Women and Girls.

Lisa Hector - International Women's Day Feature

Wed, 11 Feb 2026 13:04:58 GMT

Lisa Hector - International Women's Day Feature

This IWD we're celebrating some of the female leaders, founders and entrepreneurs in our Chamber. In this feature we talked to Lisa Hector from Link to Hope.

1. How did you get to where you are today?

I’ve spent over two decades leading a UK charity working across Eastern Europe, growing it from small beginnings into something sustainable and impactful. Along the way, I’ve made plenty of mistakes — but each one has been part of the learning. The role has required constant adaptation, awareness of the changing external environment, and the ability to lead through uncertainty and change. Much of my journey has involved setting direction and bringing others with me. Coming from a corporate background, I expected the transition to be easier, but working in the non-profit sector has given me a level of experience and responsibility I could never have imagined. Leading a Christian organisation, my work is faith-based, and that has always been the guiding focus behind my decisions.

2.What would you tell your younger self?

Get a mentor early on and don’t be afraid to move more quickly. Don’t let things happen to you — make them happen. I started out in an era where I could be the second most senior person in a room full of men and still be asked to make the coffee. Thankfully, things have changed, but I would tell my younger self not to stay in toxic environments. Choose roles where you can be yourself, grow, and use your strengths — not ones that keep you boxed in by expectation. Be more confident, trust your instincts, ask for help sooner, and never underestimate the power of relationships.

3. What advice would you give to the next generation of women in business?

Build strong networks, seek out mentors, and support other women along the way. You have a unique set of attributes and skills that no-one else has. Don't compare yourself to people that you think have done better or have got up the career ladder faster. Its your journey, make it the one you want it to be and be happy with what you have achieved not what others have.

www.linktohope.co.uk

You can find out more here about this year's International Women's Day agenda - Rights. Justice, Action. For ALL Women and Girls.

Sam Pewsey - International Women's Day Feature

Wed, 11 Feb 2026 12:49:17 GMT

Sam Pewsey - International Women's Day Feature

This IWD we're celebrating some of the female leaders, founders and entrepreneurs in our Chamber. In this feature we talked to Sam Pewsey from People Finding Consultancy.

1. How did you get to where you are today?

I got here through a combination of nearly 20 years working in recruitment for other people and a deep desire to do it differently. I wanted to be part of my clients’ teams as a true in house recruiter, which led me to build the People Finding model. Alongside that, losing my dad caused me to step back and reassess life, work and purpose. That perspective pulled me back to recruitment because helping people is what I love. It’s been built through hard work, reflection, feedback, adaptation, trusting my instincts and showing up every day.

2. What would you tell your younger self?

You are not too sensitive, too emotional or too much. Those things are your strength. Stop trying to fit into boxes that were never designed for you and trust your gut earlier. Confidence doesn’t arrive fully formed, it’s built by doing the scary things anyway. You don’t need to have it all figured out to take the next step and you are allowed to change direction as you grow.

3. What advice would you give to the next generation of women in business?

Build businesses that work for your life, not at the expense of it. You don’t need to copy loud models of success to be taken seriously. Kindness, integrity and emotional intelligence are commercial strengths, not weaknesses. Find people who support you, ask for help sooner, listen to your own instincts and remember that rest is productive. Success looks different for everyone and you get to define what that means for you.

www.peoplefindingconsultancy.com

You can find out more here about this year's International Women's Day agenda - Rights. Justice, Action. For ALL Women and Girls.

Mary Sawyer - International Women's Day Feature

Wed, 11 Feb 2026 11:51:57 GMT

Mary Sawyer - International Women's Day Feature

This IWD we're celebrating some of the female leaders, founders and entrepreneurs in our Chamber. In this feature we talked to Mary Sawyer, owner of Vintage Looks (Paint A Bag)

1. How did you get to where you are today?

I have always been passionate about arts and crafts - the messier the better. With my NNEB training, working experience in different settings. But mainly the dream at the back off my head for at least 15 years, of encouraging the general public to ditch plastic bags and paint/express themselves on reusable linen bags. Starting out by being mobile at fayres, care homes and parties. Then having a small base in Steyning. To finally taking the chance on a bigger base, now in Worthing. Incorporating the painting of bags, with offering a save space to bring children to play and meet others and even have a party.

2. What would you tell your younger self?
I generally believe things happen for a reason and you cannot always guide how things are going to turn out. So my patience and life experiences have helped me to get to where I am today. I would probably tell a younger me to do a bit more planning ( specially financially). But I am glad I did not give up and was brave (spontaneous) enough to take chances, however scary it seems at times.

3. What advice would you give to the next generation of women in business?
Life is unpredictable and expensive, so you do need a career/job (even if it not your first choice), that helps you stay safe and healthy. But if you have a dream that does not go away, I think you should follow it. Take chances, if it does not work out, at least you have tried with no regrets!

You can find out more here about this year's International Women's Day agenda - Rights. Justice, Action. For ALL Women and Girls.

Donna Cezair - International Women's Day Feature

Wed, 11 Feb 2026 09:29:02 GMT

Donna Cezair - International Women's Day Feature

This IWD we're celebrating some of the female leaders, founders and entrepreneurs in our Chamber. In this feature we talked to Donna Cezair, Chief Executive of Worthing Homes.

1. How did you get to where you are today?

I started as a Housing Advisor in 1987 and progressed to my first executive position in 1993!

Since then, I have done many different roles across the country for a variety of small and large organisations. After I had my daughter in 2002, I worked 3 days a week as an Exec Director.

I spent several years working for myself up to 2009, leading change and transformation projects. Along the way I have done a MBA, a MSc in Organisation Development and my Cipd. (Which proves that anyone can do these qualifications!!). In 2017 I took up my first CEO role.

2. What would you tell your younger self?

I would tell myself to make the most of every day – by being curious, looking for creative ways to solve issues and being optimistic. I would reassure myself that this is going to be the right sector for me to have an amazing career. There are so many opportunities that rely on a wide range of different talents and perspectives. There are also so many amazing people to meet across our customer groups and colleague populations. Make the most of the support and collaboration on offer, and never be afraid to take the next step.

3. What advice would you give to the next generation of women in business?

This sector is an extraordinary place and there are so many things you can do to change and influence the future direction. Remember that you always have something worthwhile to say and a valid contribution to make. Be authentic and bold and don’t wait for someone to put their hand out: look for the opportunities and take them. Recruit a mentor / coach who is someone you admire and look up to in the sector and learn from their experiences and wisdom. Look out into the world for new ideas which challenge your thinking.

www.worthing-homes.org.uk

You can find out more here about this year's International Women's Day agenda - Rights. Justice, Action. For ALL Women and Girls.

Janet Webb - International Women's Day Feature

Wed, 11 Feb 2026 09:22:06 GMT

Janet Webb - International Women's Day Feature

This IWD we're celebrating some of the female leaders, founders and entrepreneurs in our Chamber. In this feature we talked to Janet Webb of Janet Webb Consulting

1. How did you get to where you are today?

Like most people working in HR and L&D, I fell into it. But I fell into it because I grabbed opportunities when they came my way. Those opportunities included management responsibility in Selfridges, The NHS and East Sussex County Council. I also ran some pretty heavy projects at ESCC, in a wide range of departments. So when I was made redundant in 2026 it seemed natural to grab the chance to go it alone and support businesses with their staff development and projects.

2. What would you tell your younger self?

Life is going to throw all sorts of junk at you – some of it awful. But the good stuff is going to be utterly brilliant, beyond what you can imagine. You will be surprised and what you can achieve. So, take a deep breath, be straightforward with people, notice who is in your tribe and cherish the moments of joy. It’s a roller coaster – you can scream with fear or scream with excitement; it’s your choice.

3. What advice would you give to the next generation of women in business?

Build your network, say yes to things when they come along (even if they are completely out of left field) and never stop being curious and learning. These things will give you a solid foundation and poise from which to excel in whatever you do. And don’t worry about other people being aggressive or putting you down. That stuff belongs to them; don’t waste your time trying to deal with it. Just be polite and respectful, step up and over and forward on to greater things.

www.janetwebbconsulting.co.uk

You can find out more here about this year's International Women's Day agenda - Rights. Justice, Action. For ALL Women and Girls.

Ginny Santer - International Women's Day Feature

Tue, 10 Feb 2026 15:56:48 GMT

Ginny Santer - International Women's Day Feature

This IWD we're celebrating some of the female leaders, founders and entrepreneurs in our Chamber. In this feature we talked to Ginny Santer, Director of Monetaire Accountants.

1. How did you get to where you are today?

I did a business admin degree and then, after doing an admin job for a couple of years, decided that the bit that I really enjoyed was the finance. I joined an accountancy firm on a training contract and stayed there until about 18 months after I qualified. I have worked in practice, not for profit and industry. I joined the firm that I now run knowing that it was going to be a potential outcome if things went well. I’ve been here just over 11 years and running it for 10.

2. What would you tell your younger self?

Failing your A levels is not the end of the world. There are lots of different ways to get to where you want to go – and where you thought you wanted to go at 18 was not even the case at 19! You are more capable than you will ever believe you are and you should have more confidence in yourself.

3. What advice would you give to the next generation of women in business?

Don’t be discouraged if the route that you think you are going to take doesn’t work out. There are lots of different ways to get to most places. Being in business can feel really isolated so keep time for your family and friends because there will be times when you really need them. It is ok to admit that you don’t know everything about running your business. Most people don’t go in to it because they’re great at business – they go in to it because they have a passion. Join networks and talk to others in the same boat.

www.monetaire.org.uk

You can find out more here about this year's International Women's Day agenda - Rights. Justice, Action. For ALL Women and Girls.

Henry King features in February's Funeral Service Journal

Wed, 04 Feb 2026 12:13:34 GMT

Henry King features in February's Funeral Service Journal

Henry was asked to take part in '20 Questions' in the February edition of the Funeral Service Journal. If you have a copy, head to page 62 to check it out! Henry said "This is a national journal so it's been nice to receive messages from funeral directors I have met all over the country."

What’s the most unusual request you’ve ever had? I am a big advocate for 'unusual requests'. Too often we hear families suggest music choices, followed by 'that isn't funeral appropriate'. Instead, we should be celebrating the individual. The first thought that came to mind was a family who brought two bags to the service: one with scrunched up wrapping paper and the other with pegs. As the service concluded, a wrapping paper throwing fight broke out, as the family did every Christmas. The pegs were used during the reception, to discretely attach a peg to any individual - but don't get caught!
How did you fulfil it? The answer is yes - what's the question?
What would you want your funeral to be like? If I was to pass away tomorrow, I would like the full hog. Placed on a gun carriage and pulled through the village by black Frisesian horses. Marching band. Carried into St James the Less Church and left in repose. Heaviest coffin you can imagine. Jerusalem to be sung. And yes, I've already told my partner - pre planning!
Burial or cremation? I think cremation. I like the idea that 'land is for the living' and my ashes could be scattered in a memorable place for my family to visit.
What song(s) would you want played at your funeral? I enjoy a vast variety of music genres, but I'd have to choose something by Edward Elgar, with London Grammar thrown in too. ‘Jerusalem’ has to be sung!
What attracted you to the funeral sector? My father worked in the industry, so I've grown up with it. I started casual pallbearing with him aged 16, as he didn't want me 'sitting at home on the PlayStation'. My intentions were joining the Royal Air Force, but after acquiring a full-time position aged 18, I enjoyed it that much I decided to stay. Here I am, 15 years later.
What’s the one thing you wish you’d known when you started? That you cannot hold onto the information of every funeral you conduct. I would walk down the high street; notice a client and I could tell you everything about the funeral we arranged 2-3 years prior. From music, to coffin, officiant, how many order of service booklets they had, how many limousines they had. It was unhealthy and it affected me mentally.
If you could change one thing about the industry, what would it be and why? Regulation. I take huge pride investing in my facilities, insuring we have the best equipment and care for our families and deceased.
What worries you most about your business? I worry about the mental impact direct cremations are having on families. I'm not saying direct cremation is wrong and nobody should have it, but too often I'm hearing from families 'I want Dad to have a funeral, but he wanted direct cremation'. They're torn between getting the closure that will help in grief, but also respecting their father's wishes. I'm seeing families 12 months later regretting choosing a direct cremation and the realisation of the impact it will have on their mental health.
What is the best part of your job? Hearing 'thank you' from a family. During what is often the most difficult time in someone's life, they take the time to thank you for the service you have provided.
What’s the worst? Finding a healthy balance between work and personal life. Working in this industry, we know life is too short. It's important to get that balance right.
What three words best describe your life in the funeral sector? Inspiring. Thankful. Legacy.
What advice would you give someone joining the sector now? Know your values and stick by them!
What’s the worst mistake you’ve ever made? Failing to understand how to run a business. You can be the best funeral director in the county, but if you don't understand business, how good you are becomes irrelevant.
What did you learn from it? How to recognise working 'in' the business and 'on' the business. Understanding that makes a huge difference in growth.
When and where were you at your happiest? When my son was born. I have a photograph of him being born, and in the same frame is my beaming, smiling face. My face hurts at the thought of how big my smile was. He changed the perspective of life and I will forever be grateful - he's only two and doesn't know it!
Who or what has been your biggest influence? My Dad. He believed in me and supported me when I decided to open my office in 2017. He sadly passed away in 2021 and I hope he is proud of the legacy and I continue in his name. I've written a few blogs on my website about him, including when he died. His photographs are proudly displayed in my office.
What are you most proud of and why? Proving the haters wrong. I was 23 when I opened my office and I got a lot of stick for it. Larger funeral directors made it difficult for me at the start, but I'm proud of the business I have created.
What is your biggest regret? Fiddling with the VCR when my Dad taped WrestleMania in the early 2000s. I didn't believe he had woken up to record it, so I aged around 8-10 I took it upon myself to push buttons, ultimately stopping the recording. I was so upset the following morning that I faked an illness to be off school and borrowed a friend's tape recording!
How do you want to be remembered? As a man my son would be proud to call 'dad'.

FluidOne share how Microsoft Copilot can save time for Chamber member businesses

Wed, 04 Feb 2026 09:30:14 GMT

FluidOne share how Microsoft Copilot can save time for Chamber member businesses

As a Chamber member, Fluid One works closely with small and medium sized organisations to help them improve productivity and make better use of the technology they already have. In this article, the Fluid One team share practical insights on Microsoft 365 Copilot, exploring how accessible AI tools can help Chamber member businesses save time, reduce everyday admin, and support teams facing the pressures of 2026.

An accessible opportunity for SMBs facing the challenges of 2026

For small and medium‑sized businesses, 2026 begins with a familiar challenge: producing more, faster, with limited teams and ongoing budget pressure. In this context, the arrival of AI tools that are accessible, easy to deploy, and genuinely useful in day‑to‑day work marks an important turning point. Among these, Microsoft 365 Copilot Business is emerging as a practical productivity driver; not a gadget, but a tool that integrates directly into the applications SMBs already use.

Why is Copilot becoming a strong asset for SMBs?

A large part of lost time in businesses comes from repetitive tasks, starting documents from scratch or sorting through long email threads. Work is taking longer than it should, good ideas get stuck in drafts, and frustrations rise as things fail to move forward as quickly as they need to.

On average, employees using Copilot save around 2.3 hours per week¹, time they can reinvest in higher‑value work. Copilot automates or accelerates these actions by relying on the data and tools teams already use. Unlike general AI tools, Copilot works directly within Microsoft 365 (Outlook, Teams, Word, Excel, OneDrive) allowing it to operate with context, accuracy and in line with the organisation’s security rules.

What can Copilot do for your team every day?

Copilot supports teams by helping them work more efficiently in the flow of work, boosting productivity without increasing costs and allowing them to focus on what matters most:

·        Quickly finding a file or previous version.
·        Condensing long email threads into a few lines.
·        Creating PowerPoint presentations from a written brief.
·        Drafting emails, content and summaries without starting from a blank page.
·        Analysing Excel data and speeding up reporting and forecasting.
·        Summarising meetings, tracking actions and keeping projects moving.
·        Supporting everyday Microsoft 365 users with writing and research.
·        Performing wider online research and using reusable, task‑specific custom agents (e.g., industry updates, trend monitoring).

An accessible investment for small organisations

Integrated AI was once reserved for large enterprises, but Microsoft has introduced a dedicated Copilot plan designed to make AI genuinely accessible for SMBs, at a predictable and controlled cost.

For many small businesses, this removes the usual barriers to entry, allowing teams to explore AI in a practical way, without heavy upfront investment or complex implementation. It is a straightforward way to test real productivity gains, backed by familiar Microsoft 365 tools and simplified support.

Conclusion

Copilot gives SMBs exactly what they need: fewer admin bottlenecks, faster output, and secure automation built directly into the tools teams already use.

A promotional Copilot offer is available until March 31st, making now a strong opportunity to get started with minimal risk and maximum value. Click here to find out more.

¹ Source: Vodafone, Microsoft & KPMG – Microsoft 365 Copilot Productivity Trial Results (2024)

GWCA Solicitors Announced as Headline Sponsor for Worthing Museum and Art Gallery

Mon, 02 Feb 2026 18:06:40 GMT

GWCA Solicitors Announced as Headline Sponsor for Worthing Museum and Art Gallery

GWCA Solicitors is delighted to announce a new partnership with Worthing Theatres and Museum (WTM) , who will serve as Headline Sponsor for the highly anticipated reopening of Worthing Museum and the landmark OPEN26 exhibition.

The year-long sponsorship will see GWCA Solicitors support the Museum's long-awaited reopening in late March 2026, following an extensive refurbishment project made possible through major funding from Arts Council England, The National Lottery Heritage Fund, Garfield Weston Foundation and Museum Development South East. The redevelopment project has also been generously supported by local donors who have collectively raised over £15,000 through the Reimagining Worthing Museum campaign.

As Headline Sponsor, GWCA will be prominently featured throughout the reopening celebrations as well as the OPEN26 exhibition running from March to September. The partnership reflects a shared commitment to supporting arts, heritage and community engagement in Worthing and the wider West Sussex region. GWCA's sponsorship will support a comprehensive programme of exhibitions and events throughout the year, helping to ensure the Museum remains accessible and welcoming for all.

Yemisi Mokuolu, Chair of Worthing Theatres and Museum, said: "We are thrilled to welcome GWCA Solicitors as Headline Sponsor for this momentous occasion in Worthing Museum's history. Their support demonstrates a genuine commitment to enriching cultural life in Worthing. This partnership will help us create an unforgettable reopening experience for our community and ensure that the Museum's return is celebrated in the way it deserves."

Emma Chatwell, Senior Partner at GWCA Solicitors, said: "GWCA Solicitors is proud to support Worthing Museum as it embarks on this exciting new chapter. The Museum is a vital cultural asset for our community, and we believe strongly in supporting local institutions that bring people together and enrich our town. This partnership represents a long-term commitment from GWCA to the Museum and to Worthing's cultural offering. We are looking forward to the reopening celebrations in March and to playing our part in ensuring the Museum's continued success throughout 2026 and beyond."

Ropetackle and Pilbeam Construction celebrate new partnership

Mon, 02 Feb 2026 17:57:13 GMT

Ropetackle and Pilbeam Construction celebrate new partnership

Ropetackle Arts Centre has kicked off the new year on a positive note, announcing Southwick-based Pilbeam Construction as its latest business sponsor.

Chartered building company Pilbeam Construction is a well-established local success story, with strong foundations. Trading since 1955, the company has built a reputation for delivering high-quality, complex projects on time and within budget.

Pilbeam Construction specialises in the design, build and management of projects within the residential, commercial, health and care, education, heritage and ecclesiastical sectors.

Martin Allen, Chairman of Ropetackle Arts Centre, said: “We’re delighted to welcome such a prestigious company to our growing group of business sponsors and really look forward to working with them over the coming years. Pilbeam represents many of the values we hold dear, including a strong community-focused ethos and an excellent ‘can-do’ attitude.”

Alan Corbett, Managing Director of Pilbeam says: “We’re looking forward to supporting Ropetackle which is only down the road from us.

“We know it brings a lot of joy to people living in Shoreham and beyond. We’re very proud to support this registered charity as it continues to deliver a fantastic programme.

“The Pilbeam Construction team love working on projects locally that make people’s lives better, so they will really love supporting Ropetackle too.”

The new partnership reflects a shared commitment to excellence and supporting the local community, and marks an exciting step forward for both organisations.

Attracting audiences of more than 50,000 per year, supported by 600 plus Friends and Patrons and 80 plus volunteers, Ropetackle plays a unique and established role at the heart of the community, contributing around £1.4m annually to the local economy.

Ropetackle’s sponsorship scheme allows businesses to maximise brand awareness within the venue and brochure, capitalise on Ropetackle's digital presence and contribute to their corporate social responsibility objectives.

West Sussex Mind benefits from donated renovation work thanks to Southern Housing and HG Construction grant

Mon, 02 Feb 2026 15:31:19 GMT

West Sussex Mind benefits from donated renovation work thanks to Southern Housing and HG Construction grant!

Vikki Turpin, manager of the Adur support hub, said: “We want our building to feel welcoming and safe, as it can feel like a big step asking for help

Mental health charity, West Sussex Mind, has received a donation of ‘work in kind’ from Southern Housing and HG Construction, transforming Corner House, its support hub in Southwick for people experiencing mental health difficulties.

The work was carried out by HG Construction at the end of 2025 to renovate and redecorate areas used for one-to-one support appointments and social activities for the charity’s service users.

The site is a converted old house, dating back to the late 19th century, and is used to deliver front-line mental health services. However, some of the areas needed renovation to create a more welcoming environment for service users and to free up more space for social activities, such as art, creative writing and get togethers, which the charity runs for people it supports.

In 2024-25, the Adur support hub:

· Supported 346 service users with their mental health

· Held 66 social activities

· Hosted 59 mental health workshops and support groups with a total of 258 attendances.

Southern Housing and HG Construction worked closely with Vikki Turpin, manager of the Adur support hub, and Mark Palmer-Wilson, West Sussex Mind’s facilities manager, to scope out the work and complete the renovation with minimal disruption to employees and service users.

The team went above and beyond, renovating and reflooring the art room and one-to-one appointment rooms, as well as the social activities room, hallways and stairs, and downstairs lounge and toilet.

The renovation has been positively received among staff and service users – with one service user commenting: “I love the redecoration in the social activities room and I find the green [colour] really calming.”

"We are grateful to Southern Housing and HG Construction for their ‘work in kind’ donation, which has transformed our support hub and people’s experience here. It's been great to give a much-needed refresh to the building that will benefit the community’s mental health and wellbeing for years to come."

Sophie Lowe, social value lead at Southern Housing, said: “We are delighted to be able to support West Sussex Mind and the amazing work they do in Adur and beyond supporting so many people in the local community.

“The Corner House is an important community venue and the renovation work completed by HG Construction has transformed the spaces. It’s been a pleasure to be able to support this project.”

Member Case Study: Andrew Lake – Soundcheck Audio Visual

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Mon, 02 Feb 2026 09:00:00 GMT

Member Case Study: Andrew Lake – Soundcheck Audio Visual

With over three decades at the forefront of live entertainment, theatre, corporate events, and international productions, I am delighted to reintroduce myself to the Worthing and Adur Chamber community. As founder of Soundcheck Audio Visual Services, my career has been built on delivering seamless technical solutions and unforgettable experiences across meetings, conferences, and exhibitions.

From BBC touring productions to national theatre shows, cruise ship entertainment, and high-profile corporate gatherings, I have honed a reputation for precision, creativity, and operational excellence. My expertise spans advanced sound engineering, event design, and technical management, ensuring that every production, whether a boardroom presentation or a large-scale exhibition runs flawlessly. Along the way, I’ve been privileged to receive multiple industry awards, recognising not only technical mastery but also the collaborative spirit and premium service that underpin my work.

As we look ahead to 2026, I invite fellow Chamber members to consider how my knowledge and experience could elevate your upcoming events. Whether you’re planning a conference for 200 delegates that demands clarity and impact, an exhibition with Keynote stage and breakout rooms, or a meeting where every detail matters, Soundcheck AV brings the assurance of seasoned professionalism combined with a fresh, client-focused approach.

And for Chamber members, don’t miss our exclusive special offer, available now on the Members Offer page. It’s the perfect opportunity to explore how Soundcheck AV can support your next event while enjoying added value as part of your membership.

Events are opportunities to inspire, connect, and impress. With Soundcheck AV, you gain a partner who understands the stakes and delivers with confidence. Let’s talk about how we can make your next event not just successful, but exceptional.

www.soundcheck-avs.co.uk

George Square Financial Management Financial Market Commentary in Conjunction with Albemarle Street Partners

Mon, 19 Jan 2026 17:42:54 GMT

George Square Financial Management Financial Market Commentary in Conjunction with Albemarle Street Partners

International Equities Strongest Year in Nearly a Decade

Global equities ended 2025 near all-time highs, driven by earnings strength despite persistent political and macro uncertainty. The outperformance of non-U.S. equities and the AI investment narrative remained focal points in December, though with growing complexity beneath the surface.

AI leaders Oracle and Broadcom posted strong results but suffered share price declines as investors questioned capital expenditure and the sustainability of revenue growth. Investors are increasingly differentiating between AI companies rather than buying the sector indiscriminately. The enthusiasm that propelled valuations to three-year highs now faces scrutiny over returns on AI-related investments.

The US Federal Reserve cut policy rates by 25 basis points to 3.75%, its third consecutive reduction. Chair Powell adopted a cautious stance towards further easing, however. Delayed macro data in the US show a slowing labour market, with unemployment rising to 4.6%, falling inflationary pressure, as core CPI is at its lowest since early 2021, and weakness in manufacturing. Payroll growth stalled, with job losses in three of the last six months. Despite this, third-quarter GDP expanded 4.3%, its strongest pace in two years. This contrast makes monetary policy difficult, and we need to be mindful of this in our asset allocation decisions.

UK GDP contracted 0.1% in October, marking a second consecutive monthly decline. Consumer weakness compounded disinflationary pressures, with CPI easing to 3.2%. The Bank of England cut rates by 25 basis points in a narrow 5-4 vote but signalled future reductions would be "closer calls". Business activity showed modest recovery following the Autumn Budget, with the composite PMI improving to 52.1.

The ECB held rates steady despite modest upgrades to growth and inflation forecasts for 2026. The Bank of Japan proceeded with normalisation, lifting rates to 0.75%. Long-dated yields climbed across developed markets despite widespread easing. This reflects persistent fiscal pressures complicating the transition to neutral policy.

The macro picture is one of near-term weakness, though market participants remain hopeful that reacceleration of global growth is achievable in the second half of 2026. This optimism underpins current positioning but leaves a limited margin for disappointment given elevated valuations and compressed credit spreads.

Commodities presented a mixed picture. Gold rose 1%, capping a 54% gain over the year. Copper rallied 8% on AI infrastructure investment themes. This stands in stark contrast to oil, which posted its worst year since the pandemic. Brent fell 24% (£ terms) over the year amid a persistent supply glut. Even the unexpected capture of Venezuelan President Nicolás Maduro by U.S. forces on January 3rd failed to push energy prices materially higher.

The historic linkage of geopolitical unrest to markets has been rendered largely ineffectual through the lack of energy price pass-through. This phenomenon persisted throughout 2025, with geopolitical developments and market performance notably diverging. The implications for portfolio construction are significant as some hedges against geopolitical risk have proven less effective.

As we exit 2025, several factors support risk assets. Earnings growth is accelerating from high single digits to low double digits year-over-year. Policy rates are falling, which is supportive for both bonds and equities. Corporate balance sheets remain strong. These fundamentals underpin current valuations despite stretched multiples. The next three to six months are expected to deliver uncomfortably slow employment growth. This creates an uncomfortable backdrop for broadening equity participation until clear signs of reacceleration emerge.

U.S. equities declined 1.14% in December as market leadership rotated from technology mega-caps towards more cyclical industrial and material companies. Small-capitalisation stocks fell 1.04%. Full-year returns reached 9.29%, respectable but trailing international developed markets. Current technical indicators favour large caps over small, suggesting caution about recovery breadth.

UK and European equities delivered December's strongest returns. UK large-caps advanced 2.45%, finishing the year up 25.82%, the strongest performance since the global financial crisis. UK mid-caps rose 2.26%, ending up 12.97%. European indices rose 2.12%, capping a 26.10% gain. Asian equities gained 0.93%, with Korea and Taiwan recovering strongly from November weakness.

Fixed income showed sector bifurcation. Government bonds posted negative returns as yields rose. Credit sectors outperformed. High-yield debt returned .89%. Tight spreads reflect limited default risk, looser monetary policy, and abundant capital access, but present valuation challenges.

Andy's Angels and Electric Storm Youth Collaboration.

Wed, 14 Jan 2026 10:40:11 GMT

Andy's Angels and Electric Storm Youth Collaboration.

Andy’s Angels, a bereavement charity dedicated to supporting children and families through grief, is proud to announce an exciting new collaboration with Electric Storm Youth. Beginning in January 2026, the partnership will deliver a youth work project at the Andy’s Angels Grief Play Café, designed to give young people a safe, creative, and supportive space to explore their emotions and connect with others who understand.

The Grief Play Café, a welcoming drop-in hub where families can come together to talk, play, and heal, has already made a significant difference to many local families. With Electric Storm Youth joining the project, young people aged 10–18 will now have access to dedicated youth sessions, offering activities, group discussions, and creative expression opportunities led by a qualified youth worker.

“We know how important it is for young people to have somewhere they feel understood,” said Kayla Shepherd, Founder of Andy’s Angels. “By working with Electric Storm Youth, we’re creating a space that combines grief support with youth empowerment, helping young people process loss in healthy, positive ways.”

Electric Storm Youth, known for its innovative work supporting young people across Lancing, Sompting and the wider Adur area, will bring expertise in youth engagement, mental wellbeing, and creative participation.

Together, the two charities aim to reduce isolation, build resilience, and promote open conversations about loss.

Grief can feel incredibly isolating for young people,” said Karen Jefford, CEO of Electric Storm Youth. “Through this partnership, we can give them somewhere safe to just be, to talk, connect, and know they’re not on their own. It’s about helping them find strength and hope in their own time, in their own way.

With the financial support and sincere thanks to The David Hunt Trust, the new youth project sessions will run monthly at the Grief Play Café from January 2026.

Not one, but two Worthing Women Named Among UK’s Top 100 Most Inspiring Female Entrepreneurs

Wed, 07 Jan 2026 09:49:26 GMT

Not one, but two Worthing Women Named Among UK’s Top 100 Most Inspiring Female Entrepreneurs

Kelly O’Haire, Director of Constructive Marketing, and Rachael Dines, Director of Shake It Up Creative, have been named in the f:Entrepreneur iAlso 100 for 2026. The prestigious campaign, run by Small Business Britain, celebrates 100 incredible female entrepreneurs from across the UK who are driving growth and making a positive impact in their communities, while running successful businesses.

With over 50 years of specialist marketing experience between them, both women contribute significantly to the Worthing & Adur Chamber of Commerce and have been driving forces in helping hundreds of businesses scale and improve their digital presence. Kelly has a degree in Public Relations and runs Constructive Marketing, which specialises in the building and construction sectors while Rachael is a Chartered Marketer and runs Shake it Up Creative, which specialises in small businesses and non-profits.

Their inclusion in the iAlso 100 highlights their impact not just as business founders but as multi-achieving leaders who balance expert marketing delivery with other roles. Kelly is the Chair of Trustees for Sight Support Worthing, the Chair of Worthing Business Circle and has provided many voluntary hours of business mentoring to others. In the same vein, Rachael is Chair of the English Martyrs Primary School registered charity, sits on the West Sussex Economic Growth Board and is a voluntary Expert in Residence for Business & IP Centre Sussex and Community Works.

“It is brilliant to feature Rachael and Kelly in this year’s #IAlso100 campaign. All of the female entrepreneurs in this year’s line-up are inspirational and remarkable role models,” said Michelle Ovens CBE, CEO and Founder of Small Business Britain.

“Their creativity, leadership, and community impact show exactly why supporting female founders is so important, not only for the UK’s economic growth but for the positive difference they make to wider society.”

“I am incredibly honoured to be recognised alongside such a dynamic group of women,” said Kelly, Founder and Director of Constructive Marketing.

As iAlso 100 members, the women will have access to exclusive events, opportunities to speak on national panels, and a platform to contribute to policy discussions impacting female business owners.

“I can’t wait to expand my network with, and learn from, brilliant, high-achieving women from across the country”, said Rachael, Founder and Director of Shake It Up Creative.

To view the full list of the 100 female business owners featured in this year’s f:Entrepreneur #IAlso100 campaign, visit https://f-entrepreneur.com/ialso-100-2026/

Call for Evidence on the tax support provided for entrepreneurs

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Mon, 22 Dec 2025 14:42:03 GMT

Call for Evidence on the tax support provided for entrepreneurs

At a recent Chamber breakfast members commented that the taxation systems are not founder friendly. Entrepreneurs are vital to the growth mission, and the government is focussed on making the UK the most attractive place in the world for founders to start and scale their businesses to success.

A call for evidence came out with the budget report on the tax support provided to entrepreneurs. This Call for Evidence seeks views on the effectiveness of existing tax incentives, and the wider tax system, for business founders and scaling firms, and how the UK can better support these companies to start, scale and stay in the UK. The government will consider responses when developing further potential reforms to tax support for entrepreneurs. Please ensure you have your say, the call for evidence closes on 28^th February 2026

In the 2025 Budget report (PDF) the government announced it had launched a call for evidence on the tax support provided for entrepreneurs:

4.72 Call for Evidence into the tax support for entrepreneurs – The government has published a Call for Evidence that seeks views on the effectiveness of existing tax incentives, and the wider tax system for business founders and scaling firms, and how the UK can better support these companies to start, scale and stay in the UK. The Call for Evidence will close on 28 February 2026.

Full details are set out here: Tax Support for Entrepreneurs: Call for Evidence - GOV.UK.

Shape the Future Skills System – Employer Workshops Coming This January

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Mon, 22 Dec 2025 14:38:46 GMT

Shape the Future Skills System – Employer Workshops Coming This January

The Sussex Local Skills Improvement Plan (LSIP) is inviting employers to play a vital role in shaping the future skills landscape for our region. This January, a series of Employer Engagement Workshops will take place across Sussex, bringing together businesses, sector bodies, and networks to influence the next LSIP for 2026–2029.

These workshops are designed to capture real-world insight from employers on the skills needed now and those critical for the years ahead. Your input will help ensure training provision and qualifications remain relevant, employer-led, and aligned with genuine workforce demand.

What to Expect

Expert Insight: Hear from guest speakers on emerging trends and sector challenges.
Collaborative Discussion: Share your priorities and workforce needs in a facilitated session.
Networking Opportunities: Connect with peers, partners, and stakeholders from your sector.

Why Your Voice Matters

Since its launch, the Sussex LSIP has already made a difference by:

Shaping new and updated training provision based on local workforce needs.
Supporting flexible, modular training in key areas such as digital, construction, manufacturing, and green skills.
Strengthening collaboration between employers and providers to deliver industry-led curricula.
Improving talent pipelines and supporting recruitment and workforce development.

By joining your sector’s workshop, you will help influence future skills provision, support a strong pipeline of local talent, and contribute directly to a plan that informs investment and delivery across Sussex.

When and How to Get Involved

Workshops start 13 January 2026 and run throughout the month. Each session is tailored to a specific sector, with an additional cross-sector workshop for businesses operating across multiple industries.

Find out more and book your place here
Future Skills Sussex – Employer Workshops

George Square Financial Management Market Commentary in Conjunction with Albemarle Street Partners

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Mon, 22 Dec 2025 14:21:57 GMT

George Square Financial Management Market Commentary in Conjunction with Albemarle Street Partners

Swings and roundabouts

It has been a volatile yet fruitful year for investors. November encapsulated both qualities in a single month. What began as an orderly reassessment of artificial intelligence valuations briefly threatened to become something uglier. Bargain hunters and rate-cut optimism then combined to rescue markets from their mid-month lows.

The Federal Reserve's next move consumed much of November's attention. Chair Powell initially dampened expectations for a December cut, triggering volatility in risk assets. But dovish whispers from his colleagues soon restored confidence, and by month's end, traders were pricing near certainty of another quarter-point reduction. The longest government shutdown in American history had complicated matters, starving investors of data. When September's employment figures finally surfaced, they painted a picture of an economy cooling gently rather than cracking, precisely the outcome the Fed needed to justify continued easing.

The technology selloff in November was less about deteriorating fundamentals than a reassessment of risks. Nvidia reported another record quarter, yet even stellar numbers could not prevent profit-taking after two years of extraordinary gains. The Magnificent Seven showed signs of fracturing as Alphabet surged on enthusiasm for its new AI model while Microsoft and Oracle fell. Markets are finally learning to discriminate between AI winners and those merely riding the positive narrative.

Healthcare emerged as the unlikely beneficiary of technology's wobble. It posted its strongest month in years. The rotation was a reminder that bull markets need not rely on a single theme. Investors who maintained diversified exposures were rewarded for their patience. European equities quietly outperformed their American counterparts, extending a trend that has characterised much of 2025.

The pound rallied after Chancellor Reeves delivered an Autumn Budget with more fiscal headroom than expected, and gilt yields retreated modestly. Currency strength clipped returns from dollar-denominated assets. Markets remained somewhat sceptical of the budget's backend-loaded consolidation, but the immediate verdict was favourable enough to support UK assets.

As December begins, the fundamental case for equities remains intact. Corporate balance sheets are healthy, monetary policy is turning accommodative, and the earnings backdrop continues to broaden beyond technology. November's turbulence was uncomfortable, but it served as a reminder that diversification earns its place in portfolios not during the easy months, but precisely when conditions turn difficult.

Digesting the data – Budget Recap

£26 billion in new taxes. Chancellor Rachel Reeves unveiled one of the largest tax-raising packages in over a decade, with measures targeting workers, savers and investors. The tax burden is forecast to hit 38.3 percent of GDP — a post-war high.

£22 billion fiscal buffer. The Office for Budget Responsibility said the government now has more than double its previous headroom for meeting deficit-reduction targets, giving Reeves greater flexibility under her self-imposed fiscal rules.

Income tax thresholds frozen until 2031. By holding thresholds steady while wages rise, the government will drag millions more workers into higher tax bands — a so-called stealth tax expected to raise roughly £8 billion annually by decade's end.

Pension National Insurance (NI) relief curtailed. From 2029, salary-sacrifice pension contributions above £2,000 per year will lose their NI tax advantages. The OBR estimates this will raise £4.7 billion in its first full year, hitting higher earners and their employers hardest.

ISA allowance slashed by 40 percent. The annual tax-free limit for cash savings accounts will fall from £20,000 to £12,000 for under-65s starting in 2027 — part of a push to redirect savings toward British equities.

Council tax surcharge on expensive homes. Properties valued above £2 million will face an annual levy of £2,500, rising to £7,500 for homes worth more than £5 million. The measure affects fewer than 1 percent of properties.

Pilbeam Construction celebrates employees’ long service

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Mon, 22 Dec 2025 13:14:43 GMT

Pilbeam Construction celebrates employees’ long service

Sussex contractor Pilbeam Construction is celebrating the longevity of its loyal team members after their combined service topped 200 years.

Longest-serving members include general operative Dave Catchpole, who has been with the business for 34 years, plus manager Glen Karadzas started his career at Pilbeam 43 years ago and truck driver Paul Graham has worked for the chartered building company for 31 years.

The management team of pre-construction director Andrew Arrow, 24 years, and managing director Alan Corbett, 10 years, have hit big numbers, too, and believe the landmark is worth celebrating.

Andrew said: “Two hundred years combined service is remarkable and a credit to our team.

“It’s also pleasing because we have worked hard to provide a supportive environment and to invest in employees' professional growth and values. It’s very unusual to have an employee who has spent their whole career at just one firm and that makes us feel very lucky.

“We aim to create a collaborative and stable team culture here which is reflected in the loyalty and commitment to delivering projects on time and budget. It’s great to see our hard work pay off with a happy team. I hear the bosses are a right laugh too!”

Amongst the many other reasons team members have stayed with the Southwick contractor for so long are the supportive and friendly environment and the work life balance it provides, as it delivers projects within the commercial, health and care, education, heritage and residential sectors across Sussex and the South East.

Paul Graham said: “I like the fact it’s a friendly business with consistent work and wages. All my colleagues and the office staff are friendly and professional.”

Glen added: “Pilbeam have always worked on numerous varied types of projects. This means every day is different and I like the variety, challenges and the chance to learn something new.

“I have always appreciated the stability of working for Pilbeam. Working with the same team and company over time creates trust, teamwork and sense of family. That makes the job enjoyable and keeps me motivated.”

Other longest servers include Mark Smith, 24 years, Matt Hayler, 13 years, Greg Perry 11 years and John Hay, seven years.

Simon Hepworth, who has clocked up almost 24 years said: “Unlike some larger companies Pilbeam has always felt like a family who care about you. I now work with friends rather than colleagues. I like the variety of projects undertaken from new build to historic monuments each project is different and has its unique set of challenges.”

Contracts surveyor Matt Hayler added: “Having a young family and living locally, the work–life balance here has been a major reason I’ve stayed. Pilbeam understands that people have responsibilities outside of work, and they’ve always been flexible and supportive when I’ve needed it. Being close to home means I can be present for my family without compromising on my career, which is something I really value.

“The people make the biggest difference. The team is friendly, collaborative, and always willing to help, whether it’s solving a technical issue or just having a good laugh on a busy day.”

For more information please visit: https://www.pilbeamconstruction.co.uk/

Electric Storm Youth Bolsters Board with Appointment of New Trustee

Wed, 17 Dec 2025 12:24:24 GMT

Electric Storm Youth Bolsters Board with Appointment of New Trustee

Electric Storm Youth (ESY) is pleased to announce the appointment of Laurence Davies to its Board of Trustees. ESY is an unwavering fixture in the lives of young people across Lancing, Sompting and Adur with a simple yet vital purpose, to support, inspire and equip young people aged 10–18 to thrive emotionally and socially.

Laurence Davies is the owner and founder of Power of Perspective and he brings a dynamic combination of over 17 years in coaching and operational support for businesses alongside significant expertise in the third sector. He previously spent seven years leading national mental health promotion and training programmes for one of the country's largest mental health charities.

Laurence’s commitment to ESY’s mission is driven by a personal passion for youth resilience. His background includes three years of direct front-line experience, including time as a Youth Worker. “I was motivated to take on this role after meeting CEO Karen Jefford and learning how clearly aligned the charity is with my own passion to support the resilience, wellbeing and positive life trajectories of young people,” said Laurence. “I am deeply driven to support young people to face and overcome the internal and practical challenges they face and to achieve their potential.”

His addition comes at a pivotal time as ESY seeks innovative ways to respond to evolving youth needs, particularly in the digital world. He expressed a keen interest in the role of communication and debate in youth leadership stating he is "very much looking forward to observing the Youth Forum in action".

Karen Jefford, CEO of Electric Storm Youth, commented: “We are absolutely delighted to welcome Laurence to our Board. His background, which uniquely combines high-level strategic organisational development with practical knowledge of mental health and front-line youth work, will be invaluable as we scale our impact across Lancing, Sompting, and Adur.”

Laurence concluded with a message for the young people ESY supports “I’m really delighted to be joining ESY as a Trustee and will do my very best to help the charity to continue to support your needs and wishes. I want ESY to do the most it possibly can to help you have the biggest and best lives possible.”

Could your business be missing value from the Microsoft tools you use every day?

Mon, 08 Dec 2025 11:54:58 GMT

Could your business be missing value from the Microsoft tools you use every day?

Most small and medium sized businesses rely on Microsoft every day. The tools feel familiar, they work reliably and they help teams stay productive. Because of this, it’s easy to assume your licences, security settings and features are all working as they should. But here is a question worth asking. Are you confident your Microsoft setup still reflects the way your business works today?

For many SMBs, the answer is now less certain. Costs creep, settings drift as roles change, licences become messy and support often feels reactive rather than proactive. Add Microsoft’s constant flow of updates and new features that no one explains, and it becomes even harder to keep a clear picture.

The everyday pain points that quietly drain time, money and efficiency

Most SMBs don’t face one major Microsoft issue. Instead, small problems build slowly until they begin to affect productivity, cost and security.

· Costs that keep rising
Bills increase, yet it’s not always clear what changed or whether your plan still fits the team.
· Licences that no longer reflect real roles
People leave, responsibilities shift and new hires join, but licensing rarely keeps pace.
· Paying for tools twice
Many businesses buy external software that Microsoft already includes, simply because no one highlighted it.
· Security that feels complicated
Protections exist, but knowing which ones are active or missing is difficult without guidance.
· Efficiency gains that go unnoticed
Microsoft often releases features that save time, yet many providers don’t point them out.
· Support that renews, but rarely advises
Some providers handle invoices but don’t explain changes, new features or cost saving options.

These issues build up quietly and create avoidable cost and risk.

Signs your Microsoft setup needs attention

· Rising bills without clear reasoning
· Old or unused licences still active
· Staff buying tools already included within Microsoft
· Limited visibility of enabled security features
· Updates going unmentioned
· No recent review of access or device compliance

Why FluidOne differs

A well-aligned Microsoft environment needs clarity, consistency and a partner who understands the whole picture. That is where FluidOne stands out.

· Security built on best practice
Key protections are configured correctly and checked regularly.
· Bills that finally make sense
You understand exactly what you are paying for and where savings exist.
· Updates and improvements highlighted
We explain new Microsoft features that genuinely save time and increase efficiency.
· No duplicated tools or wasted spend
If Microsoft includes it, we help you use it.
· Everything under one roof
As both an MSP and Cloud Solution Provider, we bring licensing, security, connectivity and IT support together, giving you one accountable partner.

When everything is aligned, Microsoft stops being a cost to question and becomes a platform that drives security, productivity and growth for your business.

Learn more: https://info.fluidone.com/lp/csp-enquiry

Lancing College & Electric Storm Youth Celebrate 3rd Year of Young Carer Gift Donation

Mon, 08 Dec 2025 11:29:35 GMT

Lancing College & Electric Storm Youth Celebrate 3rd Year of Young Carer Gift Donation

Electric Storm Youth (ESY) today extended their deepest thanks after receiving an overwhelming donation of 31 gift bags for the Young Carers they support. This highly valued initiative, organised by Lancing College, is now in its third consecutive year. This year, the generous gifts were donated and assembled by their Year 9 students and families.

The gifts were presented to ESY’s Youth Work Manager by Father Justin, the Chaplain at Lancing College. The bags were filled with high-quality and thoughtful items, including luxury toiletries, make-up, games, beautiful stationery, boxes of chocolates and valuable gifts like a Lego Batman set, reflecting an incredible level of care and thought.

The Impact on Young Carers

The Young Carers supported by ESY face significant daily responsibilities. These gifts serve as a vital recognition of their immense dedication and resilience.

Nic Reeves, Young Carers Youth Worker at Electric Storm Youth commented "To receive this level of kindness from Lancing College for the third year running makes an immense difference. Our Young Carers dedicate so much of their time to others, these gifts provide a moment of joy and recognition of their strength. Last year, a Young Carer who received a bottle of Dior perfume told us it was the best gift they had ever received. It shows them that they are seen, valued and deserving of being cared for themselves."

The gifts will be distributed during ESY’s dedicated Young Carers programme which provides confidential, one-to-one support to Young Carers in Lancing and Sompting, helping to improve their self-confidence and overall wellbeing.

A Partnership in Community

Justin Pottinger, Chaplain at Lancing College said "As a Christian community, it's at the heart of who we are to partner with charities like Electric Storm in supporting the young carers of Lancing and Sompting, whose hard work and sacrifice often goes unseen. Our Year 9 students and their families have shown that even small acts of generosity can speak volumes. These gifts are our way of saying to young carers in our local area, that the Christmas message of love and joy is for us all, and it is a privilege for us to stand alongside you and share Christmas with you in this way.”

Electric Storm Youth extends a huge thank you to Father Justin, the Year 9 students and families at Lancing College for embodying the spirit of community and compassion and for helping ESY fulfil its mission of ‘Supporting young people now, laying foundations for the future’.

New mental health support service launched in West Sussex

Mon, 08 Dec 2025 11:04:25 GMT

New mental health support service launched in West Sussex

Pathfinder West Sussex is a new community mental health service, providing free mental health and wellbeing support to people across West Sussex.

The service was commissioned by NHS Sussex and is being led by BHT Sussex, working in partnership with West Sussex Mind, replacing the previous Pathfinder Alliance arrangements for the county.

The new contract brings on board new partners from the homelessness sector and offers comprehensive, co-produced community mental health support for anyone over 18.

Pathfinder West Sussex offers adults:

Information, advice and guidance through a single helpline

One-to-one and group support sessions

Peer support from people with lived experience of mental health

Community activities to increase confidence and create connection

Physical health interventions

Homelessness support

Employment support.

The service brings together a number of trusted organisations to provide integrated support and works closely with the local NHS and GP surgeries, making it easier to get information, find support or get specialist advice.

West Sussex Mind’s CEO, Kerrin Page, said: “We’re excited to launch this new chapter for Pathfinder West Sussex, bringing together local organisations to improve the wellbeing of people across the county and help people get the right support when they need it. We want to ensure that there is no wrong ‘front door’ to mental health support and that everyone in our community can be guided to the support that's right for them, regardless of where they reach out for help.”

MOMENTUM Business Support Ltd Supported Worthing Food Foundation with Unique Fundraising Effort

Mon, 08 Dec 2025 10:53:14 GMT

MOMENTUM Business Support Ltd Supported Worthing Food Foundation with Unique Fundraising Effort

During the last six months of 2025, MOMENTUM Business Support Ltd proudly partnered with the Worthing Food Foundation (Les Alden Foundation), a volunteer-led organisation dedicated to providing essential food and household items to individuals and families in need across Worthing.

The Foundation played a vital role in supporting those experiencing food poverty, offering dignity, kindness, and practical assistance when it mattered most. What many did not realise was that approximately 90% of the food distributed by the charity had to be purchased, making every donation critical to its mission.

In addition to donating business services free of charge, MOMENTUM wanted to take its support a step further. To raise awareness and funds, the team committed to a 24-hour fast — no food, no snacks, and no caffeine, relying solely on water and willpower. This initiative aimed to provide a small glimpse into the daily struggles faced by those living with food insecurity.

MOMENTUM invited clients, friends, and supporters to get involved in three impactful ways:

Sponsor the fast — every contribution helped feed someone in need.
Share the campaign to spread awareness.
Join the challenge by fasting for a day in solidarity.

All funds raised went directly to the Worthing Food Foundation, enabling them to continue their incredible work supporting local families.

Together, MOMENTUM and its community worked to ensure that no one in Worthing went hungry.

There is still time to donate here MOMENTUM Business Support Ltd is fundraising for Les Alden Foundation

Connect to Work has now launched!

Mon, 08 Dec 2025 10:37:31 GMT

Connect to Work has now launched!

Connect to Work is a Supported Employment programme helping people living with disabilities and long-term health conditions, as well as individuals with complex barriers, find and maintain paid work.

It is being funded by the Department for Work and Pensions and will be delivered until April 2030, aiming to help up to 900 West Sussex residents per year at peak of programme.

Support will initially be offered to people who are struggling to find employment and have a barrier to work which might include:

Adults with learning disabilities or neurodiversity
Young people aged 18-25 who have barriers to employment which might include mental or physical health challenges, being a care leaver or in temporary accommodation.
Refugees, resettled Afghans, or individuals on the Homes for Ukrainian Scheme
Residents living in Adur and Worthing who have barriers to employment which can include people who have mental or physical health conditions, are homeless, veterans or in recovery from addiction

Application for the programme is through an Expression of Interest form which can be filled in by the participant or a supporter. This form can also be accessed through the QR code below:

Individuals can also apply at libraries or by calling the WSCC Customer Service Centre on 01243 642140.

For further information please see our webpages or email us at connect-to-work@westsussex.gov.uk.

Sussex Transport Strengthens Community Links by Hosting Emergency Services LGV Training

Wed, 26 Nov 2025 13:55:01 GMT

Sussex Transport Strengthens Community Links by Hosting Emergency Services LGV Training

Sussex Transport recently demonstrated its strong commitment to community partnership and safety by hosting a specialist LGV Appreciation Day for the West Sussex Fire & Rescue Service and South East Coast Ambulance Service at its headquarters on Lancing Business Park.

The event was designed to help emergency personnel better understand the size, weight and structural challenges of Large Goods Vehicles (LGVs), which can be involved in complex roadside incidents. By opening its doors and fleet to the emergency services, Sussex Transport provided a realistic, hands-on environment that few training sites can match.

Across the day, participants rotated through three practical exercises using an articulated truck, a 'HAIB' crane lorry, and a 26-tonne curtainsider fitted with a Moffett forklift. The sessions covered topics such as danger areas around different LGVs, accessing a driver in distress, managing trapped-casualty situations, and stabilising or raising heavy vehicles safely with airbags and lifting gear.

“We were delighted to welcome both teams to our site,” said Andy Packham, Lifting & Training Manager at Sussex Transport.

“It was fantastic to see our working vehicles used to help train the people who respond to emergencies involving trucks like ours every day. Collaboration like this benefits everyone; the emergency services, the haulage industry, and the wider community.”

Managing Director Damian Pulford added that initiatives like this reflect Sussex Transport’s wider Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) goals:

“As a long-established local employer, we see value in sharing our knowledge and facilities whenever we can. This event perfectly illustrates how business and public services can work together for the good of the region.”

As well as operating a busy haulage and lifting fleet, Sussex Transport runs a dedicated Training Division delivering a wide range of safety and compliance training, including:

1. Vehicle Marshalling Training

2. Lifting Training (Appointed Person, Lorry Loader, Crane Lift Supervisor, Slinger Signaller, Overhead Gantry Crane, Marine Knuckle Boom Crane, Mobile Crane)

3. Materials Handling Training (Forklift / Counterbalance, Telescopic Handler)

4. Working at Height Training (Working at Height, Harness and Fall Arrest, MEWP Boom and Scissor, Safe Use of Ladders)

5. Industrial Training Courses (Abrasive Wheels, Emergency First Aid at Work, Fire Marshall / Warden, Manual Handling)

Over the years, Sussex Transport has also supported other emergency services organisations, including the Air Ambulance Charity Kent Surrey Sussex (KSS), further underlining its commitment to community safety.

Local businesses are encouraged to get in touch with Sussex Transport’s Training Division if they have a safety concern, a training requirement, or any construction-related training enquiry and would like advice or support. Visit https://www.sussextransport.com/training/ for further information

Community invited to join festive fun at Care for Veterans’ Christmas Fayre

Wed, 19 Nov 2025 14:15:46 GMT

Community invited to join festive fun at Care for Veterans’ Christmas Fayre

Care for Veterans is inviting the Worthing community to attend its popular Christmas Fayre and enjoy an afternoon of festive family fun.

It will take place at the Boundary Road, care home on 29 November, and feature over 20 stalls offering handcrafted gifts, seasonal treats, arts and crafts activities and more.

Entry is free and the afternoon promises fun and entertainment for all ages, with a festive grotto, live entertainment, raffle and games for children and families. Among the guests attending will be Worthing Mayor Cathy Glynn-Davies.

Care for Veterans provides long-term nursing, rehabilitation, respite and end-of-life care to veterans and their families who live with disabilities, including acquired brain injury and degenerative neurological conditions. It is now part of the Royal Star & Garter group, following a merger with the charity earlier this year.

Home Manager, Vicky Strange said : “The annual Christmas Fayre is a special event in the Care for Veterans calendar, and as this will be my first Christmas Fayre, I’m particularly excited to welcome the community and join our residents and staff in celebrating a day full of festive fun and entertainment.”

All proceeds from the Fayre will go towards supporting Care for Veterans’ vital work.

The Home is welcoming new residents. For more information on this and other ways to fundraise and support, please go to www.careforveterans.org.uk

Full Fibre Broadband Network Operator and ISP Lightning Fibre Achieves Prestigious Industry Award Hat-Trick

Wed, 19 Nov 2025 13:53:18 GMT

Full Fibre Broadband Network Operator and ISP Lightning Fibre Achieves Prestigious Industry Award Hat-Trick

Lightning Fibre, the full fibre broadband network operator and Internet Service Provider (ISP), has secured a remarkable industry award hat-trick at the annual Internet Service Providers’ Association (ISPA) Awards.

The ISPA Awards shine a spotlight on the organisations and individuals driving the UK’s digital future, recognising providers for their passion, innovation, and commitment. Lightning Fibre was among the night's big winners, taking home multiple accolades.

Double Win at the ISPA Awards

Lightning Fibre scooped two coveted awards at the ceremony:

● The Best Consumer ISP Award (fewer than 100,000 customers)

● Best Customer Experience Award

The Best Consumer ISP Award is aimed at challenger brands offering gigabit-capable fibre services. The judging process considers overall service levels, packages, performance, customer satisfaction, value, fair pricing, and support for vulnerable customers, as well as publicly available data from sources like Ofcom and Trustpilot. Lightning Fibre’s win demonstrates significant improvement in customer experience and strong customer base growth over the past 12 months.

Three Years of Consecutive Excellence

The 2025 win marks the third consecutive year Lightning Fibre has secured the top prize in this category, solidifying its commitment to service excellence:

● Best Consumer ISP (under 100,000 customers) 2025 Winner

● Best Consumer ISP (under 100,000 customers) 2024 Winner

● Best Consumer ISP (under 50,000 customers) 2023 Winner

Rob Reaks, Chief Commercial Officer (CCO) at Lightning Fibre, commented on the achievement, "Winning Best Consumer ISP three years in a row is an incredible validation of our entire company's dedication to our customers. We are passionate about delivering not just the fastest, most reliable full fibre broadband, but also a truly exceptional customer experience. To win the Best Customer Experience award alongside Best Consumer ISP shows we are leading the way in connecting communities with both speed and service they can trust."

Steve Leighton, ISPA UK Chair, added, “This year’s winners exemplify the innovation, resilience, and dedication that define our sector. These organisations and individuals are laying the foundations for a more connected, inclusive, and sustainable future.”

For more information about Lightning Fibre and their award-winning services, please visit www.LightningFibre.co.uk.

Join Carpenter Box for a Post-Budget Breakfast Briefing on 4 December

Mon, 17 Nov 2025 18:15:21 GMT

Join Carpenter Box for a Post-Budget Breakfast Briefing on 4 December

Businesses leaders and individuals are invited by accountancy firm Carpenter Box, part of the Sumer Group, to an Autumn Budget debrief breakfast event from 8am on Thursday 4 December at the Sussex Cricket Ground in Hove.

At the event, tax and financial planning experts will give a clear, concise overview of the key updates announced by Chancellor Rachel Reeves on 26 November. Carpenter Box Partner and Head of Tax Stuart Noakes, and Roy Thompson, Head of Financial Services at CB Financial Advisers, will break down the headline measures, assess their implications for individuals and businesses, and analyse the impact on their finances.

Stuart Noakes said: “The Chancellor’s scene setter speech on 4 November has given strong indications that there will be hard-hitting changes announced on 26 November. In last year’s Budget, there were some significant changes to capital gains tax, inheritance tax, and pension schemes, affecting business owners and individuals, and it is highly possible that we will see further material changes.

“This event will give attendees the insight and clarity they need to make confident, informed financial decisions in light of any announcements made in the Autumn Budget, while also offering the chance to connect with other local businesses.”

To book your place, please register at https://www.carpenterbox.com/event/autumn-budget-debrief-2025/

Business wins innovation grant to make sustainability reporting affordable for SMEs

Mon, 17 Nov 2025 18:07:07 GMT

Business wins innovation grant to make sustainability reporting affordable for SMEs

Brace For Impact has been awarded funding from Innovate UK, the UK’s national innovation agency, to solve the problem of how small businesses can talk about their sustainability activities in a way that wins business.

The funding will be used to develop ImpactIO: an AI-powered tool that simplifies sustainability reporting for small and medium-sized businesses. ImpactIO uses artificial intelligence to streamline and automate the time-consuming process of gathering sustainability data, significantly cutting the cost of creating professional reports. Brace For Impact specialises in producing commercially useful sustainability communications, such as Sustainability Reports, Carbon Reduction Plans, and grant and tender responses, all compliant with relevant anti-greenwashing guidance and legislation. These can be used to spotlight a company’s projects and products alongside their sustainability progress, to attract new clients, investors and employees.

The six-month development project, part of the DCMS Create Growth Programme, will see Brace For Impact collaborate with Brighton software developers DabApps to build the platform locally.

Brace for Impact is calling for local businesses to join the project. No sustainability knowledge is required to be involved, as the project is designed to help SMEs that want to talk more about sustainability or are feeling under pressure to demonstrate sustainability commitment. More details can be found here: www.braceforimpactgroup.com.

The innovation will initially support organisations in the Culture, Heritage and Tourism sectors, which often need to show sustainability credentials to access public funding. Brace for Impact aims to pilot the tool with local creative businesses in 2026 before expanding nationally.

Brace for Impact Co-founder, Susi Weaser, comments: “Pressure is growing from clients and regulators for businesses to make green commitments, so we know smaller businesses need our support in confidently communicating their sustainability credentials. SMEs account for up to 60% of global business emissions, yet they’re woefully under-resourced when it comes to reducing their environmental impact. We want to help businesses work out where they are, communicate confidently, and then move forward. It’s all about progress, not perfection.

“We like to think of ImpactIO as “documents in/magic out”. A client uploads a range of everyday business documents, and our tool will gather everything we need to know. Using ImpactIO we can draw out information from a range of materials like energy bills, employee policies, supplier communications or social media posts. We then turn that into content that wins our clients more work.”

Ed Hickey, Commercial Lead at DabApps, comments: “We’re really excited to be working with Brace For Impact on such an inspiring project. ImpactIO is a brilliant example of how AI can be used for good – helping small businesses tell their sustainability story in a credible, practical way. As a Brighton-based team, we’re proud to be contributing our technical expertise to an innovation that supports local SMEs and drives positive environmental change.”

Brace for Impact Co-founder, Richard Trenholm, continues: “Based on the South Coast, we see the effects of climate change first-hand. This project will help us to drive down the cost of our services, so effective sustainability communication is accessible to those that need it most. AI helps to make the process more efficient so we can use our years of human expertise to make sustainability reporting more accessible and commercially useful to smaller businesses.”

This project is supported by Innovate UK, part of UK Research and Innovation (UKRI), through the DCMS Create Growth Programme – Competition 4 (Small Projects). The programme supports creative businesses across England to develop innovative ideas that drive economic growth, job creation and sustainability within the UK’s creative industries.

About Brace For Impact

Brace For Impact is a Worthing-based sustainability communications business helping UK SMEs communicate their sustainability through creating credible, affordable communications. Founded by husband and wife team, Susi Weaser and Richard Trenholm, the company turns real actions into clear evidence that wins work, through Sustainability Reports, bid-ready tender responses and SEO-friendly web copy that buyers trust.

About DabApps

DabApps is a Brighton-based software development company that designs and builds high-quality web and mobile applications. With over 15 years’ experience helping ambitious startups, scale-ups and research organisations turn ideas into impactful digital products, DabApps combines technical know-how with strategic insight. The team is passionate about using technology to create meaningful change – from supporting sustainability initiatives to unlocking the potential of AI for good.

About Innovate UK

Innovate UK, part of UK Research and Innovation, is creating a better future by inspiring, involving and investing in businesses developing life-changing innovations.

We provide targeted sectors with expertise, facilities and funding to test, demonstrate and evolve their ideas, driving UK productivity and economic growth. Join our network and communities of innovators to realise the potential of your ideas and accelerate business growth. Innovate UK: inspiring business innovation.

Take on the Three Forts Challenge!

Mon, 17 Nov 2025 18:02:10 GMT

Take on the Three Forts Challenge!

The Three Forts Challenge has been a much loved Sussex tradition since 1977, offering one of the most scenic and rewarding running experiences in the South.

Set across the breathtaking South Downs, runners can choose from a full marathon, half marathon or 5-mile trail run and you can even run with your canine friend, each packed with rolling hills, coastal views, and a friendly, community spirit. Every entry supports Ferring Country Centre and local Sussex charities, making every mile truly meaningful. Unlike crowded seafront runs, the Three Forts Challenge offers space, challenge and purpose.

Run with heart. Run the hills. Run for charity. Run with the Three Forts.

What makes the Three Forts Challenge so special....

Since 1977, the Three Forts Challenge has stood proudly as one of Sussex’s most loved and enduring running events — known affectionately as The Tough One. More than just a race, it’s a celebration of community, countryside, and camaraderie. Set across the magnificent South Downs and the home at Lancing Manor Leisure Centre runners experience sweeping views, rolling hills, and a genuine sense of achievement that only trail running can deliver.

From the marathon and half marathon to the 5-mile trail run, every route is designed to inspire. What makes it truly special is its heart: every penny of profit supports Ferring Country Centre and local Sussex charities. Run alongside friends, families, and even your four legged companion...because here, it is about more than miles. It is about tradition, teamwork, and giving back.

This is running at its most authentic — this is the Three Forts Challenge.

Enter Now!

Worthing launches festive parking offer to help shoppers save big this Christmas

Mon, 17 Nov 2025 16:00:02 GMT

Worthing launches festive parking offer to help shoppers save big this Christmas

Shoppers heading into Worthing town centre this festive season can enjoy a huge 40% saving on all-day parking every Friday and Saturday right up until Christmas, thanks to a special collaboration between Worthing Borough Council, Worthing BID, and Worthing Small Traders.

Starting Friday 28th November, visitors simply need to use the MiPermit app and select the all-day parking option to take advantage of the exclusive 40% discounted £7.70 rate at High Street and Buckingham Road multi-storey car parks – making it easier (and cheaper!) to park, shop, and soak up the Christmas spirit in Worthing.

Hemiko, the developers of the Worthing Heat Network, have also agreed to help cover some of the costs to help spread the 'shop local' message over the Christmas period.

“This offer is all about supporting our local businesses and making it easier for people to enjoy everything Worthing has to offer during the festive season, whilst not having to worry about rushing your day,” said Paul O'Brien, owner of I love candy sweetshop. “From our fantastic independent businesses to the brilliant Christmas events, we want everyone to feel welcome in the town centre.”

Hannah Manzaroli, Worthing BID manager, said: "Worthing has so much to offer, especially at Christmas. The all-day parking offer gives people the chance to slow down, explore, and really appreciate everything our town has to offer rather than feeling they have to rush back.”

With the lights twinkling, markets bustling, and seasonal events planned throughout December's days and nights, there’s never been a better time to explore Worthing. You can shop local with our huge range of independents and multi-national high street shops, take in a Christmas wreath making class or yuletide pub quiz , enjoy our award-winning cinemas for a festive film or panto at the theatres, visit Santas grotto , head to the Steyne Gardens ice rink, or dine at one of our many exceptional town centre eateries... all while you make the most of this special all-day parking offer.

"The Worthing & Adur Chamber of Commerce fully supports this fantastic initiative", said a representative. "Making parking more affordable over the festive period is a great way to encourage more people to spend time in our town centre - shopping local, enjoying our hospitality venues and supporting the many brilliant businesses that make Worthing so special at Christmas."

Key Details:

Offer starts: Friday 28th November
When: Every Friday and Saturday until December 20th.
How: Use the MiPermit app and select “All Day Parking”, allowing you to park up to 10pm on the day. ( If you're staying late to enjoy our evening businesses there's no need to rush back to your car as parking is free from 10pm until 6am the next morning ! )
Cost: £7.70 (A 40% saving from the normal all day fee £13.00 fee!)
Where: Worthing town centre High Street and Buckingham Road multi-storey car parks .

Phil Ducket Owner of Worthing Gin and Rum shop "As the first shop when you come into the Guildbourne Centre from the High St car park Worthing Gin and Rum look forward to seeing new and old customers during the run up to xmas this year with a great selection of gifts to choose from "

Princess Marnie owner of Flux Piercing Studio ‘It’s been a wild year, and as a small independent we’ve dodged obstacles like Indiana Jones in the Temple of Doom! But with WBC and our small traders saving Christmas through brilliant parking fees, it’s time to come into town - eat, shop, enjoy the shows, and soak up Worthing’s festive spirit! We are looking forward to seeing you!”

Olympic legend Sally Gunnell OBE returns to start Mental Elf Festive Fun Run on 30 November

Wed, 12 Nov 2025 13:13:34 GMT

Olympic legend Sally Gunnell OBE returns to start Mental Elf Festive Fun Run on 30 November

Worthing-based mental health charity, West Sussex Mind, will hold Mental Elf, its annual 5km run and walk on Sunday 30 November – and this year there’s a new 2km option in the afternoon, suitable for all abilities.

Runners and walkers dressed as elves will take over Worthing seafront – and Sally Gunnell OBE will start the 5km race with her personal trainer son, Luca Bigg, leading a fun warm-up.

The charity is delighted to bring Mental Elf back to Worthing, as the event had to be cancelled last year due to health and safety concerns around Storm Bert, and is very excited to welcome back Sally Gunnell!

West Sussex Mind hopes that this year’s event will attract 220 runners and walkers for its biggest fundraiser of the year at a time when the demand for the charity’s support continues to soar.

During 2024-25, West Sussex Mind supported 7,766 people with their mental health (22.8% more than the previous year) and answered 9,547 calls to its Help Point. The independent charity, which is experiencing a significant increase in demand for its services, relies on fundraising for the majority of its services, and large community events, such as Mental Elf, are paramount to help it continue its work.

Fundraising and communications manager, Sue Smith, said: “Mental Elf is a great opportunity for us to raise awareness about our services, come together with our community and generate funds so that we can support anyone who needs our help. We hope that our community will rally again and help us reach our target of 220 participants.”

Sign up now

Shoreham Pantomime Programme ad - reach 1000's of local families this December

Wed, 12 Nov 2025 11:04:07 GMT

Shoreham Pantomime Programme ad - reach 1000's of local families this December

The Ropetackle Arts Centre are looking for advertisers (prices from £25 plus VAT) to help fill their free to use digital annual pantomime programme - and help support local professional theatre

The Ropetackle Arts Centre panto programme is a free, purely digital, and easy to download - a must-see for the thousands of local and loyal people who come and watch the fabulous Shoreham Panto every year. It will be available to view from the 19th of December (when they open) and into the New Year.

Your ad would not only include an optional "do follow" hyperlink on your advert (to wherever you want people directing to), but also social media posts from them on all their usual outlets thanking you for your support and you can also visit the venue for photo promos so your customers can see your kind support for the venture.

There is also an option to fully sponsor the pantomime next year.

https://ropetacklecentre.co.uk/panto/

https://www.facebook.com/ShorehamPanto/

Please find the info pack with further details here as well as a price list and the QR code that takes you to the programme where you will find corresponding numbered spaces for the ads that are on a first come, first served basis!

The latest Market Commentary George Square Financial Management In Conjunction With Albemarle Street Partners

Wed, 12 Nov 2025 08:41:35 GMT

The latest Market Commentary George Square Financial Management In Conjunction With Albemarle Street Partners

Markets hit record highs as trade deal and strong earnings fuel optimism

Stocks reached new heights in October, boosted by a breakthrough US-China trade agreement and exceptional corporate earnings. President Trump and President Xi Jinping reached a comprehensive agreement in Busan, South Korea, that reduced tariffs and suspended export controls. The agreement halved American tariffs on Chinese goods related to fentanyl supplies. It prompted Beijing to suspend retaliatory duties on US agricultural products while pausing its rare earth export restrictions for one year. The deal also commits China to purchasing at least 12 million metric tons of American soybeans before year's end, providing relief to farmers who had lost access to their largest foreign market.

Corporate America delivered one of its strongest earnings performances in years, providing fundamental support for the rally beyond trade optimism alone. An impressive 83% of large-cap companies beat profit expectations during the third quarter reporting season, the highest proportion since mid-2021. Earnings grew 10.7% from a year earlier, marking the fourth consecutive quarter of double-digit growth. Technology giants led the charge, with Microsoft, Apple, Amazon and Alphabet all exceeding analyst estimates. The information technology sector posted earnings growth of 25%, driven by demand for AI-related products.

The Federal Reserve delivered an expected 25 basis point cut in October, but Chair Jerome Powell suggested it might be the last cut of the year. The rally in global equities is underpinned by the strength in corporate earnings and a limited impact from tariff-related uncertainty. Analysts expect earnings to grow 11% in 2025 and 14% in 2026. The Federal Reserve appears to be committed to cutting interest rates gradually, which further supports risk sentiment. We remain vigilant against building valuation concerns and will continue to seek appropriate sources of diversification to enhance risk-adjusted returns.

The continuing US government shutdown is making the macro picture harder to determine. This is something we are monitoring as the lack of information is introducing some risk and we stand ready to adjust portfolios if US economic fundamentals are deteriorating.

Digesting the data

US large caps climbed 4.87% during the month, notching multiple record closes as investors celebrated an end to escalating trade tensions between the world's two largest economies. The breakthrough lifted stocks across the board. World equities jumped 4.54% for the month, with Asian markets surging 7.10% on hopes the truce would stick.

Japanese equities rose 4.35% on policy optimism after Sanae Takaichi was sworn in as Japan’s first female prime minister.

European markets posted more modest gains of 2.75% and UK equities rose 4.09% on better economic data and waning budgetary concerns.

Fixed income assets were roughly flat over the month after stronger returns in the prior month. In the UK, Chancellor Rachel Reeves signalled a willingness to consider spending cuts alongside tax increases, which helped UK government bonds rally 2.7%.

Asset Class Performance: Equities & Alternatives

Asset Class Performance: Bonds & Cash

For Professional Investor Use only. The value of investments can go down and you may get back less than invested. This material may include charts displaying financial instruments' past performance as well as estimates and forecasts. Past performance does not predict future returns.

Lightning Fibre Partners with CityFibre to Launch Business Broadband Services

Mon, 10 Nov 2025 14:09:26 GMT

Lightning Fibre Partners with CityFibre to Launch Business Broadband Services

Award-winning full fibre provider Lightning Fibre has partnered with CityFibre, the UK’s largest independent full fibre platform, to deliver premium business broadband services nationwide.

This strategic agreement allows Lightning Fibre to expand beyond the South East, via CityFibre’s growing network.

CityFibre’s digital infrastructure is purpose-built for performance, with a fully independent, carrier-grade fibre network now reaching over 4.6 million premises, with plans to reach more than 8 million across the UK.

Businesses benefit from:

● Gigabit and multi-gigabit speeds

● 10Gb XGS-PON technology, enabling ultra-fast symmetrical connections

● Low latency and high reliability—ideal for VoIP, hybrid working, cloud apps, and data-heavy operations

● Open access infrastructure, allowing providers like Lightning Fibre to offer tailored business-grade services at competitive rates

“CityFibre’s reach and technology are a perfect match for our mission to connect more businesses with high-performance broadband and award-winning customer service,” said Rob Reaks, chief commercial officer at Lightning Fibre. “This partnership allows us to scale beyond our own physical network regionally, and indeed nationally, while maintaining our commitment to quality and service.”

“Lightning Fibre brings a strong regional brand and customer-first mindset to our partner ecosystem,” added Andy Wilson, Sales Director at CityFibre. “Together, we’re delivering future-proof connectivity to businesses of all sizes across the UK.”

Lightning Fibre works with managed IT service partners to provide business full fibre broadband as well as serving small and large businesses customers directly. Businesses can learn more or request a quote atwww.lightningfibre.co.uk or contact Joe Brownell at joe.brownell@lightningfibre.co.uk.

Cut through the AI noise: What’s really working for UK businesses

Wed, 05 Nov 2025 14:13:33 GMT

Cut through the AI noise: What’s really working for UK businesses

AI is everywhere right now, but most businesses are still trying to figure out what actually works. With headlines promising revolutionary change and a constant stream of new tools, it’s easy for business leaders to feel overwhelmed.

Yet, beneath all the noise, AI is already delivering real, measurable benefits for organisations across the UK. From saving time on routine tasks to unlocking new insights and improving decision-making, AI is no longer just a future concept – it’s a practical tool that’s reshaping the way businesses operate today.

What’s holding businesses back from AI?

Many organisations are eager to embrace AI but encounter common challenges:

Uncertainty about where to begin:
With so many AI solutions and use cases available, it can be difficult to identify which approach will deliver the most value. Leaders are looking for a clear, practical starting point.
Concerns about data security and compliance:
Protecting sensitive information and meeting regulatory requirements are essential. Businesses want reassurance that adopting AI won’t compromise their security posture.
Perceptions of complexity and cost:
AI is often seen as a solution for large enterprises with big budgets and technical teams. This misconception can prevent smaller businesses from exploring accessible, cost-effective tools.
Fear of disruption:
Introducing new technology can feel daunting, especially if there are concerns about how it will affect existing workflows or team adoption.

Practical steps to get started with AI:

If you're exploring how AI could fit into your organisation, here are four practical steps to help you move forward with confidence:

Start with a clear business need:
Focus on a specific challenge – like reducing manual admin or improving customer response times – where AI could deliver measurable impact.
Use what you already have:
Many AI features are built into tools like Microsoft 365, meaning you can begin experimenting without major investment or disruption.
Keep it simple and achievable:
Choose a small, low-risk project to pilot. Quick wins help build internal support and demonstrate the value of AI in a real-world context.
Get expert advice:
Learning from those who’ve already implemented AI can help you avoid common mistakes and accelerate your progress. The on-demand webinar is a great place to start.

In our webinar, experts from Microsoft and FluidOne came together to share what they’ve learned from putting AI into practice. The session, featuring Microsoft’s Apay Obang-Oyway, FluidOne CEO Russ Horton, and Microsoft Solutions Consultant Adam Blackwell, focuses on cutting through the confusion to show how AI is making a tangible difference for UK businesses heading into 2026.

Full details and access: https://info.fluidone.com/lp/microsoft-fluidone-ai-in-2026-webinar

You can call 01273 384 100 or email brighton@fluidone.com to get in touch with our experts today.

Electric Storm Youth Celebrates Youth Work Week 2025: Building Brighter Futures

Wed, 05 Nov 2025 10:57:29 GMT

Electric Storm Youth Celebrates Youth Work Week 2025: Building Brighter Futures

Lancing based charity, Electric Storm Youth (ESY), are proudly highlighting the difference they make in young people’s lives as part of Youth Work Week 2025, a national campaign running from 3rd to 9th November.

Led by the National Youth Agency (NYA), Youth Work Week is a powerful moment to recognise and celebrate the life-changing impact of youth work across the UK with the theme ‘Building Brighter Futures: Safe places, trusted support, and opportunities to thrive’.

ESY exists to support and inspire young people aged 10–18 to thrive emotionally and socially. They provide a consistent, welcoming presence for young people, especially those facing disadvantage, isolation, or personal challenges. This is achieved through open-access youth sessions, mentoring, mobile street based youth work and targeted support programmes, all aimed at building confidence, resilience and a sense of belonging.

The dedication of their Youth Team provides vital support and helps young people achieve meaningful goals. The true impact of this work is demonstrated by the young people themselves.

"I would never have been able to speak in public and present without ESY’s help in building my confidence. I still feel scared but love that they encourage me and I was so pleased with myself once I’ve done it."

"The ESY team are so friendly and supportive. I’d love to give back as they have given to me and become a youth worker one day."

Karen Jefford, CEO of Electric Storm Youth, shared her thoughts "This Youth Work Week I want to highlight the dedication of every youth worker in our team and across the sector. They bring real care, patience, and understanding into young people's lives every single day”. Talking about the ongoing mission of Electric Storm Youth she said “We are committed to keeping youth work real, relevant and full of human heart for every young person we serve."

National Youth Agency Chief Executive Leigh Middleton OBE said: “Youth Work Week is a powerful opportunity to celebrate the dedication, passion and expertise of youth workers who make a lasting difference in young people’s lives often quietly and without fanfare. It’s also a moment to recognise youth work as a vital investment not only in individual futures, but in the strength, wellbeing and resilience of our communities.”

Join the conversation online using #YouthWorkWeek and #YWW25 to show your support for youth workers and the young people they empower.

To learn more about ESY visit www.electricstormyouth.co.uk

To learn more about Youth Work Week and how youth work is making a difference across the country, visit https://nya.org.uk/yww25.

Carpenter Box to host open evening for aspiring accountants and tax professionals

Wed, 29 Oct 2025 11:08:33 GMT

Carpenter Box to host open evening for aspiring accountants and tax professionals

Carpenter Box is inviting anyone considering a career in accountancy or tax to its Trainee Scheme Open Evening on Tuesday 11th November at the firm’s head office in Worthing. Whether you're exploring new career options or ready to take your first step into the profession, the event offers valuable insights for those aiming to start in 2026.

With offices in Worthing, Brighton, Crawley, Lewes, Chichester and Portsmouth, Carpenter Box attracts trainees from across the South East, making this event ideal for anyone based in or near these areas.

During the evening, attendees will:

·        Discover the different pathways into accountancy, tax and business advisory roles
·        Learn more about Carpenter Box’s award-winning trainee scheme
·        Chat with current trainees and qualified team members to hear first-hand about their experiences
·        Meet representatives from both the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) and the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW) to explore qualification routes.

The Carpenter Box HR team will be available to offer practical CV and interview tips for those applying to trainee roles.

As Sussex’s leading accountancy training firm, Carpenter Box welcomed a record 27 new trainees over the past 12 months, including 12 who joined in September 2025. This brings the total number of trainees to 57, making up more than 20% of the firm’s 270-strong workforce.

Refreshments will be available, and the event runs from 5.30pm to 7.30pm at Amelia House, Worthing, West Sussex BN11 1RL. To reserve a free place or learn more, visit www.carpenterbox.com/open-evening

Shake It Up Creative celebrates 10 years in business!

Wed, 15 Oct 2025 09:39:48 GMT

Shake It Up Creative celebrates 10 years in business!

Shake It Up Creative, the Worthing-based marketing and web company sprang into life in September 2015 with a launch party at (the then named) Rockinghorse Cocktail Bar. Rachael Dines was made redundant from her software marketing role whilst pregnant in 2009 but managed to complete a UK Trade & Investment Scholarship trip to Chicago and become Chartered before her notice period ended. She went on to work as a freelance marketer for six years - her first contract was handling PR for an independent hotel group. Feeling ambitious, she then wanted the next step and co-founded the micro agency to deliver a range of creative services to businesses and non-profits. She has now led the company alone but with a team underneath her, for over five years, taking it to new heights both financially and with the client roster. Recent achievements include:

Winning a Web Excellence Award for Web Design
Delivery of the largest value contract the business has had in its history in 2024
Helping to launch the West Sussex Growth Hub
Finalist for Best Promotional Campaign at the national Independent Agency Awards 2025
Finalist for Sussex Entrepreneur Award 2025
Rachael was selected to sit on the West Sussex Economic Growth Board
Rachael has been selected to speak at the Marketing Profs B2B Forum in Boston, USA, this November

Sectors of strength for Shake It Up Creative are arts & culture, hospitality, and charity, however the company also work with West Sussex County Council and organisations in other industries. The business has also proudly provided hundreds of pro bono calls to startups, small businesses and non-profits since it launched ten years ago.

Rachael said “Naturally there have been highs and lows, but I am so proud that we are still standing and continue to deliver valuable work across the county and beyond. Being a business owner requires strength, resilience and innovation and sometimes it can feel hard to find all of those things. Having the support of other Chamber members has been invaluable and I love being a part of this community. I can’t wait to see what we can achieve in the next decade”

https://www.shakeitupcreative.com/

Electric Storm Youth Calls for Community Votes to get a share of Tesco’s Stronger Starts Fund

Mon, 13 Oct 2025 10:36:02 GMT

Electric Storm Youth Calls for Community Votes to get a share of Tesco’s Stronger Starts Fund

Electric Storm Youth is asking for crucial community support to secure a grant of up to £1,500 from the Tesco Stronger Starts scheme. The funding would directly support the provision of fun and educational youth sessions during the school holidays. This will provide families with access to safe and affordable activities for young people aged 10 to 18 in the local area.

Stronger Starts provides grant awards of up to £1,500 to local community projects with a particular focus on children and young people. Three groups in every community have been shortlisted to receive grant awards, and Tesco customers can vote for the group they think should take away the top award in their local Tesco store.

Electric Storm Youth is one of the groups on the shortlist in Tesco stores across Worthing, and Durrington.

If successful, this funding will be used to run a range of engaging and supportive activities for young people aged 10-18 during the school holidays. The goal is to ensure young people in the local area can easily access opportunities that help them build skills, confidence, and positive peer relationships.

ESY also provides essential services like mental health support and young carers programmes alongside term time and holiday sessions. This grant is specifically focused on boosting the school holidays activities timetable, ensuring these vital social and developmental opportunities are available to everyone.

"We are absolutely thrilled to be shortlisted for the Tesco Stronger Starts grant," said Karen Jefford, CEO. "Funding from this grant would enable us to ramp up the range of activities that we offer local young people. For us, this is about investing in creating memorable experiences, encouraging young people to try new things, get out in their local community and make new friends. We urge everyone to use their blue tokens to help us keep providing these positive opportunities."

Voting is open in all Tesco stores from October 2025 until mid-January 2026. Customers will cast their vote using a blue token given to them at the check-out each time they shop. We urge everyone shopping at the Worthing and Durrington Tesco stores to please drop their blue token in the box for Electric Storm Youth.

Tesco’s Stronger Starts – previously known as Tesco Bags of Help and Tesco Community Grants - has already provided over £123 million to more than 69,000 projects across Britain.

This £5m Stronger Starts grant programme, delivered in partnership with charity Groundwork, helps schools and children’s groups provide nutritious food and healthy activities that support young people’s physical health and mental wellbeing, such as breakfast clubs or snacks, and sports equipment for after school clubs.

Graham Duxbury, Groundwork’s UK Chief Executive, said: “As a community charity, we have seen first-hand how schools and other groups supporting young people have been playing a much bigger role in ensuring children are getting a healthy start to the day and getting access to spaces and services to support physical activity and mental health. Family budgets are tight and school budgets are tight, but it’s so important that children stay fed, fit and focused, so we’re delighted to be able to prioritise these activities alongside Tesco with the Stronger Starts programme.”

Funding is available to community groups and charities looking to fund local projects that bring benefits to communities, particularly those helping to provide food and giving children the support they need for a good start in life. To find out more visit tescoplc.com/strongerstarts.

Kreston Reeves named as one of the eprivateclient Top Accountancy firms, 2025

Wed, 08 Oct 2025 09:37:22 GMT

Kreston Reeves named as one of the eprivateclient Top Accountancy firms, 2025

Accountants, business and wealth advisers Kreston Reeves have been named as one of the 2025 eprivateclient Top Accountancy Firms.

eprivateclient is the leading website and news service for private client practitioners, including lawyers, accountants, trustees and fee-based IFAs. The eprivateclient ranking for accountancy firms is an annual list of the best UK tax advisory firms who provide advice to domestic and international private clients, their families and their businesses.

Daniel Grainge, Partner and Head of Tax at Kreston Reeves comments: “Once again we are incredibly proud to receive this accolade from such a highly regarded industry body. Making it onto this list means our whole team has been recognised for the quality of advice, depth of knowledge and breadth of expertise we provide to our clients. The impending changes to inheritance tax that will affect business and land owners highlight the importance of high-quality tax advice to ensure wealth is preserved for future generations. I would like to thank our whole team as it is their hard work which has enabled us to receive this accolade.”

Simon Levine, Solicitor, Partner and Joint Head of Legal Services at Kreston Reeves comments: “This is a very special accolade and our whole team should feel enormously pleased. Over the last 12 months the team have been working hard with our clients to help them navigate the fast moving and significantly changing financial landscape to build the best future for their family, the generations to follow and their businesses.”

The team at Kreston Reeves will be celebrating the accolade at a champagne reception at EFG Private Bank, London on 23 October 2025.

About Kreston Reeves

Our purpose is to guide our clients, colleagues, and communities to a brighter future. We help businesses, charity and not-for-profit organisations, private individuals, and families with more than accountancy, business, and wealth advice. We help them realise their ambitions.

Disaster Recovery: A business-critical priority for UK organisations

Mon, 06 Oct 2025 13:08:17 GMT

Disaster Recovery: A business-critical priority for UK organisations

In 2025, a string of industry giants were subject to sophisticated cyber attacks that dominated the UK headlines and resulted in major repercussions. These incidents show that not even household names are immune to the risk of modern threats. While large organisations may grab the headlines, attackers often turn their sights to smaller businesses – exploiting weaker defences and causing financial damage that can be just as severe.

As a result, a robust disaster recovery policy is not optional – it is vital. Disaster recovery (DR) is a vital element of operational resilience. It involves a structured approach to restoring IT systems after a disruptive event, whether this has been caused by a cyber-attack, hardware failure, or human error. Without a disaster recovery strategy in place, downtime can lead to serious financial, legal and reputational damage.

The risks of no disaster recovery plan

Organisations without a disaster recovery plan face a range of critical risks:

· Permanent data loss:
Business-critical data including customer records, financial information, and operational files may be unrecoverable if systems fail without a plan in place.
· Extended downtime:
Prolonged outages halts operations which impacts customer experience. The longer the downtime, the greater the financial and reputational damage.
· In breach of compliance:
Legislation such as the UK Data Protection Act (2018) requires organisations to have breach response protocols. Failure to comply can result in sizeable fines.
· Loss of customer trust:
Clients expect reliability. Repeated or prolonged outages can erode confidence and lead to customer dissatisfaction.
· Business closure:
Research conducted by the National Cyber Security Alliance shows that nearly 60% of small businesses close within six months of a cyber attack.

With an active disaster recovery plan, your business can ensure continuity, data integrity, and compliance; empowering secure, uninterrupted operations across hybrid environments.

Tailored solutions from FluidOne

At FluidOne, our team will work closely with you to design and implement disaster recovery plans that reflect your operational needs and risk profile. We offer a full suite of solutions from including cloud-based backups and intelligent monitoring to secure connectivity, ensuring business continuity and data integrity.

Businesses that invest in DR are better positioned to recover quickly, maintain service levels, and minimise disruption. For more information, you can call us call 01273 384 100 or email brighton@fluidone.com to get in touch with our experts today and find out how we can help protect your business.

Baked Worthing Christmas Gift Guide

Wed, 01 Oct 2025 13:06:40 GMT

Baked Worthing Christmas Gift Guide

Check out their tasty gift ideas and start shopping! Get in touch with them today!

We would love to help you treat your team, clients and customers this Christmas. Simply let us know what you’re looking for (the gift type, number of gifts, delivery/collection) and we can put together the perfect package for you.

Email hello@bakedworthing.co.uk or call us on 01903 216343.

You can download their brochure here

Link to Hope Shoebox Appeal

Mon, 29 Sep 2025 17:32:31 GMT

Link to Hope Shoebox Appeal

Local charity and chamber member Link to Hope has launched its 2025 annual Shoebox Appeal. For nearly 35 years this locally based charity had delivered thousands of shoeboxes filled with gifts to people facing poverty, displacement, and injustice across Eastern Europe, including Ukraine. These shoeboxes are filled by businesses, organisations, schools, churches and individuals. The charity sent out nearly 26,000 shoeboxes from Ferring last year alone.

The charity supports a wide range of education and social care projects as well as humanitarian aid projects throughout the year. For the last three years in particular, the focus has been on supporting communities affected by the war in Ukraine and Ukrainian refugees in neighbouring countries as well as Moldova, Bulgaria and Romania.

The national deadline is 7th November, but local supporters can drop shoeboxes off at one of Link to Hope’s five local shops in Littlehampton, Goring, Chapel Road and Rustington or their Ferring office until the 28th November. To take part, please register on their website at https://linktohope.co.uk/shoebox-appeal-2025/

Pilbeam Construction replaces leaking roof at Grade II Listed Brighton church

Mon, 29 Sep 2025 09:04:32 GMT

Pilbeam Construction replaces leaking roof at Grade II Listed Brighton church

The leaking roof of a Grade II Listed church in Brighton will be replaced by Pilbeam Construction just in time for Christmas.

Work is already underway at St Mary’s Church in Surrenden Road where the expert team is installing a new watertight roof and redecorating the interiors which have suffered water damage.

Pilbeam Construction is set to complete the £700,000 project by the start of December, which will give the congregation a more comfortable space to meet when work is complete.

Alan Corbett, managing director at Pilbeam Construction, based in Southwick, West Sussex, said: “Our team have a lot of experience with restoring churches, so this was the perfect job for our specialists to come to the rescue.

“The roof at St Mary’s was in desperate need of repairs and we’re looking forward to visitors enjoying their restored church soon in more comfort.”

Pilbeam started work on the church near Preston Park in July. The roof will benefit from new slate, tiles and felt and batten. Leadwork, gutters, downpipes and fascia will be replaced too.

The team will also repair or replace masonry where needed and will carry out drainage surveys to identify the causes of internal and external flooding, then fix it.

Internally the Roman Catholic church, originally built in 1910 in the Arts and Crafts style of Gothic Revival architecture, has suffered from water damage.

The team is replastering and redecorating using cherry pickers to access the ceilings which, at their tallest, are around 50ft high.

Other problem areas have included the roof over the baptism font, where buckets had been deployed during heavy rain.

Meanwhile the stations of the cross were damaged by water ingress and the stained-glass windows have suffered from corrosion.

Challenges with the project include working around church activities and a nursery at the back of the church.

Father Sebastian Kijak from St Mary’s Church said: “We have been relying on patchwork fixes and careful maintenance for years, but we’ve now decided a full restoration can no longer be delayed.

“The team at Pilbeam have worked around us so we could continue with our usual activities.

“The total cost of the project is nearly £1 million and we’ve already set aside £500,000. However, we’re appealing for donations to complete our restoration.

“We’re looking forward to welcoming visitors to our much-improved church very soon.”

To find out more about donating to the church roof fund visit: https://www.brightonstmary.com/

For more information please visit:

https://www.pilbeamconstruction.co.uk/

Carpenter Box invests in future talent with record 27 new trainee appointments

Mon, 29 Sep 2025 08:59:05 GMT

Carpenter Box invests in future talent with record 27 new trainee appointments

Leading Sussex and Hampshire accountancy firm Carpenter Box has welcomed a record 27 new trainee accountants, tax and business advisers over the past 12 months, with 12 joining in September. This brings the total number of trainees at the firm to 57, more than 20% of its 270-strong workforce.

The new starters are based across Carpenter Box’s offices in Worthing, Gatwick, Brighton, Chichester and Portsmouth, joining a range of specialist teams including Audit, Tax, Business Services, Outsourced Finance and StarBox, the firm’s dedicated service for digital entrepreneurs and content creators.

The 27 new starters are spread across five of the firm’s seven offices, with 11 based in Worthing, seven in Gatwick, and three each in Brighton, Chichester and Portsmouth. They are strengthening a wide range of specialist teams, including 11 in Audit, six in Business Services, four in Tax, four in StarBox and two in Outsourced Finance.

Carpenter Box Managing Partner, Alan Edwards, who began his own career as a trainee at the firm, commented: “Investing in emerging talent is central to our long-term success. We’re proud that over a fifth of our people are trainees, and we’re committed to giving them the very best start in their careers. Our training provision has earned ‘Approved Employer’ and ‘Platinum’ status, and we will continue to build on this as we support the next generation of accountants, tax and business advisers.”

Carpenter Box offers a range of professional qualification pathways, including the ACA, ACCA, CIMA and CTA, reflecting the diverse career ambitions of its trainees. The firm also runs annual open evenings to connect with future recruits and showcase the opportunities available across its offices.

Carpenter Box is hosting its next Trainee Scheme Open Evening on Tuesday 11th November 2025 for anyone interested in exploring a career within finance. To register visit https://www.carpenterbox.com/event/trainee-scheme-open-evening/

www.carpenterbox.com

A24 Worthing to Horsham and Dorking Transport Improvements - have your say!

Mon, 22 Sep 2025 13:06:15 GMT

A24 Worthing to Horsham and Dorking Transport Improvements - have your say!

The Transport Teams at West Sussex County Council and Surrey County Council are seeking views on potential transport improvements along the A24 corridor between Worthing, Horsham and Dorking. 'The comments we receive will help identify key constraints, issues, and opportunities that will be used to shape our plans for the corridor and enable us to seek future funding opportunities.'

The area covered by the engagement exercise includes the A24 from the A25 Dorking Deepdene roundabout and nearby railway stations in Dorking, to Horsham, and to the A27 Offington Roundabout in Worthing. The area also includes the A280 Long Furlong between the A27 at Clapham and A24 at Findon because of the importance of this link in connecting the A27 with the A24.

Improvements

The types of improvements that being considered along the A24 corridor include:

junction capacity improvements

bus priority and bus stop improvements

walking and cycling path improvements

crossing facilities for people walking, cycling and horse-riding

road safety improvements including junction modifications, safety barriers and speed limit changes

Have your say

You can find out more about these suggested improvements by visiting https://yourvoice.westsussex.gov.uk/A24-worthing-horsham-dorking where you can also have your say by completing our questionnaire and commenting on an interactive map. This initial engagement period will close at 11:55pm on 27 October 2025.

'Proposals for the corridor are at an early stage of development, so we would like to hear from people and organisations who may be affected by the improvements we are considering to help us to develop the designs. If we decide to progress the improvements, these designs would then be presented as part of future consultations.'

Harvest Appeal for Urgent Food Donations

Mon, 22 Sep 2025 12:54:01 GMT

Harvest Appeal for Urgent Food Donations

Turning Tides highlights rising need as homelessness grows and food poverty worsens across West Sussex.

Local homelessness charity Turning Tides has launched its annual Harvest Appeal, calling on the community to donate food and essential items to support people facing homelessness across West Sussex.

Every donation goes directly to Turning Tides’ Community Hubs in Worthing and Littlehampton, where food is used to provide hot breakfasts and food parcels for homeless people, and to our residential projects, to support clients with meals and clients moving into their own accommodation. Last year alone, the charity supported over 1,000 local people experiencing homelessness at the community hubs and the need is sadly growing.

Turning Tides Community Development Manager, Amy Thorley, stated

“Harvest is traditionally a time of sharing and coming together and this year our Harvest Appeal is more vital than ever. We are seeing more people walk through our doors who never imagined they would need our help. Something as simple as a food donation can make the difference between going hungry or staying nourished and well. We know times are tough for all, just one tin or one pot noodle could make a huge difference to someone’s life.”

For many people experiencing homelessness, it is the simplest items that make the greatest difference. Pot noodles and ‘just add hot water’ meals are essential for clients who may only have access to a kettle in temporary accommodation. Some local cafés kindly provide hot water free of charge, giving rough sleepers the chance to prepare a warm meal.

Equally, tinned foods with ring-pull lids are vital for those who do not have access to a tin opener. A can of beans, tuna, or macaroni cheese with a ring-pull can provide immediate nutrition and protein for someone sleeping rough, a small detail that can mean the difference between eating or going hungry.

People experiencing homelessness often face poor health as a result of malnutrition and limited access to food. Nationally, life expectancy for people who are homeless is just 45 years for men and 43 for women, nearly half that of the general population. Turning Tides stresses that reliable access to food is essential not just for survival, but also for rebuilding health, resilience and hope.

The charity is asking for donations of food and toiletries, including:

Drinks: coffee, squash, bottled water, juice, sugar, long-life milk

Basics: baked beans, spaghetti hoops, pot noodles, pasta-n-sauce, microwave rice, sauces, cereal, porridge pots, snack bars, tinned meals, tinned tomatoes

Sandwich fillers: tinned ham, corned beef, tuna, sardines, mackerel, peanut butter, marmite

Sweet & savoury: biscuits, crisps, sweets, rice pudding, custard, tinned fruit

Toiletries: shampoo/conditioner, toothpaste, toothbrushes, deodorant

Donations can be dropped at Turning Tides’ Donation Hub, ordered via online food shops for delivery, sent as shopping vouchers, or purchased through the charity’s Amazon Wishlist. Please check opening times to ensure someone is there to take delivery.

Donations Officer, Moira Gardner, added:

“Every tin, packet and donation truly makes a difference. Our shelves have never been so bare and these donations are imperative to our services. As soon as goods come in, they are sent straight out to our services. This Harvest we are asking our community to stand with us, so we can continue to provide not just food, but dignity, compassion and hope.”

For more information and details on how to donate, visit: https://www.turning-tides.org.uk/harvest-turning-tides-2025/

Mental health charity supports a record number of people amid growing levels of need

Mon, 22 Sep 2025 11:11:02 GMT

Mental health charity supports a record number of people amid growing levels of need.

Worthing-based mental health charity, West Sussex Mind, has launched its annual Impact Report, which shows that it supported more people during 2024-25 than in a single year in its 55-year history.

West Sussex Mind supported 7,766 people – families, children and young people, parents, adults with mild mental health problems and some with severe mental illness, people experiencing mental health crisis, over-65s, carers of people suffering with dementia – through one-to-one sessions, social activities, groups and workshops across the county.

The charity has expanded its offer to meet the growing demand for support, which is being felt across West Sussex, and has found innovative new ways of providing support. For example, it partnered with Sussex Partnership NHS Foundation Trust to provide a walk-in service at Staying Well Worthing for people experiencing mental health crisis, reducing pressure on A&E and blue-light services. It has also started supporting people living with psychosis in the community, through partnership with the local NHS mental health trust, introducing those with severe mental illness into community activities.

West Sussex Mind's CEO, Kerrin Page, said: "We continue to experience rising demand for our services and we know that people's mental health needs are increasing. It's also a complex time of change in the Sussex health system. We are committed to continue supporting as many people as we can in partnership with the NHS and our voluntary sector partners."

Headline figures from the report include:

32,759 individual and group interventions, where people who use West Sussex Mind’s services get one-to-one support or take part in group activities⁠ (29,472 in 2023-24)
9,429 people trained by West Sussex Mind (6,111 in 2023-24)
9,547 calls answered by Help Point for advice, information and support (8,616 in 2023-24)
1,428 under-25s supported across all West Sussex Mind’s services.

West Sussex Mind

BHT Sussex and West Sussex Mind partnership secures community mental health contract for West Sussex

Wed, 17 Sep 2025 09:03:54 GMT

BHT Sussex and West Sussex Mind partnership secures community mental health contract for West Sussex

West Sussex Mind is delighted to join BHT Sussex in its recent award by NHS Sussex for the five-year West Sussex Mental Health Support Services contract. BHT Sussex is the lead provider for the service with West Sussex Mind as the main sub-contractor. The two charities will work in partnership to deliver the service, bringing high-quality mental health support to the communities of West Sussex.

BHT Sussex and West Sussex Mind worked closely together to create their bid, drawing on their deep knowledge of mental health needs in their communities. They have a strong history of partnership working over the last ten years, where they were lead partners in the Pathfinder West Sussex alliance, which brings together NHS and voluntary partners to provide joined-up mental health support to people across the county.

West Sussex Mind and BHT Sussex share a dedication to co-producing services with people with lived experience of mental health and peer support. Together they are committed to an inclusive and accessible model for mental health support, driven by the needs of West Sussex residents, improved access to services and better physical health for people with severe mental illness.

Kerrin Page, CEO of West Sussex Mind, said: “We’re delighted that BHT Sussex has been appointed as lead provider for West Sussex Mental Health Support Services and to join forces with them to deliver the service, building on our strong community links. The voice of lived experience is central to how we design our services at West Sussex Mind and this was a key part of our bid. We’ll continue to build on this ethos with the new contract and work closely with partners to improve the wellbeing of communities across West Sussex.”

West Sussex Mind and BHT Sussex will continue to work collaboratively with other partners, including Southdown, Crawley Open House, Turning Tides and Stonepillow, and look forward to strengthening these partnerships as they develop the service together.

For more information about West Sussex Mind, visit www.westsussexmind.org. For more information about BHT Sussex, visit www.bht.org.uk

*Co-produced mental health services are informed by and shaped by people with lived experience of mental health themselves, who are involved in the design and delivery of the services. As part of the bid, West Sussex Mind and BHT Sussex met with people with lived experience of mental health services to hear their voices and include their insights.

Job Vacancy - Marketing and Sales Manager - Worthing Theatres Museum

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 10 Sep 2025 08:38:54 GMT

Job Vacancy - Marketing and Sales Manager - Worthing Theatres & Museum

Worthing Theatres & Museum are looking for a Marketing & Sales Manager to lead and motivate a team and support the Director of Marketing & Sales in delivering revenue and audience growth. You’ll work with the team on creative marketing campaigns, manage box office operations, and drive audience development initiatives to ensure our brand stands out, ticket sales grow, and audiences keep coming back.

Main Duties, Tasks and Responsibilities

Team Management

Lead, mentor and motivate the sales team.
Conduct regular performance reviews and implement targeted training programmes.
Support a culture of accountability, innovation and collaboration across the sales team.

Marketing

Work with and manage the Campaign Officers to deliver cost-effective and creative marketing campaigns for WTM events under the guidance of the Director of Marketing & Sales, ensuring alignment with brand values.
Oversee the copywriting for WTM’s brochure and work collaboratively with the Design & Digital Manager to deliver the brochure for sign-off by the Director of Marketing & Sales and CEO/Creative Director.
Support CRM strategy development to enhance customer retention and lifetime value.
Provide marketing guidance for F&B initiatives (e.g. pre-concert dining packages).
All team members assist with promoter enquiries: signing off marketing materials, providing sales and marketing insights, and responding to requests for in-house marketing services.

Sales

Work with the Director of Marketing & Sales to fully utilise opportunities provided by our ticketing system for ticket allocations, priority booking windows, seat holds and real-time sales reporting, and to identify new partnerships to better understand and communicate with our audiences.
Optimise the use of our customer engagement tools for ticketing, phones and investigate the introduction of online live chat.
Manage relationships with external ticket agents to streamline allocations and maximise commission efficiency.
Fulfil our revenue management strategy (priority booking, phased seating, dynamic pricing).
Identify new revenue streams (e.g., tourism partnerships).
Oversee day-to-day sales operations, including event reconciliations, event-building, allocations, staff rota and holiday/sickness cover.

Audience Development

Spearhead campaigns to grow group bookings (e.g. corporate, education, tourism sectors).
Develop our membership scheme to grow numbers and improve retention.
Enhance provisions for our Access Scheme Members (Nimbus Disability), including tailored marketing and booking processes.
Launch and promote a new under-30s scheme to attract younger audiences.

For more info click here

UK Office Partitions Guide 2025

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 10 Sep 2025 08:18:17 GMT

UK Office Partitions Guide 2025

Office partitions are a key element in modern office fit-outs, providing more than simple desk and cubicle partitions. Used creatively, they give a more flexible use of space, helping you create a more comfortable working environment and gain more ROI from every square metre. Whether you're replacing existing partitions or embarking on a new office design and layout, these tips will help you identify the best solution for your workplace.

Office Partitions: The Benefits

When open plan office layouts became all the rage, office partitions were a simple piece of furniture that created cubicles and individual workspaces to aid focus and productivity. It's not only the way we work that has changed over the past few decades; as our working practices have become more flexible, the options and uses for office partitions have become more varied too.

Privacy & reduced distraction

Partition systems can help all employees work effectively by limiting visual distractions and creating quiet spaces for deep working or for team members that struggle with noise.

Work flexibly with multi-use areas

Even small areas can maximise their space by using partitions that adapt to the working needs of the day. Sliding or accordion walls mean you can change the layout and use of the room as required, for example, create a private meeting room one day, or a larger hot desking area that feels part of the wider office the next.

Acoustics management

We all know that open plan offices are prone to noise. Seat a sales team next to accounts and there will often be discomfort. Acoustic partition panels help to dampen noise, or use double-glazed glass partitions to allow light and line of sight while reducing sound transfer.

Maximise ROI for your space

Get the most out of your investment by future-proofing your office layout. Partitioning can be dismantled, meaning you can create a new office configuration when you need to reorganise your floor plan without the higher cost of structural changes.

Office Partitions - Flexible Options for Design & Function

You'll find a huge range of options when it comes to partitioning systems. From glazing to metal or wood stud walls and print or vinyl finishes; the design options are almost limitless, but it is a good idea to work with an expert design and partition installation company, like Phoenix Systems, to make sure your space not only looks good but meets construction and health and safety standards (such as fire performance) while remaining within budget.

Solid/stud walls

Stud walls are at the cheaper end of the cost spectrum and provide both privacy and can reduce sound transfer. On the downside, they can reduce light and a sense of space. On the other hand, they can be used in combination with vinyl wall coatings to create almost any design aesthetic... and the upside with vinyls? They can be replaced if damaged or a change in branding inspires an office refresh and a new wall colour, pictures or patterns.

Glass office partitions

Choose from single- or double-glazed glass walls, with the latter providing more sound reduction. These walls provide more light and space than a stud wall while still creating individual shielded working areas.

Glass partitions enable you to create uninterrupted glass surfaces with both straight and curved lines throughout your office area, creating a real sense of space, but with the light and space comes additional considerations: privacy and health and safety.

Clear glass is not seen as easily, which is why glass partition systems need to have manifestations. Manifestations are etched or film designs on the glass that make it stand out, highlighting the existence of a glass wall. Examples of manifestations include 2 rows of dots half-way up the wall, or alternatively many businesses use the company logo. The manifestations can be any colour as long as it contrasts enough to stand out to people passing by. From a privacy perspective, glass partition walls can have film on half of the wall, and another option is integral or free-hanging blinds.

Glazed fire screens

Where fire containment performance is required but you don't want to restrict your freedom of design, you can opt for fire resistant glazing systems. Glazed fire screens can be made to offer integrity and insulation in the case of fire and are often used in stairwells, or areas with a high risk of fire such as a laboratory.

Wooden and veneered partition systems

Wooden and veneered partitions provide a lot of character for a space, being more tactile and with a natural aesthetic. Not only do they have high durability, they can be easily coordinated with doors, furniture and storage walls, as well as incorporating glazing options.

Cubicles & screen dividers

Probably the simplest and cheapest option that enables you to quickly divide areas without having to change your whole office layout. Typically fabric, they provide some privacy and sound reduction, but they will also isolate each team member from the wider team. If focus is your priority, then this will do the job within a lower budget.

Flexible partitions

Look for sliding, folding or accordion walls. These partitions are fantastic for changing use of space and look great, but they will be more expensive.

Demountable walls - relocatable partitioning systems

These partitions are expensive at the outset but are great for long-term use. They are promoted as delivering a return-on-investment over time as in some situations they can be re-used; as long as you have a similar space to fit them into. Landlords like them because they are easy to dismantle and erect, and they have minimal effect on the building.

Other Options to Consider

Freestanding office dividers

Freestanding office dividers can be handy to create small private areas and can be moved around as required.

Free walls - storage and furnishings

If you want to create defined areas that retain a sense of space without using partition walls, then movable full and half-height storage (e.g. tambours and bookcases) can be used to create individual areas while still retaining the feeling of an open-plan office by retaining line-of-sight across the room.

Freestanding office pods

Office pods are a popular, low-cost option to design spaces where people can work collaboratively without disturbing others. This option doesn't involve adding walls and is quick to install. Examples include meeting or break-out rooms.

Checklist for Specifying Wall Partitions & Office Layout

Get clear on what you need
What is the purpose of the space? Consider your needs now and what you might need over the next 5 - 10 years. How well does your current layout work and what can be improved?
Get feedback from staff
Your team are the ones having to use the space; how will it work for them? This might include incorporating needs for quiet space, privacy, meetings or creative collaboration.
Design, aesthetics and materials Is this part of a wider design?
If it is, it's probably worth getting an expert workplace interiors team to design and plan the whole project. Some partitioning systems are complex to fit and accurate measurements are needed for a successful installation. An interiors team can help you bring the whole project together in line with the look and feel that reflects your branding or perhaps sustainability requirements. One top tip is to ask for 2D and/or 3D visuals to help you understand exactly how the layout will work for your team.
Building Regulations and Permissions
Any landlord or planning permission will depend on the building (is it listed?), size and complexity of the work. Movable items such as screens, cubicles or furniture will not need planning, but any layout changes will need to take into account building regulations, fire and health and safety. Anything that impacts fire escapes, kitchens or the structure of the building may need to be drawn up with building approval in mind from the local council or an approved inspector.
How will the project be delivered?
There's no avoiding the fact that any fit-out, whatever its size, is a project of many moving parts and is likely to impact business-as-usual. It's worth considering getting a single workplace interiors supplier to deliver the whole project from site prep to completion. This will mean you can keep a tighter control on project deliverables and budget than if you have multiple teams to juggle. The goal is to get the office partitions and fit out installed swiftly and safely, so you can get on with your day jobs.
Office Partitions - The Cost
The cost of your project will depend on its size and materials used. Get multiple quotes and make sure you get references from their previous clients to help you minimise the risk of the expense of run-on costs or shoddy workmanship.

Phoenix Systems is a UK office fit-out specialist with extensive experience in office refurbishments and office partition installations. Having delivered workplace interiors projects across Sussex, Kent, Surrey and Hampshire for over 50 years, we'll give you down-to-earth, expert advice. Give us a call today on 01903 765366.

Salary sacrifice schemes are boosting electric vehicle uptake in the South East, and newly announced government grant will further help

Mon, 08 Sep 2025 15:19:27 GMT

Salary sacrifice schemes are boosting electric vehicle uptake in the South East, and newly announced government grant will further help.

Vehicle leasing and management firm, Rivervale, is reporting an uptick in battery electric vehicle (BEV) leasing, driven in part by salary sacrifice schemes that offer tax benefits to businesses and employees.

South East accountants Carpenter Box believe that part of this increase can be attributed to the tax benefits for businesses offering BEVs to their people as part of a salary sacrifice scheme. This reduces NICs for employers while enabling employees to access a benefit in kind (BIK) tax rate of just 3%, whereas conventional fossil fuelled cars attract a rate of up to 37%.

And the recently announced government grant for EV manufacturers, which could save UK households up to £3,750 when they upgrade or switch to electric, is expected to further accelerate EV uptake.

Chris Reeves, Partner and Head of Motor Retail at Carpenter Box accountants, added: “There are lots of moving parts at play that can explain the upward trend in BEVs, such as improving battery range and environmental considerations, but the financial benefits for both companies and individuals via salary sacrifice schemes and the newly announced Electric Car Grant will likely be key influencing factors.

“Employers benefit from a reduction in NIC, and potentially a VAT saving, both of which are important considerations given the rising costs of employment. Such schemes also underline a company’s commitment to reducing their carbon footprint.”

Businesses can also benefit from significant savings in VAT. This is because vehicle lease payments are subject to the standard VAT rate of 20%, but employers can generally recover 50% of the VAT, regardless of how much the vehicle is used for private purposes.

Says Chris Reeves: “For all these reasons, salary sacrifice schemes, whether for electric vehicles or other qualifying benefits, should be given careful consideration as a way of mitigating rising employment costs while providing a valuable reward for employees.”

Rivervale provides leasing, purchasing and vehicle management services in Sussex, and says demand for such schemes is growing because they provide a valuable reward for staff.

Vince Pemberton, CEO of Rivervale, commented: “We’re seeing a real surge in demand for car salary sacrifice schemes as organisations look for cost-effective, sustainable ways to reward their people. Employers tell us they love the scheme because it helps them attract and retain talent while giving staff access to brand-new, zero-emission vehicles at a fraction of the usual cost.”

This trend is reflected in part in the latest SMMT (Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders) figures, which show BEVs now represent a quarter (26.5%) of all new cars joining UK roads.

Financial Commentary from George Square Financial Management

Mon, 08 Sep 2025 15:09:41 GMT

Financial Commentary from George Square Financial Management in conjunction with Albemarle Street Partners

New heights and a cautious calm

Asset markets saw limited progress last month as investors digested new macroeconomic data. The US economy is slowing, yet it is handling tariff uncertainty. Business Manager Surveys (PMIs) remain weak, but retail sales have stabilised. All eyes, including those of the Fed, are on the labour market, where the data is mixed. New job openings have slowed, but layoffs have not increased sharply outside the government.

Jerome Powell’s final Jackson Hole address confirmed that the Federal Reserve expects conditions for a rate cut in September. A cut now and another in December would reflect the temporary effects of tariffs and support rate-sensitive consumer spending.

In Europe, economic data improved as German manufacturing sentiment and UK retail sales rebounded. The UK’s 30-year gilt yield climbed to 5.7%, its highest since May 1998, amid rising fiscal concerns. Investors are focused on the Autumn Budget, as Finance Minister Rachel Reeves is widely expected to raise taxes to meet fiscal targets. They are also watching for signals from the Bank of England on interest rate cuts.

Across Asia, there is continued uncertainty surrounding the impact of US trade policy. While China continues to seek a comprehensive trade deal, others in the region will seek to hasten their shift to intra-regional trade. Japan is seen as a relative beneficiary, as its quickly negotiated trade deal and weakened currency provide a competitive edge to its exporters.

The second quarter US corporate earnings provided a fundamental basis for continued optimism. Year on year earnings increased by 11.9% (source: FactSet), marking the third consecutive quarter of double-digit earnings growth. While analysts expect earnings growth to slow in the second half of 2025, companies have found multiple ways to expand margins, despite cost pressures.

Digesting the data

Despite limited progress in August, developed equity markets are close to reaching or have reached new all-time highs. Weakness in manufacturing and other cyclical sectors continues to fuel narrow leadership in the US. Technology, industrials, and financials have dominated year to date performance.

In Europe, banks, industrials (defence), and rate sensitive sectors such as utilities and telecom services have done well. European equities have been the standout story in 2025. UK equities have been helped by the strength of financial, oil, and materials stocks.

Bond markets have rallied in anticipation of easing monetary policy. UK Government debt (gilts) has been the exception and have lagged most fixed income sectors in 2025.

Windows 10 End of Life: What UK businesses need to know

Mon, 08 Sep 2025 15:01:51 GMT

Windows 10 End of Life: What UK businesses need to know

Microsoft will officially end support for Windows 10 on 14th October, 2025. After this date, Microsoft will no longer provide security updates, patches, or technical support for the operating system. For businesses across the UK, this marks a critical deadline that brings both risks and opportunities.

The risks of doing nothing

Continuing to use Windows 10 after support ends introduces several risks. Unpatched vulnerabilities become permanent entry points for cyber attacks, increasing the likelihood of malware, ransomware, and other threats. Outdated systems may also lead to compliance breaches, especially for organisations that handle sensitive data or operate in regulated industries. If something goes wrong, businesses face a greater risk of disruption and potentially costly downtime. The longer organisations wait, the more exposed they become to these risks.

The opportunities in upgrading

Upgrading to Windows 11 is not just a swap for Windows 10. It is designed to meet the demands of modern business and support teams in working more effectively. The key benefits include:

1. Improved security:
Windows 11 is built to defend against modern threats, providing advanced protection for data and devices. Enhanced security features, such as hardware-based protections and improved encryption, helping to safeguard sensitive information and reduce the risk of cyber attacks.
2. Simplified device management:
IT teams benefit from easier deployment and management, freeing up resources for strategic projects. Windows 11 streamlines device management, making it simpler to roll out updates and support users wherever they are working.
3. Hybrid working support:
The platform delivers a flexible, modern experience tailored for remote and hybrid teams. Integrated collaboration tools enable staff to stay connected and productive, whether they are in the office, at home, or on the move.
4. Future innovation:
Windows 11 lays the groundwork for AI-powered tools such as Microsoft 365 Copilot, helping businesses unlock new efficiencies. The operating system is optimised for the latest hardware and applications, allowing organisations to take advantage of new technologies as they emerge.

By planning the transition now, businesses can not only avoid the risks associated with unsupported software but also position themselves to benefit from enhanced productivity, flexibility, and long-term resilience.

Upgrading is an opportunity to modernise, streamline operations, and prepare for future innovation.

For more information, you can call 01273 384 100 or email brighton@fluidone.com to get in touch with our experts today and find out how we can help protect your business during this transition.

Firewalk fundraiser to support residents at veterans’ care home

Wed, 27 Aug 2025 09:40:19 GMT

Firewalk fundraiser to support residents at veterans’ care home

A Worthing care home which supports veterans is inviting the community to take part in a fiery evening of fundraising, with a Firewalk Challenge.

The event will raise money for Care for Veterans – a Royal Star & Garter Home, and take place at Worthing Rugby Club on 20 September.

Participants will brave a walk across red-hot wood embers to raise funds for the care and wellbeing of residents. The Home provides long-term nursing, rehabilitation, respite and end-of-life care to veterans and their families who live with disabilities, including acquired brain injury and degenerative neurological conditions.

Home Manager Vicky Strange said: “This event is about a community coming together to honour people who have already faced some of life’s greatest battles. Walking across fire is symbolic of the challenges our veterans have overcome, and a great way to show your support for the wonderful people we care for.”

The Firewalk takes place between 6-9pm, and includes a 30-minute briefing. Those taking part must be aged 12 or above, and able to walk unaided and at a fast pace. Registration is £25 and participants are asked to raise a minimum £50 in sponsorship. A special prize will be awarded to the person who raises the most.

Care for Veterans is now part of the Royal Star & Garter group, following a merger earlier this year.

The Firewalk takes place at Worthing Rugby Club, in Roundstone Lane, Angmering. To register, go to: https://www.careforveterans.org.uk/events/firewalk-fundraiser/

Care for Veterans is welcoming new residents. For more information on this and other ways to fundraise and support, please go to www.careforveterans.org.uk

Carpenter Box recognises talent with seven senior promotions as growth continues

Tue, 19 Aug 2025 16:09:34 GMT

Carpenter Box recognises talent with seven senior promotions as growth continues

Carpenter Box has underlined its commitment to recognising and developing talent by making seven senior promotions, including four new Partners and three Associate Directors.

Alex Chidwick, Paula Nurse, Mark Northam and Andrew Neuman will be joining the Board as Partners, highlighting the growth and excellence at Carpenter Box and StarBox.

Alex Chidwick from the firm’s Audit and Assurance team joined Carpenter Box in 2011 and qualified as a Chartered Certified Accountant in 2015. He is responsible for providing accountancy, audit and advisory services to a portfolio of clients across the healthcare, leisure, manufacturing and construction sectors.

Paula Nurse works in the Commercial Business Services team and looks after the day-to-day accounting and tax needs for start-ups, small limited companies, sole traders and partnerships. Based in Brighton, Paula works closely with the firm’s digital team in ensuring clients are up to date with cloud software.

Mark Northam re-joined Carpenter Box in 2021 to help grow and bolster the StarBox team who provide specialist accounting and tax service for content creators and social influencers. Mark looks after some of the UK’s most exciting media entrepreneurs such as YouTubers, vloggers and gamers, supporting growing businesses with his industry expertise.

Andrew Neuman from the firm’s Tax Services team specialises in advising both large corporates and owner managed businesses in all aspects of taxation. Based in the Crawley office, Andrew leads the firm’s International Tax services and is regularly involved in corporate transactions both in terms of group reorganisations as well as mergers and acquisitions.

The round of promotions also saw three accomplished individuals advance within the firm as Associate Directors. Within the Corporate Business Services team, Angela Norris trained with Carpenter Box and qualified with ACCA in 2014. She has 20 years’ experience working primarily with owner-managed businesses assisting with their regular compliance work and offering day-to-day business advice.

Within StarBox, David Taylor qualified with ACCA in 2019 and has amassed over 10 years’ experience, working with a diverse range of SMEs and more recently focussing on the new media sector such as Twitch, Instagram and YouTube creators.

And Meghan Clark has been promoted within the Tax Services team. She started at Carpenter Box in 2017 and gained her Chartered Institute of Taxation (CTA) and Association of Taxation Technicians (ATT) qualifications. Meghan specialises in bespoke corporate tax advice, including advising on international tax planning.

Managing Partner of Carpenter Box, Alan Edwards, said: “It’s always excellent to mark and celebrate the hard work and dedication to client service from our people. These promotions are highly deserved, and we’re thrilled to welcome these committed people to our leadership and management teams. We are extremely proud of all our promoted staff as they represent our growth and success.”

Photo caption:

L-R: Alex Chidwick, Paula Nurse, David Taylor, Angela Norris, Meghan Clark, Mark Northam, Andrew Neuman.

Electric Storm Youth Celebrates 18 Years of Empowering Young People

Tue, 19 Aug 2025 15:10:40 GMT

Electric Storm Youth Celebrates 18 Years of Empowering Young People

Electric Storm Youth, a community-rooted charity dedicated to supporting young people, today announced a significant milestone: 18 years of providing crucial support and guidance to youth in Sompting, Lancing, and the surrounding areas. What began as a strong, local vision has evolved into a trusted charity, having a lasting impact on countless young lives.

Since the very beginning, Electric Storm Youth has been committed to improving the lives of local young people through personal and social development. The charity offers a diverse range of services, including mental health support, recreational activities, young carer support, and youth-led initiatives. Providing safe spaces, mentoring, and essential guidance to thousands of young people, ensuring they feel seen, heard, and empowered.

The charity is celebrating a number of proud achievements as it marks this special anniversary:

● 18 Years of Service: Providing continuous youth work, mentoring, and community engagement through mid-week, day, evening, and weekend hours.

● Fundraising Success: The charity's retail shop has successfully raised over £300,000 with all proceeds directly funding youth services.

● Community Impact: The organisation supports over 150 young people a year through its various programs and has built lifelong relationships with young people, families, schools, and partners.

"This charity has always been about helping young people thrive," said Marion Peskett, Chair of Trustees. "I’m proud of how we’ve evolved and excited for a future that welcomes everyone, just as they are."

As it celebrates the past, Electric Storm Youth is firmly focused on the future. Under new leadership, the charity is evolving into an agile and responsive organisation, ready to meet the changing needs of young people and the communities it serves. CEO Karen Jefford said “As we celebrate this huge milestone, we’d like to say a heartfelt thank you to our team, trustees, volunteers, funders, retail champions, partners, and of course, our community. You’ve been part of every step, and we can’t wait to continue this journey together.”

For more information, please visit https://www.electricstormyouth.co.uk/.

Turning Tides Harvest Food Appeal 2025

Mon, 18 Aug 2025 17:09:07 GMT

Turning Tides Harvest Food Appeal 2025

Turning Tides supports over 1000 local people experiencing homelessness every year – and this number is rising. The charity provides food and refreshment all year round – for people who are rough sleeping, in temporary accommodation and those who are housed in our residential projects.

This time of year, Harvest, has always been a period of giving and sharing, bringing communities together. Could you, or your organisation, give breakfast a boost, lunchtime a lift or make supper special?

Please give what you can. Every item will make a big difference. If you’re unable to support with collecting goods, we can accept supermarket Gift Cards and also online supermarket orders direct to our central donations hub.

Address and opening hours are:

Unit 2, Dominion Trade Centre, Dominion Way West, Worthing, BN14 8NT (opposite Screwfix)
Opening times: Tuesday, Wednesday, and Friday – 9am to 12.30pm

Let us know if you can take part in our Harvest Food Appeal 2025 by emailing donations@turning-tides.org.uk with your name, contact details and organisation, and we’ll get back to you! If you prefer to call to discuss details please telephone: 01903 680740 Ext 248

Post-breach: Navigating security after a cyber attack

Mon, 18 Aug 2025 16:57:33 GMT

Post-breach: Navigating security after a cyber attack

The recent cyber attacks on major UK retail brands may have faded from headlines, but for affected organisations, the real work begins after the crisis. The post-breach phase marks a critical transition, from active threat response to rebuilding and strengthening systems, processes, and culture.

What is post-breach?

Following attacks on retailers like Marks & Spencer, Harrods, and the Co-op, which saw disruptions and financial losses, the visible symptoms may have subsided. However, behind the scenes, these companies entered a vital stage of analysis and transformation. The breach, likely involving ransomware and supply chain compromise, highlighted a need for organisations to evolve their cyber defences.

Post-breach is not the moment when systems are simply brought back online. It’s the point when an organisation begins to make informed, strategic decisions grounded in a clearer understanding of vulnerabilities and risk. A heightened state of awareness follows, as businesses become more attuned to network behaviour, access patterns, and potential red flags. This awareness must transition from short-term vigilance to long-term monitoring and learning.

Recovery isn’t the finish line

Lasting improvements come from rethinking processes, verifying backups, prioritising critical systems, and preventing recurrence. Communication is also vital – internally, staff need clarity; externally, messages must be timely, transparent, and in line with legal obligations. The tone should reflect confidence and accountability to maintain trust.

Structured “lessons learned” sessions should be prioritised to capture technical issues, leadership decisions, and operational gaps. These insights inform better preparation for the future, supported by ongoing tabletop exercises that test and refine response strategies.

Cyber insurance is another key post-breach consideration. Insurers assess response effectiveness and preparedness. Organisations that can demonstrate strong recovery protocols, backup strategies, and documented learnings are better positioned to negotiate favourable terms and retain coverage.

Final thoughts

Ultimately, post-breach is not about closure – it’s about continuous improvement. Regularly revisiting insights, updating incident response plans, and adapting to evolving threats must become part of organisational DNA. Every department, from IT to leadership, plays a role in maintaining this security culture and handled correctly, the post-breach phase becomes a turning point.

The post-breach stage of a cyber attack sits at the crossroads of IT security and cyber security. At FluidOne we want you to be comprehensively secured against cyber threats. That is why we not only offer our own IT security solutions, but we also have our own dedicated cyber centre of excellence – CSA Cyber – providing consultancy, Offensive Security, and Managed Security solutions.

For more information, you can reach us through https://www.fluidone.com/contact, call us at 01273 384100 or email us at brighton@fluidone.com to get in touch with our experts today to find out how we can help empower your business.

Worthing College / The Sand Project collaboration

Wed, 13 Aug 2025 15:19:04 GMT

Worthing College / The Sand Project collaboration

We’re inviting sponsors to support a meaningful new initiative in collaboration with The Sand Project, which empowers young people aged 16–25 with EHCPs (Education, Health and Care Plans) through real-world learning.

This project will offer Sand learners, with a keen interest in agriculture and grounds maintenance, valuable work experience on-site at Worthing College. They’ll help care for and maintain key outdoor areas, including the rugby pitch, courts, and former forest school zone — gaining skills in land management, teamwork, and self-led work that could support future employment or business ventures.

To support this project we are asking for sponsorship where the funds will be used to purchase tools and essentials needed to support this learner’s placement and improve the overall quality of the playing surfaces and grounds.

While this does not fund the rugby team directly, the improved pitch benefits all learners and college sports teams.

By sponsoring this exciting project, you'll not only be supporting a meaningful learning opportunity—but also gaining valuable exposure and benefits for your business or personal brand, including:

· Bronze – £250 - 2 slots available

✅ Company logo on the Worthing College 2025/2026 rugby shirt (arm)
✅ Your brand seen at college-level matches. The team plays at the highest level in the country.

· Silver – £500 - 1 slot available.

✅ Company logo on the back of the rugby shirt
✅ Name featured on the college’s sports-related social media posts
✅ One free official match shirt

· Pitch-Side Banner – £300
✅ Your branded banner displayed around the pitch at all home games
✅ High visibility for attendees and social media coverage

Date/Time/Venue/Cost:

· Project starts Autumn Term 2025
· Worthing College Campus Grounds, Worthing
· Sponsorship tiers as listed above

Link for more info / contact details:
DM us or contact m.rugman@worthing.ac.uk

Harness technologies, refine core systems and boost efficiency for competitive advantage

Tue, 12 Aug 2025 16:08:02 GMT

Harness technologies, refine core systems and boost efficiency for competitive advantage

Local manufacturers will hear expert tips on harnessing and integrating technology and building a future-ready business at next month’s morning meeting of METALL, the forum for manufacturing, engineering and technology businesses in Sussex and Surrey.

At the event (at Cottesmore Hotel Golf & Country Club, Pease Pottage, on 11 September) businesses will hear from Steve Morris, SME Support Expert, Manufacturing Technology Centre (MTC) who will cover:

· Real-world case studies of successful technology adoption in businesses
· Integrating new technologies into existing systems and processes
· Practical insights to guide confident, strategic technology decisions
· How to access grants and funding to support digital transformation

The MTC is the Government-funded independent entity tasked with assisting businesses to make these decisions based on their individual circumstances and needs. With over 25 years of international manufacturing and consulting experience, Steve leads the SME manufacturing support services at MTC, focusing on start-ups, scale-ups, large programmes, grant funding, partnerships, and supply chain strategy.

Tony Summers, Partner and Head of Manufacturing at Carpenter Box commented: “Ensuring your business remains successful in a changing marketplace means identifying and integrating the best of the new available technologies, among other factors. But when there is a multitude of new technologies arriving, how do you choose the ones that truly transform your business, and make sure you back the VHS over the Betamax? This upcoming METALL event is a valuable opportunity for local manufacturers to hear from one of the UK’s leading experts on supercharging their competitive advantage.”

To find out more or to register for the event, visit www.metall.org.uk/events

METALL is sponsored by sector specialists Carpenter Box, DMH Stallard and NatWest.

www.carpenterbox.com

Kreston Reeves announces Richard Spofforth as new Managing Partner

Mon, 04 Aug 2025 15:35:21 GMT

Kreston Reeves announces Richard Spofforth as new Managing Partner.

Accountants, business and wealth advisers Kreston Reeves has today announced the election of a new Managing Partner.

Richard Spofforth has been elected as the firm’s Managing Partner. He succeeds Nigel Fright, who has served as Managing Partner for 12 years and who will take on the role of Chief Strategy Officer.

At the same time, Andrew Griggs has been re-elected as Senior Partner. Changes to the firm’s senior leadership team are effective from 1 August 2025.

Under Nigel and Andrew’s leadership, Kreston Reeves has grown its turnover from £19.7m to £53m and employee and partner numbers from 261 to over 550 with offices across London, Kent and Sussex.

Richard joined the firm as a Partner in 2016, having led Spofforths as its Managing Partner in its merger with Kreston Reeves.

He brings strong leadership experience, being an integral member of the Kreston Reeves management board for over nine years championing innovation. His tenure has seen him guide the firm through structural change, and the leadership and transformation of the accounts and outsourcing service line.

Speaking after his election as Managing Partner, Richard said: “I’m honoured to have been appointed to this role to further build on the firm’s purpose, vision and values to deliver a successful future for all our people. People, culture and performance are very important to me. I’m looking forward to leading and supporting our exceptional teams across the firm, further building on what makes Kreston Reeves great for our clients and our people.

“I would like to thank Nigel for the growth and strong leadership of our firm – the entire firm is extremely grateful for his commitment and direction. He and Andrew successfully led the firm through times of significant change, challenge and milestones, including the pandemic period and becoming one of the first accountancy firms to secure B Corp accreditation”.

Nigel said: “Richard has been a remarkable and hard-working leader of the accounts and outsourcing service line. His previous experience of Managing Partner of Spofforths and commitment to growth, innovation and being future-ready provides him with the skills required for the next chapter as Managing Partner.

“I am delighted to congratulate him on his election and look forward to working alongside Richard, our partners and colleagues across the firm as we continue to go from strength to strength.”

Andrew Griggs said: “I’m incredibly proud of what our people have achieved for our clients, colleagues and communities. Richard is taking up the Managing Partner role at an exciting time and I’m looking forward to working with him on the next phase of the firm’s growth journey”.

About Kreston Reeves
Our purpose is to guide our clients, colleagues, and communities to a brighter future. We help businesses, charity and not-for-profit organisations, private individuals, and families with more than accountancy, business, and wealth advice. We help them realise their ambitions.

Offices in: London, Kent, and Sussex

Website: www.krestonreeves.com

Local entrepreneur Gemma Fletcher shortlisted as a finalist in the Best Businesswomen Awards

Sun, 03 Aug 2025 15:47:15 GMT

Local entrepreneur Gemma Fletcher shortlisted as a finalist in the Best Businesswomen Awards.

Celebrating the resilience and brilliance of Female Entrepreneurs in challenging times.

The finalists for the prestigious Best Businesswomen Awards 2025 have been revealed, highlighting the grit, innovation, and leadership of women who are redefining success in business.

In a year marked by economic shifts, technological disruption, and continued pressure on work-life balance, female entrepreneurs have once again stepped up with remarkable resilience. These women haven’t just survived; they’ve adapted, innovated, and thrived, often while navigating the additional demands that come with being women in business in 2025.

The judging panel was inspired by the level of tenacity, creativity, and strategic thinking demonstrated across all entries. Each finalist is an outstanding example of what it means to lead with both purpose and performance in today's ever-evolving entrepreneurial landscape.

The Best Businesswomen Awards were established to recognise and celebrate the achievements of women across all industries. These awards celebrate the achievements of women who are not only building successful businesses but also breaking down barriers, creating impact, and inspiring others to follow.

Local entrepreneur Gemma Fletcher founder of Business Unzipped, and Head of Communications, Business and Planning for University Hospitals Sussex NHS Foundation Trust has been shortlisted as a finalist in the Female Leader of the Year category for being a leader with a clear and compelling vision, one that extends beyond organisational success to shaping a future where strong, compassionate leadership is the standard.

Debbie Gilbert, founder of the Best Businesswomen Awards, said:
“This is the 11th year of these awards, and once again, we’ve seen an incredible calibre of entries. Despite the mounting pressures faced by women in business, from funding gaps to rising costs to the mental load of balancing life and leadership, these finalists have shown that female entrepreneurship is stronger than ever. Our judging panel was truly impressed by the standard of entries, and we’re proud to shine a light on these trailblazing women.”

When receiving the news, Gem said: “Being shortlisted for Female Leader of the Year is an honour that reflects the power of leading with empathy, clarity, and purpose. I believe true leadership is about creating space for others to thrive, and I’m proud to be part of a movement that champions meaningful change in the workplace.”

The winners will be announced at the Gala Awards Night at the Daventry Court Hotel, Daventry, on 10^th October 2025 when the Gold Winners in each category will be revealed.

Sussex Transport Renews Worthing FC Stadium Sponsorship of Woodside Road

Sun, 03 Aug 2025 15:33:06 GMT

Sussex Transport Renews Worthing FC Stadium Sponsorship of Woodside Road

Celebrating Two Incredible Years and Looking Ahead with Worthing FC

Two years ago, Sussex Transport proudly became the stadium sponsor of Worthing Football Club, and what an unforgettable journey it’s been since then. From dramatic title challenges and playoff heartbreaks to the opening of the fantastic 1886 Club, the arrival of new sponsors, and the unveiling of a brand new stand, there’s been no shortage of excitement both on and off the pitch.

In that time, we’ve also seen the club step onto the international stage with a TV documentary, showcasing just how special this football community is.

The partnership with Worthing FC has always been about more than just naming rights. As a business born and bred in and around Worthing, with deep roots in local sport and community life, Sussex Transport are incredibly proud to be part of the club’s ongoing story. Supporting the club means supporting the town, the community, and the next generation of Rebels fans and players alike.

That’s why Sussex Transport and Worthing FC were thrilled to recently announce the renewal of the sponsorship agreement with Worthing FC for a further 2 years. With Sussex Transport staying firmly in the Rebels’ corner as they look ahead to the 2025/26 season. The team can’t wait to share whatever comes next with the fans, the players, and everyone connected to the club.

Here’s to more goals, more glory, and even more incredible moments at the Sussex Transport Community Stadium. Let’s keep this journey rolling together!

Damian Pulford – Managing Director Sussex Transport added

Two years ago, we committed to partnering with Worthing Football Club because we believe sport is at the heart of our community. The last two seasons have delivered incredible highs, a few heartbreaks, and memories that we’ll all carry with us. From new stands and club developments to the buzz of the 1886 Club and even national TV coverage, we’ve been proud to support the Rebels every step of the way.

I’m delighted to confirm that Sussex Transport has renewed our sponsorship of the stadium, ensuring our partnership continues into the 2025/26 season. As a local business, we believe in investing in both our community and the wellbeing that sport inspires. We’re excited for the future and can’t wait to share the next chapter with the club and the fans.

We are supporting Sussex Skills 25 – join us at the AMEX this September

Sun, 03 Aug 2025 15:30:04 GMT

We are supporting Sussex Skills 25 – join us at the AMEX this September!

We’re pleased to be supporting the Sussex Local Skills Improvement Plan (LSIP) and the upcoming Sussex Skills 25 conference – a major event focused on shaping the future workforce across our region.

Tuesday 30 September 2025 – AMEX Stadium, Brighton

This free event is a must-attend for any business interested in solving skills and workforce shortages, improving access to training, and influencing how local colleges, universities and training providers respond to employer needs.

Why should you attend?

✔️ Have your say in shaping local training that meets your needs
✔️ Hear the latest on the proposed Sussex Devolution deal
✔️ Learn how the LSIP is already delivering changes that benefit employers
✔️ Hear directly from other businesses about how they’re tackling skills challenges
✔️ Discover the skills your workforce will need next – from AI to adaptability
✔️ Make valuable connections with other employers, providers and local authorities

This is your chance to help shape the next phase of the LSIP – and ensure training provision in Sussex reflects your sector’s real needs.

Reserve your free place today:
https://www.sussexchamberofcommerce.co.uk/events-training/ems-event-calendar/sussex-skills-25.html

DW Renewable Energy are walking 100km to raise funds for Sight Support Worthing

Wed, 23 Jul 2025 12:57:11 GMT

DW Renewable Energy are walking 100km to raise funds for Sight Support Worthing

Two Blokes. One Cause. 100 Kilometres. 24 Hours. Let’s Go.

DW Renewable Energy Ltd are swapping kilowatts for kilometres when Simon and James attempt the near-impossible: walking 100km across the rugged South Downs Way—in just 24 hours, on September 6th, 2025.

Why? For Sight Support Worthing—a remarkable local charity that’s been helping people with visual impairments live independently, confidently, and with dignity for over 100 years.

Founded in 1910, Sight Support Worthing has supported generations of local residents with everything from mobility and technology support to emotional wellbeing, social connection, and essential daily living guidance. In a world that often isn’t designed for visual impairment, their work makes an enormous difference—every single day.

We first met Jackie and Kate from the charity at a local Clean Growth Sustainability course, and were blown away by both their warmth and their drive. They’d already created a printed carbon reduction plan and had begun implementing it. Their passion for creating a more sustainable future was genuinely inspiring, and we wanted to help however we could.

That led to this: a commitment to take on the South Coast Ultra Challenge—100km in under 24 hours—to help raise funds that support Sight Support Worthing’s ongoing work and future sustainability goals.

Whether the money raised goes toward energy-saving tech, community services, or simply keeping their doors open—we know they’ll put it to good use.

We’ll be sharing training updates, kit tests, and behind-the-scenes highs and lows in the run-up to the big day—so follow DW Renewable Energy on our social media pages to track our progress, cheer us on, and get a few laughs at our pain.

If you’re able to give, no matter how much, please support our journey. Every step is powered by your generosity—and probably a disturbing number of blister plasters.

Let’s help Sight Support Worthing see a brighter, greener future.

Donate now. Share the page. Then sit back, relax, and feel very smug about not walking 100km in a day.

https://sswcharity.org.uk/

https://www.instagram.com/dwenergyuk/

https://uk.linkedin.com/company/dw-energy

https://www.facebook.com/DWEnergyUK/

Thanks for taking the time to visit our JustGiving page.

Donating through JustGiving is simple, fast and totally secure. Your details are safe with JustGiving - they'll never sell them on or send unwanted emails. Once you donate, they'll send your money directly to the charity. So it's the most efficient way to donate - saving time and cutting costs for the charity.

Phoenix Systems share - a Guide to Racking & Mezzanine Floors for Better Storage & Workspaces

Wed, 23 Jul 2025 12:51:40 GMT

Phoenix Systems share - a Guide to Racking & Mezzanine Floors for Better Storage & Workspaces

Your space is valuable and how you use it has a massive impact on not just on storage, but also business productivity, efficiency and your bottom line. Mezzanine floors and racking solutions are cost-effective and highly adaptable workspace solutions that help you optimise your space and have enabled many businesses to expand while avoiding the substantial costs associated with moving to larger premises.

This quick guide outlines the benefits of both mezzanine and racking systems and some key considerations when planning a new fit-out.

Mezzanine Floors with Racking: Capitalise on Every Square Metre

Mezzanine floors create an intermediate floor between floors of the building or your roof. The addition of this extra floor immediately expands your available building footprint. Many businesses choose to combine a mezzanine system with racking storage systems to gain budget-friendly storage that can be configured to utilise every centimetre of available space, even up to apex roofs.

The Benefits of Mezzanine Floors with Racking

● Maximise Your Vertical Space
Vertical space is often dead space, but why not make the most of it when you’re already paying rent on it? Mezzanine floors unlock precious square metres, giving you the opportunity to expand with expanded office areas or increased storage.

● Flexible by Design - And Adds Value

Mezzanine platforms offer unparalleled adaptability for almost any space, as your layout is designed according to your specific needs and can be expanded and re-configured over time as your business evolves. What’s more, if you own the property, adding to the building’s footprint and functionality will increase its sales or rental value.

● Utilise Unused Space
Overhead areas are often overlooked because they are inaccessible. Racking systems with mezzanines can help you transform unused ‘air’ space, meaning you can maximise your warehouse capacity without having to look for additional storage elsewhere.

● Multi-functional
Mezzanine floors enable you to get creative with the space you have by creating functional areas within your existing building that you can use for offices, break-out areas, storage, production and even retail.

3 Key Considerations When Choosing Mezzanine Floors with Racking

Initial Investment
Like anything in business, any change or improvement will require a budget. Mezzanine installations do require a significant upfront investment, however this will be balanced over time against storage cost savings, additional rent costs for larger or additional sites and improved efficiency. To get an accurate insight on what you can do for your budget, speak to our experienced Interiors team.

Get Expert Installation
Get an expert team to help you install mezzanine and racking systems as building upwards introduces complexity. All mezzanine construction requires meticulous planning and engineering expertise to ensure your project complies with all safety regulations.
Plan & Budget for Maintenance
Your annual operational budget will need to accommodate for periodic inspections, upkeep and safety compliance.

Racking Storage Only: A Practical, Long-Term Storage Solution

Racking isn’t just for warehouses and industrial applications. Racking shelving systems provide a more robust, safer and more efficient alternative to traditional shelving in all types of work spaces.

The Benefits of Racking Systems for Storage

● Cost-Efficient Storage
Ground-level racking is a budget-friendly storage solution that maximises both floor space and storage for all types of inventory, from small boxes to pallets. By creating a more efficient storage layout, it allows more items to be stored in a given area than traditional shelving.

● Ease-of-Access & Improved Safety

Ground-level racking is accessible, stable and robust. Designed to securely hold heavy loads, they not only make warehouse operations more efficient, they reduce the risk of accidents and injury.

● Simple Installation
Racking systems are straightforward and fast to install meaning business disruption and mess is kept to the minimum.

● Low Maintenance
Racking systems are simple structures but durable and designed for heavy use over many years. As a result, they have low maintenance requirements keeping ongoing costs to a minimum.

Key Considerations for Choosing Ground Level Racking Systems

Utilising Available Vertical Space

Racking at ground level imposes height restrictions which can limit your storage capacity in your space. Vertical expansion options are limited by the space and type of racking, potentially hindering scalability as your inventory grows.
Making the Most of Your Footprint
Storage systems that have grown organically over time can lead to horizontal sprawl and an inefficient use of space. To optimise storage within a confined footprint needs planning and at times, creative solutions and very accurate measurements! By using an experienced team of storage planners (like the team at Phoenix Systems) you’ll be able to save time while gaining the most efficient storage floor plan, maximum space usage and eliminate the head scratching!

Get the Right Layout From the Start
Racking systems are a fixed structure, once they are up, the potential to adapt the system is limited. Re-configuration is possible as your inventory demands change but it will require effort and resources. To optimise your storage system for the long-term, it’s advisable to get an expert to plan your storage system for you, so that you can get the most from your space.

When planning your interiors and storage project, both mezzanine with racking and ground-level racking systems provide a huge opportunity to make the most of your existing space. Whichever solution you choose, Phoenix System’s experienced team can help you plan to make the most of all your available space to maximise the return-on-investment for your budget.

Sussex LSIP invite you to attend Sussex Skills 25

Wed, 23 Jul 2025 11:00:24 GMT

Sussex LSIP invite you to attend Sussex Skills 25.

This important event taking place on Tuesday 30 September at the Amex Stadium is an opportunity to reflect on how far we’ve come in addressing workforce skills needs across Sussex — and to look ahead at how we continue to shape the future of skills with your important input, insight, and involvement.

Sussex Skills 25 is the area's key skills conference for employers. Whether you're recruiting now or planning ahead, this is your chance to influence and benefit from the changes happening through the Local Skills Improvement Plan (LSIP).

What to expect from the conference:

Devolution in Sussex – what it means for employers
Find out how the proposed devolution deal could give Sussex more control over key areas like skills, transport, and infrastructure — and what that means for your workforce and business decisions.
Business-led sessions
Hear from Sussex employers who’ve worked with the LSIP to shape training and strengthen talent pipelines. See how collaboration with colleges has brought real benefits for businesses, both now and for the future.
Skills for the Future – AI, adaptability, and agentic thinking
Discover the emerging skills your business will need to stay competitive — from AI and digital tools to creativity and adaptability. Learn how to start building a future-ready workforce today.
Pitchside Chats
Join dynamic, no-slides-needed conversations focused on what local employers really need. Honest, informal discussions that put your priorities at the heart of the skills system.

The event is free to attend and includes a buffet lunch. You can register your attendance via the Sussex Chamber's website here.

As a local business and employer, your presence on the day is hugely important. You’ve played a central role in guiding this work, and your visibility demonstrates our shared commitment to shaping a stronger skills system for Sussex.

We’d also be grateful if you could help spread the word through your networks — particularly to other businesses who would benefit from engaging with the LSIP, hearing from peers, and exploring the opportunities it presents.

Esteem are looking for a Chief Officer

Wed, 23 Jul 2025 10:19:31 GMT

Esteem are looking for a Chief Officer

If you’re excited by collaborative leadership, shared power and championing youth agency, we’d love to hear from you.

The incoming Chief Officer will be joining Esteem at a pivotal time of consolidation and potential growth, with opportunities and challenges that require both visionary and pragmatic leadership.

What success looks like

Dynamic, inspiring, and truly participatory leadership, nurturing Esteem's unique ethos and facilitating young adults and staff as co-creators in the organisation's mission and future, while upholding the strategic and governance frameworks set by the board of trustees.
Together with the chair, enable the board of trustees to fulfil its duties and responsibilities for the proper governance of Esteem and to ensure that the board receives timely advice and appropriate information on all relevant matters

How you’ll make it happen

To provide facilitative leadership to Esteem, working collaboratively with the Senior Leadership Team, and to be responsible for the management and administration of Esteem within the strategic and accountability frameworks laid down by the board of trustees and the Charity Commission.

View the Recruitment Pack here

View the Job Description here

View the Person Specification here

View the Application Form here

Carpenter Box announces further merger in the South East

Wed, 16 Jul 2025 09:04:24 GMT

Carpenter Box announces further merger in the South East

The growth strategy of Sussex and South East accountancy firm Carpenter Box, part of Sumer Group, the fastest-growing mid-market accountancy practice, continues apace, with news that it is merging with Hove-based Boormans Chartered Accountants & Business Advisers.

The agreement follows the firm’s merger in April with Lewes-based Clark Brownscombe and will see Boormans’ staff join the Carpenter Box team in Brighton, with Matt Virgo, Director at Boormans, joining as a Partner, Mike Herriott taking on the role of Associate Director and Sally Virgo joining in Operations and Compliance. The firm’s team of professionals will join Sumer Group’s growing network of over 2,300 colleagues across more than 50 offices nationwide.

Commented Alan Edwards, Managing Partner at Carpenter Box: “I’m delighted to announce the merger with Boormans and to welcome the Directors and staff into the Carpenter Box family. Boormans specialises in the media, construction/property and retail sectors, working with SMEs, families and private clients, and will be a perfect addition to our service provision across the South East.”

Matt Virgo added: “This merger is a significant step forward for our business as well as our client base. We already offer a full range of accountancy, tax and cloud accounting services and this merger will provide us with additional resources and specialist knowledge to enhance our client relationships.”

Carpenter Box, part of the Sumer Group of regional accountancy practices, is an award-winning firm of chartered accountants, tax specialists and business advisers with a reputation for innovation and excellence. The firm, which now has 28 Partners and over 270 members of staff, operates across the South East and in London, with specialist teams helping businesses and entrepreneurs succeed in a profitable, sustainable and tax-efficient way.

Photo L-R: Mike Herriot, Alan Edwards, Sally Virgo, Mike Virgo

www.carpenterbox.com

Bird & Blend Tea Co. Unveils World’s Cutest Hello Kitty Tea & Matcha Collection

Wed, 16 Jul 2025 08:43:49 GMT

Bird & Blend Tea Co. Unveils World’s Cutest Hello Kitty Tea & Matcha Collection

Global lifestyle icon Hello Kitty, beloved by fans of all ages since the 1970s, has teamed up with independent tea company Bird & Blend Tea Co. to launch the cutest tea collection ever.

If you love Hello Kitty’s world of friendship and fun you can now sip it too, and share a cup of Pink Apple Pie Tea and Pink Apple Pie Matcha with loved ones. A magical treat for Hello Kitty fans across the country.

Tea company Bird & Blend are leading the way with tea innovation in the UK, creating exciting flavours by blending a range of ingredients including flowers, chocolate and fruit. Sanrio GmbH have worked closely with the tea experts at Bird & Blend to create the new Hello Kitty inspired teas. The collection also includes limited edition Rainbow tea spoons, a pink cold brew bottle and Hello Kitty mug, so fans can create their own perfectly pink tea party at home.

Launching as part of this exclusive collection are four products that bring Hello Kitty’s magic to tea time:

● Hello Kitty Pink Apple Pie Tea & Tin - A caffeine free, sweet pink tea inspired by Hello Kitty’s beloved apple pie! Packed full of comforting apple & cinnamon with cute candy sprinkles, this loose leaf tea comes in a collectable pink Hello Kitty tin.

● Hello Kitty Pink Apple Pie Matcha - A pink matcha in a 30g limited edition pouch featuring Hello Kitty! The cutest matcha around; sweet, comforting and pink.

● Rainbow Perfect Spoon - Part spoon, part unicorn, this limited edition spoon is a whole mood, perfect for every scoop of Hello Kitty tea and matcha.

● Hello Kitty Mug - Hello Kitty tea should be sipped in the cutest mug around, this one is embossed with Hello Kitty’s face.

Bird & Blend Co-Founder, Mike Turner, commented, “Creating a Hello Kitty tea collection with Sanrio has been an incredible experience. We loved infusing the playful spirit of Hello Kitty into every aspect of the teas and accessories. The teas are full of flavour, fun, and a little bit of magic.”

The tea will be sold online at Bird & Blend and in all Bird & Blend stores across the UK from 11th July. The Hello Kitty range will be priced from £3.85.

Whether you’re a lifelong Hello Kitty fan or simply love a good cuppa with a twist, this limited edition collection is a tea party not to be missed.

Off-the-shelf AI vs. Custom AI: Choosing the right fit

Mon, 14 Jul 2025 07:57:17 GMT

Off-the-shelf AI vs. Custom AI: Choosing the right fit

As AI adoption accelerates, organisations must decide how to incorporate AI into their strategy. This guide explores considerations such as cost, speed, and data privacy for selecting off-the-shelf or custom AI.

Off-the-shelf AI These are pre-built tools designed by third-party vendors to solve common problems. They’re quick to deploy, cost-effective, and user-friendly, especially for teams without deep expertise.

Feature	Description
Cost-Effective	Lower upfront costs; shared development expenses.
Quick Deployment	Pre-trained models mean faster implementation.
User-Friendly	Minimal expertise needed.
Vendor Support	Updates, integration tools, and documentation included.

Example: Microsoft 365 Copilot Copilot integrates AI across Word, Outlook, Excel, Teams, and more. It helps users write emails, create presentations, and summarise meetings, all within Microsoft's secure environment. For instance, in Teams, it can attend meetings, transcribe conversations, and create searchable summaries.

Still, businesses must manage file access to avoid unintentional data exposure.

Agentic AI: The next step Agentic AI is emerging as a powerful tool: autonomous systems trained for specific tasks. These AI agents can operate independently, drawing on internal data systems to complete their tasks.

Platforms like Copilot Studio enable businesses to build agents themselves offering a blend of off-the-shelf simplicity and custom capabilities. Agents can be trained to handle licensing, support, or data integration across HR, finance, and CRM systems.

Custom AI Custom AI involves building or fine-tuning models of your own. It offers control and strategic advantage but demands more time, budget, and knowledge.

Feature	Description
Customisation	Designed for your specific challenges.
Data Control	Keeps data internal.
Competitive Edge	Can become a proprietary asset.
Time & Cost	Large development and maintenance efforts.

It’s ideal for businesses with unique workflows or compliance needs. For example, a company needing AI that accesses multiple internal systems securely might opt for custom-built solutions.

How to choose Ask yourself:

Are your needs generic or highly specific?
What’s your budget and timeline?
Do you handle regulated or confidential data?
Will your needs grow over time?

Best practices Regardless of the path you choose:

Secure leadership buy-in.
Start with proof of concept, then pilot and scale.
Use cross-functional teams.
Offer training and change support.
Track success through KPIs.

Conclusion Off-the-shelf AI offers speed and simplicity; custom AI delivers depth and differentiation. The choice depends on your goals, data, and resources. As a Microsoft Cloud Solution Provider, we support Microsoft 365 Copilot adoption and offer in-house custom AI development through our Data & AI team – supporting you no matter your needs.

Build your confidence in supporting people with sight loss.

Mon, 07 Jul 2025 12:10:32 GMT

Build your confidence in supporting people with sight loss.

Join Sight Support Worthing's lively, CPD-certified Visual Impairment Awareness workshop and gain the skills, confidence, and understanding to better support people living with sight loss. This interactive session is designed to challenge common myths, break down barriers and leave you feeling empowered to offer support in a respectful, inclusive way.

Led by our fantastic in-house trainers, James and Alison — who bring a wealth of lived experience and expert knowledge — this fun, friendly workshop offers practical tools, real-world insights and a fresh perspective through the social model of disability and beyond.

You'll learn how to:

- Safely and confidently guide someone with a visual impairment

- Communicate effectively and creatively to support accessibility

- Champion equality, diversity and inclusion in your community or workplace

- Understand the social, legal, and everyday realities of sight loss

Who’s it for?

This workshop is perfect for anyone keen to build awareness and inclusive skills both in the workplace and life in general.

When: Wednesday 13th August, 10am–1pm

Where: Sight Support Worthing Centre, 48 Rowlands Road, Worthing, BN11 3JT

Cost: £30 per person

Book your place here

Have questions or need more info? Call us on 01903 235782 or send us a message; we’d love to hear from you!

Lightning Fibre’s Customer Numbers Soar as Local Internet Service Provider Scoops two National Awards

Mon, 07 Jul 2025 10:48:04 GMT

Lightning Fibre’s Customer Numbers Soar as Local Internet Service Provider Scoops two National Awards

Full Fibre broadband network operator and Internet Service Provider (ISP) Lightning Fibre has won two UK Fibre Awards reflecting their recent growth across the South East. More and more households and businesses are making the switch to Lightning Fibre, to access affordable, reliable full fibre broadband. Using the latest full fibre optic technology, the new infrastructure provides lightning fast, rock solid broadband with symmetric speeds from 100Mbps to 10,000Mbps.

At the UK Fibre Awards 2025, Lightning Fibre was recognised as the sector’s ‘Take-Up Champion’ and was also awarded ‘Sales/Commercial Team of the Year’, standing out among national providers for its impressive growth, high retention and customer-first approach.

With UK households feeling the pinch from rising bills, Lightning Fibre has introduced a brand new 100Mbps package for just £22 per month, fixed for two years. This is in addition to the Summer Sale, which has seen the price of the 500Mbps package reduced from £32 per month to £25 per month, fixed for two years. This offer ends on 30^th September.

Rob Reaks, Chief Commercial Officer said, “An increasing number of people are making the switch from old copper technology to full fibre; in many cases this means moving away from a large, national ISP. Typically, these mainstream providers impose annual inflationary price rises, mid-contract, which is unpopular with consumers. With Lightning Fibre, the price today is the price you pay for a full two years.”

The company is now used to winning prestigious awards, having scooped the Internet Service Providers’ Association ‘Best Consumer ISP’ award two years running. Customers rate the company ‘excellent’ on Trustpilot, with 95% of reviews having either 4 or 5 stars. Lightning Fibre has a local customer service team available on the phone every day from 8am – 8 pm.

As a local company, Lightning Fibre also supports the local community through charity support and event sponsorship. This year, Lightning Fibre is the headline sponsor of the Hastings Comedy Festival (June) and Hailsham Festival (Sept), and was a major financial supporter of the Eastbourne Carnival and Hastings Pirate Day.

Event organisers of Hastings Comedy Festival said, “This year, with over 90 events across Hastings and St. Leonards, we’re excited to report an improvement in our attendance goal, reaching 77%. A huge thank you to our main sponsor, Lightning Fibre for their continued support in making this community event a success. We also appreciate all the venues and their teams for generously hosting us.”

Lightning Fibre has a shop inside the Enterprise Shopping Centre, Eastbourne open Monday to Friday, 9am–5pm. Check availability online at www.LightningFibre.co.uk

Allica Bank cuts commercial mortgage rates and eases affordability in major product enhancement

Wed, 02 Jul 2025 17:35:09 GMT

Allica Bank cuts commercial mortgage rates and eases affordability in major product enhancement

Allica Bank, the challenger bank for established businesses, has announced a raft of enhancements to its commercial mortgage and specialist buy-to-let proposition. The changes will mean it’s able to support an even wider pool of established businesses, alongside providing a pricing discount for businesses that also open a bank account with it.

The bank has cut all its owner-occupied and semi-commercial investment mortgage rates by 0.25% from 16th June, following an earlier reduction in February this year across its lending products.

It has also announced a 0.10% cut to its specialist buy-to-let offering, which was launched earlier this year with an aim to have made £100 million in offers by the end of the year.

Allica has revealed it will also offer a special 0.25% discount for any business that opens a business current account alongside a commercial owner-occupied mortgage, as it looks to ramp up the number of customers that also use it for day-to-day banking.

This adds to Allica’s existing range of discounts, which include offering a 0.25% for properties with an EPC rating of A to C, for loans over £750,000, or for businesses which demonstrate 2x repayment cover.

Rounding off the enhancements, Allica has also improved its affordability criteria, reducing the stress rate it uses to assess base rate linked loans to just 1%, and debt service cover (DSC) requirements for semi-commercial mortgages to 120%.

Allica Bank has seen its lending grow rapidly of late, with it announcing that its loan book had grown to over £3 billion in 2024 and it has made a range of enhancements to its asset finance and bridging propositions in the last few months, too.

John Harrison, Head of Relationship Management at Allica Bank, said, "The market is changing fast and it's important that Allica is changing with it. We're in close contact with our SME clients and the wider market in Cambridgeshire, and this range of changes to our proposition reflects what we're hearing from them.

“By reducing our pricing and affordability requirements, we hope we can support even more businesses to achieve their growth plans with the speed and human expertise Allica has become known for.

“I’m pleased, too, to introduce this discount for business owners that also open a bank account with Allica, as we look to support established businesses in even more ways than just lending.”

Electric Storm Youth are seeking a Patron

Wed, 02 Jul 2025 11:27:19 GMT

Electric Storm Youth are seeking a Patron

Investing in the Next Generation – Let's Work Together

We know that strong communities are built through shared effort and that youth work plays a vital role in shaping the future of West Sussex. As a local charity working closely with young people, we're always looking to connect with others who share our commitment to helping the next generation thrive.

That’s where you come in.

Do you remember the path you took to get where you are today?
Was there someone who gave you guidance, encouragement, or an opportunity at the right time?

We’d love to hear your story, and even more, we’d love to explore how your business, experience, or insight could help inspire and support the young people we work with today.

At Electric Storm Youth, we believe every young person deserves a safe space to feel heard, valued, and inspired. Every day, our team works alongside young people, listening without judgment, encouraging without pressure, and creating opportunities for growth, connection, and purpose.

From drop-in sessions and community projects to one-to-one support, we’re here to support every young person. We embrace every opportunity to grow, adapt, and reach young people in meaningful ways. We’re looking for advocates who share our passion and bring their unique skills, experience, and networks to strengthen the impact of our work

We’re looking for patrons who care deeply about the next generation.
Whether you're a business leader, a community champion, or someone with a heart for young people, becoming a patron means becoming part of real, lasting change.

Being a patron isn’t just about funding, it’s about raising the profile of our mission, championing young people, and using your voice and platform to advocate for the importance of Electric Storm Youth charitable work.

As a Patron your support helps us grow our reach, deepen our impact, and keep showing up for the young people who need us most.

Contact; Karen Jefford, CEO karen@electricstormyouth.co.uk to apply or find out more about becoming a patron today.

Catch up with the University of Chichester's Summer Newsletter

Wed, 02 Jul 2025 11:24:54 GMT

Catch up with the University of Chichester's Summer Newsletter

Welcome to Careers and Employability Service newsletter! We are pleased to be bringing you exciting and important updates from The University of Chichester. Our very first edition includes important information about our Senior Leadership Degree Apprenticeships, work placements, upcoming events and event highlights from a successful academic year.

Read the newsletter here

Suspended Ceilings: A Complete Guide to Installation, Types & Benefits

Wed, 25 Jun 2025 10:45:01 GMT

Suspended Ceilings: A Complete Guide to Installation, Types & Benefits

Suspended ceilings continue to be in high demand across UK commercial, healthcare and retail sectors. This guide covers the key information you need to help you choose the right ceiling system for your project.

Choosing the Right Suspended Ceilings for Your Space

Also known as a false, or drop ceiling, suspended ceilings comprise the tiles and the framework on which they’re installed. The ‘drop’ provides a cavity space where pipes, cables, security cameras, lighting and HVAC systems can be hidden. However, there are wider benefits too: cost-effectiveness, easy access to utilities, aesthetics, improved acoustics, heating and energy efficiency and design flexibility.

It’s not just accessibility and aesthetics that will drive your choice; the type of environment, price and also environmental considerations will also play a part. In fact, there is increasing demand for sustainable and recyclable ceiling solutions.

Types of Suspended Ceilings for UK Projects

● Free span - has no exposed grid, providing a seamless look with tiles supported on the perimeter trim.

● Open grid - these systems are a strong design choice giving an industrial, modern look. The ceilings are made up only of an exposed latticed framework structure and are installed without tiles.

● Stretch grid - this is a suspended ceiling made of either PVC film (heated and stretched) or fabric, attached to wall-mounted aluminium profiles. They provide a wide range of designs and finishes with both light projection and acoustic benefits. On the flip-side they make the ceiling cavity above it inaccessible without removing the whole ceiling.

● Concealed and exposed grid systems - a popular choice for refurbishments, these ceilings have an aluminium framework which is either visible or hidden once the tiles are attached.

Suspended Ceilings - Getting the Look You Want

Mineral Fibre Tiles:

These are the most common tiles chosen in the UK because they are cost-effective, provide good acoustic performance, and are fire-resistant. They are used widely in offices, schools and general commercial spaces, such as warehouses, distribution centres, trade outlets.

Gypsum Fibre Tiles:

If you want improved sound insulation and moisture resistance than mineral fibre tiles offer, then these higher density tiles are a good choice. They are particularly good for better acoustic control, so are great for kitchens, toilet and washing facilities and high-traffic areas.

Metal Ceilings

Acoustic Baffles/Panels

Baffles are used for specialist sound control and are suspended vertically to absorb sound. They are used in areas where noise reduction is critical. The obvious example is recording studios, but they are also frequently found in open-plan offices and restaurants.

PVC/Vinyl Tiles

Probably the least aesthetically pleasing but hugely practical for areas prone to damp such as toilet/washroom facilities and kitchen because they are waterproof and easy to clean.

Wood Wool Tiles

4 Tips Suspended Ceiling Installations

Find an Experienced Ceiling Installation Company

Suspended ceilings need accurate specification and design; expert fitters will save you time and money. However, as with all construction projects, quality can vary widely. Installation and suspended ceiling companies can be found with a quick google but on top of taking your usual precautions such as taking references from other clients, we recommend finding a company that provides a complete workplace interiors fit out service like Phoenix Systems . Interior fit-out companies have a wealth of experience of not only fitting ceilings but also working with the requirements of your wider project. Experienced fitters can also advise on the best choice of ceiling tile and ceiling frame to meet your needs.

Choosing the Right Ceiling Tile Type & System

It’s easy to be tempted to be driven solely by price so that you can spend more on ‘eye-level’ aesthetics such as decoration and furniture, however cheaper tiles can often mean a lower product quality. While it might seem to be ‘just a ceiling tile’, a lower spec product is more likely to sag, discolour and deteriorate more quickly, costing you more in the long-term.

Cabling and ventilation

Moisture levels

Sound levels (and dampening requirements)

Load-bearing capacity

Design and aesthetics

Cost

On-going maintenance

UK Regulatory Requirements for Suspended Ceilings

Suspended Ceilings Costs Guide & Avoiding Hidden Costs

It will be no surprise that the larger the space, the higher the cost. Your choice of framework and tile will affect the average price range per square metre. When preparing your budget, plan for the unexpected. Here are some items which need to be planned for:

● Free span - has no exposed grid, providing a seamless look with tiles supported on the perimeter trim.

● Open grid - these systems are a strong design choice giving an industrial, modern look. The ceilings are made up only of an exposed latticed framework structure and are installed without tiles.

● Concealed and exposed grid systems - a popular choice for refurbishments, these ceilings have an aluminium framework which is either visible or hidden once the tiles are attached.

DISCOVER RECENT PROJECTS

At present, there are the main types of ceiling tiles in the UK, each with its own benefits.

Durable and stylish, metal ceilings are the choice for a premium aesthetic as they come in a range of finishes. Frequently used for reception areas, retail spaces and high-end office design. Note, they tend to be more expensive but longer lasting.

A great choice for eco-conscious projects, wood wool tiles are both sustainable and offer good sound absorption. Made from recycled wood they provide a natural aesthetic.

During your design phase you’ll need to take into account the following factors:

For safety, your fit-out has to comply with UK building regulations including;

● Fire - make sure all materials meet UK fire safety standards (BS 476)

● Part E Building Regulations (Sound Installation) to minimise noise transmission between floors

● Ventilation & humidity control - moisture levels will impact material selection and make sure that the installation design provides for adequate ventilation to prevent condensation.

● Site preparation

● Delivery

● Waste removal

● Re-routing of cables and utilities

● Contingency budget - in the event there are unexpected project overruns which could financially impact your business.

And remember, long-term costs will come into play too. For example, tile ceilings are more accessible and will therefore be easier and cheaper to maintain if you need to replace a tile or get into the cavity space, versus stretch ceilings which would need to be replaced.

You’re One Call Away from Expert Installation Advice

Suspended ceilings need accurate measurement and expert installation. Phoenix Systems has a wealth of experience in interior workplace design and installation across the South East and can advise on the best approach for your project. Send us an email or give us a call today on 01903 765366.

Santander launches annual entrepreneurship competition, with new SME Category added to support more businesses across the UK.

Mon, 23 Jun 2025 10:05:20 GMT

Santander launches annual entrepreneurship competition, with new SME Category added to support more businesses across the UK.

Applications for the Santander X UK Awards1 2025 are now open.

Now in its 15th year, Santander’s annual entrepreneurship awards have provided over £1.1 million in funding and support to thousands of UK businesses to date.

New SME category this year provides support for even more businesses across the UK, at a time when Santander research shows that business confidence has dipped, with confidence in growth dropping to 70% from 74% since autumn 2024.1

Last year, Santander saw more than 850 university and start-up businesses apply for the awards, covering a range of industries including healthcare, sustainability, AI and tech.

Santander is offering early-stage startups and small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) across the UK the opportunity to win a share of £135,000 in funding and business support through the Santander X Awards.

The Santander X UK Awards is one of the UK’s largest early-stage business pitching competitions, having provided over £1.1 million in vital funding and business support to thousands of UK businesses to date.

This year the competition has three categories to support businesses at critical points in their business journey:

University: for new businesses looking to launch
Startup: for early-stage businesses looking to grow
SME: for growing businesses looking to scale

150 businesses (50 per category) will be shortlisted by 1 September. The shortlisted businesses will join a series of online pitch workshops. All 150 businesses will then pitch through a series of online and in-person pitching heats to select the final nine (three per category). On 13 November, the 9 finalists will pitch live at the National Final at Unity Place (Santander UK headquarters in Milton Keynes) to a high-profile panel of judges, including Mike Regnier, Santander UK Chief Executive.

The nine winners (three per category) will win a share of £135,000 in funding and secure an automatic place in the Santander X Global Awards, the bank’s international entrepreneurship competition, where they will have the opportunity to compete against some of the best early-stage startups from across Europe and Latin America in Spring 2026.

Mike Regnier, CEO, Santander UK said: “The Santander X UK Awards are back – and this year with a brand new category, opening the competition up to small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). At a time where business confidence has been hit by global economic uncertainty, the X Awards offers a unique opportunity for entrepreneurs to come together, develop important business skills, and be in with the chance of winning vital funding. We are proud to celebrate 15 years of championing entrepreneurs and supporting hundreds of UK businesses each year through the Santander X Awards programme. If your business is disruptive with the ability to grow or scale, look no further and apply today.”

Sarah Bailey, Founder of Even, and Santander X Awards 2025 Winner said: “We first participated in the Santander X Awards in 2022 and loved the pitch training and community of founders so much, we returned in 2024 - and won! I highly recommend applying to any early-stage founders. The visibility and network has been exceptional, and the Santander X team have been incredibly generous with creating opportunities for Even.”

For more information, and to apply to enter the Santander X UK Awards 2025, click here

Applications close on 16 July 2025.

Mortimer Clarke Solicitors offer Apprentice Levy

Wed, 11 Jun 2025 08:12:05 GMT

Mortimer Clarke Solicitors offer Apprentice Levy

Mortimer Clarke Solicitors have an exciting opportunity – they would like to transfer levy funds to pay for and support a business with apprenticeship training and assessment costs. These funds can only be made to a business who already has an apprenticeship service account and your apprentice will need to start a new programme, as opposed to having already started one, or be midway through one.

If you would like to express your interest, please send a summary, maximum 500 word count, to louise.campbell@mortimerclarke.co.uk by 4pm on Monday 14 July 2025. Your submission should include the following:

An introduction to you and your business;
Your business highlights;
Details about your apprenticeship training programme, what qualifications you would like your apprentice to achieve, what role your apprentice will qualify into and why they are necessary to being effective in their role;
Any other information you feel would benefit including any work you have done within the local community.

Further details regarding the apprenticeship levy and how it can be transferred can be found here: https://www.gov.uk/guidance/transferring-your-apprenticeship-levy-to-another-business

The date for submissions closes 4pm on 4pm Monday 14 July 2025.

Mortimer Clarke Solicitors, established in 2007, is a local Worthing based law firm specialising in litigation. They are part of the Cabot Credit Management Group and fall under the Group membership of the Credit Services Association. Further details can be found here:

https://www.mortimerclarke.co.uk/

https://www.cabotfinancial.co.uk/

Warehouse Step Ladders & Platforms - A Buyers Guide by Phoenix Systems

Wed, 11 Jun 2025 08:04:48 GMT

Warehouse Step Ladders & Platforms - A Buyers Guide

Not every warehouse operation is the same. Your choice of platform or ladder will depend on your environment, set-up and how you’re working within it; as a result there is a vast range of ladders and platforms on the market. In this blog, we look at some of the key items you can look for when selecting your new steps for both safety and productivity.

What to look when buying a ladder or platform

● Height & racking set-up - choose a ladder that is tall enough to safely reach your highest shelf or rack without forcing someone to stretch.

● Workspace - The way you are working, the environment and what you are required to do will influence the choice of your ladder or platform for both safety and efficiency.

● Frequency of use - how long will your team member be working at a height, if they are picking, will they be working at speed? The size of the platform, safety features and ease of mobility, should all be considered.

● Load capacity - load capacity is important. Safety standards will give you an indication of total load weight e.g. 150kg for EN 131 but any set of steps should have a specified load capacity.

● Function - are you picking lighter items and moving quickly around the space, then a mobile picking ladder with casters might be your best choice. If you’re working around vehicles or loading bays, then loading steps will be the better choice. If you need people to be working a wider area at height, or they need greater stability, look for steps with platforms.

● Material handling - if you’re handling lighter items, a lighter, mobile aluminium ladder may be all you need but for boxes or larger items you’ll need greater stability. Steel or fibreglass steps are best for this and you may want to consider additional safety features such as gates which will stop people toppling backwards when handling goods.

● Safety features - if you can afford to pack as many safety features into your budget as you can, it’s more than worth it because with humans anything can happen! From simple handrails to locking casters and safety gates, they all provide that extra peace of mind in a busy area.

● Safety standards - European and British safety standards apply to many types of ladder. See below for additional information.

BROWSE LADDERS & PLATFORMS

Ladder & Platform Safety Features

There is a wide range of safety features that you choose for your steps and platforms which will depend on how you’re working in your warehouse. These standards show that your intended equipment has been designed and assessed for safety and function and help you avoid cheaper fakes that may not be up to the job.

EN 131

EN 131 and BS EN 131 are the British and European product standards applicable to all types or portable ladders. These standards came into effect in January 2019 and replace BS2037 & BS 1129, products under these standards should no longer be available. All ladders should now be designed and manufactured to comply with EN 131 and this is the standard you should look for when purchasing a new portable ladder.

EN14183

When purchasing any kind of step stool, stair-type step or dome-type steps (including foldable versions), you need to ensure your product complies with the European design and safety standard EN 14183.

Going with a known brand can also help. Phoenix Systems stocks UK brands like Climb-IT which are UK manufactured and come with a guarantee.

Other safety features to look out for include:

● Safety gates & enclosed platforms

● Safety locks

● Anti-slip treads

● Adjustable stabilisers

● Non-slip surfaces (for platforms)

● Hand rails & handle bars for stability

● Weight-reactive safety steps which retract castors when body weight is applied.

Further information:

The HSE in the UK provides lots of advice on ladders and their safe use. Find more information on ladders, working safely at heights & safe use of ladders here .

Phoenix Systems are experts in warehouse and interiors design and fit-outs. If you're looking for more advice on how to ensure your warehouse or business unit is a safe and productive space to work in, speak to the team today: 01903 765366 or find out more on www.phoenix-sys.co.uk.

https://shop.phoenix-sys.co.uk/aluminium-folding-steps

https://shop.phoenix-sys.co.uk/climb-it-aluminium-platforms-1

https://shop.phoenix-sys.co.uk/climb-it-uk-warehouse-essentials-safety-steps-10

https://shop.phoenix-sys.co.uk/steps-ladders

insert link - https://shop.phoenix-sys.co.uk/brands/climb-it

https://shop.phoenix-sys.co.uk/climb-it-weight-reactive-safety-steps

link to https://www.hse.gov.uk/work-at-height/ladders/product-standards.htm

Electric Storm Youth Named Charity of the Year by Lancing Bowls Club

Wed, 11 Jun 2025 07:53:48 GMT

Electric Storm Youth Named Charity of the Year by Lancing Bowls Club

Electric Storm Youth, a local charity dedicated to empowering young people, has been selected as the Charity of the Year by Lancing Bowls Club, marking the start of a new and exciting community partnership.

On Monday, June 9th, Electric Storm Youth's Community Partnership Youth Worker, Billy, and CEO, Karen, joined Lancing Bowls Club for a charity match day, even getting a chance to practice their bowling skills. This visit underscored the collaborative spirit of the partnership, which aims to offer engaging and beneficial opportunities for local young people.

"We're incredibly grateful for the support from Lancing Bowls Club," said Karen, CEO of Electric Storm Youth. "Community partnerships like this are vital for our charity. Their financial contributions and, just as importantly, their invitation for our young people to come and learn to play bowls and receive coaching, mean the world to us. It's a wonderful opportunity to introduce a new skill and a fantastic social activity to the young people we support."

The Club and its members are united in their support of Electric Storm Youth and all that the charity does. Amin, Club Captain at Lancing Bowls Club, expressed the club's enthusiasm: "The club and its members are truly united in our support of Electric Storm Youth and all that they do. This forms part of our ongoing commitment to encouraging community participation and supporting meaningful young people engagement. We're really looking forward to a long and successful partnership together and doing all we can to help them."

Get Involved with Electric Storm Youth!

Electric Storm Youth is committed to creating positive opportunities for young people in Lancing. If you're interested in finding out more about our work, have ideas for community collaborations, or would like to discuss how you can support our initiatives, please don't hesitate to get in touch. We welcome partnerships that help us continue to enrich the lives of young people in our community.

https://www.electricstormyouth.co.uk/find-out-more

Wellis Technology: Embracing a New Future

Wed, 11 Jun 2025 07:47:34 GMT

Wellis Technology: Embracing a New Future

After 40 years of successful service in Worthing, West Sussex, Wellis Technology is embarking on an exciting new journey. We are relocating to Swiss Valley, Llanelli, just outside Swansea, and are refocusing our efforts on providing top-tier Security solutions for businesses of all sizes.

As part of this shift, our technical support operation will now be handled by Lee Cooke Computing and Design in Worthing, ensuring continuity for those who need it. All calls to our telephone number 01903 692762 will now be answered by Lee.

At Wellis Technology, our primary focus will now be on helping businesses strengthen their security in the areas of software, AI, and cybersecurity. We are dedicated to supporting the needs of small businesses with tailored, innovative solutions that protect your critical systems and data. We continue our work with BSI (British Standards Institution) and ISO (International Organization for Standardization), ensuring your systems and processes meet the highest industry standards for security and compliance.

Additionally, we are proud to be a part of CUPAS (Commodity Usage Principles and Assurance Service), a project designed to streamline the supplier vetting process and open doors to new business opportunities.

With this move, we are looking forward to working with existing and new clients who are ready to take their businesses to the next level of security and efficiency. We are excited about the future and the opportunity to help you grow in a secure, innovative environment.

Kreston Reeves promotes two new partners

Mon, 09 Jun 2025 11:23:25 GMT

Kreston Reeves promotes two new partners

Accountants, business and wealth advisers Kreston Reeves announce the promotion of two new partners effective from 1 June 2025.

Mohammed Mujtaba is promoted to Corporate Tax Partner and Alex Tushingham is promoted to Audit Partner.

Mohammed is based in the London office and joined the Kreston Reeves Corporate Tax team in 2019. He has a keen interest in corporate restructuring and M&A work, particularly those with cross-border and international tax elements.

Alex is based in the London office and joined Kreston Reeves in 2016, having previously worked at one of the big four firms. Alex specialises in assurance for UK based and international businesses including many with LSE and AIM listings. Alex is also a member of the firm’s large and complex group and internal technical consulting team.

Nigel Fright, Managing Partner at Kreston Reeves comments: “Congratulations to both Mohammed and Alex on their promotion to partner. This well-deserved recognition reflects their expertise and commitment to delivering exceptional service and results for our clients, along with the advice and support they give to our wider teams in London, Kent and Sussex.

“We would like to thank them for their outstanding contribution as they continue to help our clients tackle many challenges, especially those with international business interests as the UK adjusts to many new trading relationships, tariffs and tax changes.

“They will both support the firm’s continued growth and opportunities in the market, and we look forward to their continued contributions for our clients, colleagues and communities”.

Electric Storm Youth marks Volunteers’ Week 2025!

Wed, 04 Jun 2025 09:49:28 GMT

Electric Storm Youth marks Volunteers’ Week 2025!

Volunteers’ Week returns this year after reaching its 40th anniversary last year. From 2 to 8 June 2025, Electric Storm Youth will join thousands of charities and voluntary organisations recognising the contribution volunteers make across the UK.

Running every year since 1984, the week provides a crucial opportunity to thank volunteers and recognise the value of their time, passion and skills. The campaign highlights the diversity and unity of volunteer work across the UK.

This Volunteers’ Week Electric Storm Youth will be celebrating their 26 volunteers, by taking them all out for lunch and drinks at the Beach Green Hotel in Lancing.

CEO Karen Jefford said: “We literally would not function without our amazing volunteers and Volunteers' Week is a chance to thank them properly. Our shop volunteers do a fantastic job of not just keeping the shop and its displays looking great but also ensuring the shop is a thriving part of our community. Our Youth Volunteers show up every week full of enthusiasm and ideas to support and engage our young people and our Trustees share their expertise and support and ensure we have a Board that represents our community."

Volunteers’ Week is led by the UK Volunteering Forum, a partnership between Volunteer Scotland, the National Council for Voluntary Organisations (NCVO), the Wales Council for Voluntary Action (WCVA) and Volunteer Now in Northern Ireland.

The UK Volunteering Forum said: “Volunteers bring a richness to organisations across the country. There is no better time to recognise the diversity of our volunteers and celebrate the diff erence that volunteering makes than during Volunteers’ Week. Without volunteers many charities just simply could not function, with so many people giving up their time and going above and beyond. The week is a chance for all of us to show just how vital they are to charities and communities everywhere.”

www.electricstormyouth.co.uk

Retail cyber attacks: A wake-up call for every industry

Mon, 02 Jun 2025 11:57:49 GMT

Retail cyber attacks: A wake-up call for every industry

Recently, several UK retailers, including Marks & Spencer, Co-op, and Harrods, were hit by serious cyber attacks. The common thread? Sophisticated social engineering tactics, where threat actors impersonated staff to trick IT service desks into resetting passwords and granting internal access.

Key incidents:

Marks & Spencer experienced major disruptions across online ordering, in-store systems, and remote work.
Co-op confirmed customer data exposure and ongoing disruption to customers experience.
Harrods reported attempted breaches that disrupted platform access.

These coordinated attacks were not random. Intelligence suggests a highly organised threat actor group using advanced social engineering techniques targeted service desks to gain administrative control.

What this means
While these incidents are focused on retail, the techniques used are sector-agnostic. If your organisation has a help desk, remote access tools, or identity management services in place, you are a potential target.

Actionable steps for organisations

At FluidOne, we recommend these steps:

Reinforce protocols
- Review and tighten procedures around password resets.
- Implement strong identity verification processes.
- Train staff on social engineering red flags.
Secure systems
- Patch VMware hosts to latest level and segment management access via private VLANs.
- Enforce multi-factor authentication (MFA) and conditional access across all administrative accounts and ensure administrative passwords are secure.
Boost detection & response
- Monitor for “risky logon” alerts.
- Deploy threat-hunting techniques and custom detections aligned to emerging indicators of compromise.

For individuals: Stay cyber smart

Be cautious of unexpected password reset requests or unfamiliar MFA prompts.
Use unique, strong passwords and a password manager.
Enable 2FA on all critical accounts.
Monitor accounts for unusual activity
Stay informed about social engineering.

Final thoughts

Security isn’t just an IT issue, it’s a people issue. Social engineering exploits human trust. These attacks highlight how a single moment of misplaced trust can ripple across an entire organisation, no matter the sector.

At FluidOne, our experts provide a comprehensive selection of IT Security services, from MFA to Patch Management to keep you safe. We also have our specialised cyber centre of excellence, CSA Cyber, who provide services across Managed Security, Offensive Security, and Security Consultancy.

For more information, You can reach us through https://www.fluidone.com/contact, call us at 01273 384100 or email us at brighton@fluidone.com to get in touch with our experts today to find out how we can help protect your business.

Chichester event focuses on Tax and Investment Tips

Mon, 02 Jun 2025 11:54:03 GMT

Chichester event focuses on Tax and Investment Tips

Chichester based individuals and business owners were given tips on how they can best navigate the current tax and investment landscape at a recent special personal finance seminar, organised by South East accountants Carpenter Box.

Speakers included Ross Baumann, Senior Financial Planning Manager at Carpenter Box Financial Advisers, who highlighted how ‘fiscal drag’ caused by the freeze on allowances for personal tax, inheritance tax and ISAs heightened the need to make the most of investment returns. He also spoke about the proposed inheritance tax (IHT) treatment on unused pension pots from April 2027, outlining a number of options for individuals.

David Crowter, Partner & Head of Private Client Services at Carpenter Box then gave the audience ideas on how to respond to changes announced in the October 2024 Budget, not least the impact of the IHT changes on family farms. David suggests that clients review their will to ensure it reflects their current wishes, take advice on gifting and valuation planning, and consider using life cover and pension drawings to mitigate the impact on their assets.

Photo l-r: Ross Baumann & David Crowter.

www.carpenterbox.com.

Shake It Up Creative has been shortlisted in the prestigious, national, Independent Agency Awards.

Sun, 01 Jun 2025 17:09:03 GMT

Shake It Up Creative has been shortlisted in the prestigious, national, Independent Agency Awards.

The company has been recognised for its work on the public sector campaign ‘myWorthing’ which took place last year. You may have seen the myWorthing campaign team out and about at events including Jack on the Green and late night shopping. A free myWorthing app was created in line with a centrally funded government project for Worthing called ‘BEACH’, to improve 4G and 5G mobile connectivity along the beach promenade and town centre.

Shake It Up Creative had the task of encouraging the public to conduct app downloads and data connectivity tests, which were incentivised with instant win prizes and a grand prize draw respectively. The team exceeded their project targets and the whole wider BEACH project is now complete. Up against larger agencies and big money campaigns for household brands in the awards, simply being named as a finalist is a huge achievement in itself.

Rachael and Charlotte will attend the awards event in London early July.

Experienced Tax Associate Director joins Carpenter Box

Sun, 01 Jun 2025 16:49:24 GMT

Experienced Tax Associate Director joins Carpenter Box

Zelie Byrne has joined South East accountancy firm Carpenter Box as a Tax Associate Director at the firm’s fast-growing Brighton office.

Zelie, from Lewes, qualified as a Chartered Tax Adviser in 2010 and brings a total of 18 years professional experience to Carpenter Box.

Her areas of expertise include corporation tax, employment taxation, HMRC enquiries, creative industry reliefs and providing support for corporate finance transactions. As a result, she is able to assist both large corporate and owner-managed businesses, as well as those working in the not-for-profit sector.

In addition to working out of the Brighton office, Zelie will also provide expert taxation support to the firm’s Lewes office following the recent merger with Clark Brownscombe.

Zelie commented: “I am delighted to be joining the award-winning Carpenter Box tax team and look forward to contributing to the success of such a dynamic firm with clear ambitions for future growth.”

Outside of work, Zelie is married with three children and enjoys travelling both within the UK and abroad.

www.carpenterbox.com

George Square Financial Management Monthly Review

Wed, 14 May 2025 09:18:58 GMT

George Square Financial Management in conjunction with Albemarle Street Partners Monthly Review

Watchful waiting through the first 100 days of President Trump Mark Two

We have just passed the milestone for the first 100 days of the second presidency of Donald Trump. He greeted the milestone with a rally in Michigan, celebrating what he called “the most successful 100 days in the history of America.” While it's ultimately up to American voters to decide, the data paints a more mixed picture.

His rally came as US economic activity shrank at an annualised rate of 0.3% in Q1, a sharp drop from 2.4% growth the previous quarter and well below forecasts for a 0.3% rise. True, there are some short-term factors such as stockpiling of goods ahead of the introduction of tariffs that played a part in that number, but it is nonetheless a rapid turnaround in the prospects for the US economy.

Although 100 days is a short period, we can still think about it as having three distinct eras (if an era can last just a few days, certainly it has felt like that). In the first era, which ran from Trump’s inauguration on 20 January until 2 April, the market was anxious about Donald Trump’s proposals on tariffs but there was no panic. An underlying belief persisted that when the tariffs were finally announced on what he termed ‘liberation day’ it would be done in such a way that markets would be protected. This was built on the belief that in his first term Trump worked hard to keep markets up, seeing them as a key metric to judge his own success. This phase came to an abrupt end on liberation day.

When Trump stood in the Rose Garden of the White House and announced a raft of enormous and arbitrary tariffs across the world there was genuine shock. Why were we not better prepared? Well, how could we be prepared for a set of tariffs that seemed to relate to no rational methodology at all. On this day, attitudes from market participants changed. Instead of believing that Donald Trump would basically prop up the stock market, investors now concluded he really didn’t care. His motivation really was achieving generational change where manufacturing returned to the United States. This would entail enormous economic disruption and stock market losses, but this was his belief system, and he was going to do it. This can be seen as the moment of maximum despair about Trump. We wrote at the time that the key thing for investors to remember at that moment was that he is not all-powerful. He will fundamentally meet institutional forces that would seek to restrain him.

Whilst we had felt the first stage was unduly complacent and had moved into some higher-quality assets ahead of the inauguration to prepare, we now felt that the second phase was too despairing.

This second phase came to an end just as suddenly as it had begun. On 9 April and in the days running up to it, markets had started to exhibit an even more worrying feature than falling share prices. The cost of US government borrowing had begun to rise even as the value of the dollar fell. This is just not in conventional terms ‘supposed to happen.’

It indicated that the United States, conventionally thought of as the safest place in the world to lend your money to, was having to pay more to persuade investors to lend to it. Lenders estimated that Trump’s actions would undermine the US economy.

Normally, if the US government is paying you more to lend it money, we see the dollar rise. Investors flow back to the safety of the United States rather than lend money to riskier places because the gap between the interest they get paid on the safer lending to the United States has shrunk. This time, the dollar fell. In other words, money was still fleeing the nation. This is common in emerging markets and even some smaller developed markets when they hit hard times but is extremely rare for the mighty United States.

In our view, it is this factor that led Trump to suddenly reverse course and massively reduce his tariffs for a 90-day period for all nations other than China. In other words, the bond markets spoke, and Trump lost the game of chicken. There are those who will argue it was all part of a master plan. We will of course never know. Yet his own trade adviser probably wished he had been told the plan, if indeed there was one, as he was appearing before Congress vociferously defending the tariffs at the moment he withdrew them.

This moment ushered in a third era. It has not been easy, and the market remains highly volatile, but it is not as scary as the second era. Now we recognise that something short of the tariffs announcement made on 2 April is the ‘worst case scenario’ for tariffs. The bond market simply won’t lend him the money he needs at the rate he needs if he goes back to that level of protectionism. There is after all always a bigger kid in the playground. For Donald Trump, the bigger kid is the bond market.

Yet despite this, there are still punishing tariffs in place and there is still a rapid staccato range of new policies being announced constantly, which are unsettling markets. The economic damage is to some extent done with business and consumer confidence having fallen sharply. So, it is certainly not the case that ‘all is well’.

So how have we responded to this situation? When there is market turbulence such as this, the overwhelming urge is to do something. Doing something relieves our anxiety about these events. We have seen some other wealth managers do things like move a very small portion of their assets out of the United States and into Europe. In the short-term, this may have helped very slightly. But its impact is really very small indeed.

Ultimately, our conviction has been that to take risk out of portfolios in the past three months whilst this turbulence has been going on would have done two things. Firstly, it would have move investors into the losses that occurred suddenly when the aggressive tariffs were announced, even though it seems there is now a slow pullback from these policies. Secondly, it would have meant that investors would have seen their portfolios trading during a period of high volatility when it is frankly anybody’s guess hour by hour and day by day whether the trading would help.

Instead, we believe that the more psychologically uncomfortable position of watchful waiting has been the right policy. We have not rushed to make changes to these long-term portfolios because we know that attempting to time short-term market volatility very rarely rewards investors. Ultimately, the world works through its problems and finds solutions. Sometimes we just have to wait.

We will continue watchful waiting in the days ahead as we carefully judge the right moment to re-balance portfolios. We will be looking for a period of more modest stock market volatility to make that judgement.

The content of this material is a marketing communication, and not independent investment research. As such, the legal and regulatory requirements in relation to independent investment research do not apply to this material and it is not subject to any prohibition on dealing ahead of its dissemination. The material is for general information purposes only (whether or not it states any opinions). It does not take into account your personal circumstances or objectives. Nothing in this material is (or should be considered to be) legal, financial, investment or other advice on which reliance should be placed. No opinion given in the material constitutes a recommendation by Albemarle Street Partners that any particular investment, security, transaction, or investment strategy is suitable for any specific person. Although the information set out in this marketing communication is obtained from sources believed to be reliable, Albemarle Street Partners does not make any guarantee as to its accuracy or completeness. Albemarle Street Partners will not be responsible for any loss that you may incur, either directly or indirectly, arising from any investment based on any information contained herein. This material may include charts displaying financial instruments’ past performance as well as estimates and forecasts. Any information relating to past performance of an investment does not necessarily guarantee future performance. Albemarle Street Partners is a trading name of Atlantic House Investments Limited (AHI), which is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority ("FCA") FRN 931264. Trading address: 135 Bishopsgate, London, EC2M 3TP.

Pilbeam protects Newhaven Fort for future generations

Wed, 14 May 2025 09:02:53 GMT

Pilbeam protects Newhaven Fort for future generations

Sussex contractor Pilbeam Construction is celebrating after completing its work on the £7.5m restoration of Newhaven Fort, which will safeguard the attraction for generations to come.

The 12-month project required heritage expertise and careful liaison with Historic England as the Scheduled Ancient Monument was painstakingly improved.

The work resolved serious damp issues and transformed buildings into new event spaces, which will help the fort to broaden its appeal beyond military history enthusiasts and put Newhaven on the map as a visitor destination.

Alan Corbett, managing director of Pilbeam Construction, said: “We are proud to have been involved in this important restoration of Newhaven Fort – and to meet visitors who are overjoyed with the transformation.

“Preserving a Scheduled Ancient Monument such as the fort is a careful balancing act. We could make repairs and changes, but because of the listed status of the site, Historic England kept a tight rein on any changes, even if they were originally poorly constructed.

“Our specialist work needed to preserve the fort, without making it look like it had been disturbed. Communication was key. Without a doubt the biggest challenge was restoring 18 casemates and turning them into the warm and welcoming exhibition spaces they are today.”

Pilbeam Construction has extensive experience in the heritage building sector which meant it was well placed to deal with the challenges involved, while site manager Simon Hepworth lives in Newhaven and has visited the fort multiple times as a local resident.

Materials had to be transported across a small and narrow bridge with a five-tonne weight limit, so the team set up an external compound and carefully planned for the machinery required.

The biggest job was restoring 18 casemates (vaults within the site) and solving a serious damp problem. The team removed 300 cubic metres of soil, laid a membrane and drainage and then put all the soil back. This will prevent 90% of water ingress.

Pilbeam’s experts then carefully removed paint and added ventilation, creating dry, warm and welcoming exhibition spaces, with brickwork that pops with natural colours.

The casemates now provide an enhanced visitor experience and two of the casemates are available for venue hire.

Some of the historic mass concrete was removed to expose and repair steelwork, and provide reinforcement to the gun emplacement roofs, which required specialist techniques such as hydro demolition and a sprayed concrete method.

The complicated project included more than 30 different elements and careful liaison with other specialist contractors working to improve the site.

Other key repairs within the project included essential repairs to WWII gun emplacements, improvements to site entrance and accessibility and repointing and masonry repairs to casemate frontages.

The Romney Hut was reclad to provide a versatile event space, there were improvements to handrails and edge protection and there were repairs to WWII canopies over the gun emplacements.

Ryan Stock from heritage specialists Pritchard Architecture said: “This conservation-led project required a collaborative relationship with Historic England which allowed us to develop radical, but sensitive interventions.

“The project pioneered several strategies in the conservation of fortifications, with other organisations now taking inspiration from our work.”

The specialist team behind the restoration also included HOP Consulting, IWA M&E Consulting Engineers and MEA, as well as many more, who together worked in partnership to deliver the exciting project for operator Wave Active, which runs the fort for owner Lewes District Council.

The fort reopened to the public in February 2025 and has been so popular, visitors are being advised to book in advance on weekends and holidays.

Duncan Kerr, chief executive at Wave Active, which operates Newhaven Fort, said: "Newhaven Fort is an important landmark in the community and we’re so excited to see the specialist team from Pilbeam and other contractors complete this important project.

“Together their work will safeguard this community asset for local residents and attract visitors from Sussex and beyond, helping us to boost jobs and awareness about what Newhaven has to offer.”

For further information visit: www.pilbeamconstruction.co.uk

Worthing FC - Corporate Six-A-Side Returns!

Wed, 14 May 2025 08:52:11 GMT

Worthing FC - Corporate Six-A-Side Returns!

This full day event on Saturday 21st June will see 24 teams compete in full tournament format ending with our two top battling it out in the final for the chance to win the coveted trophy.

FA affiliated referees
Hot food available
Stand Bar open from 12pm
Presentation/trophy for winning team
10 players per team

The cost for entry is £250.
Interested parties should contact commercial@worthingfc.com to secure your team’s place.

Last year’s tournament was won by Randall & Chisnall

Landlords and sole traders urged to prepare for MTD

Mon, 12 May 2025 10:50:22 GMT

Landlords and sole traders urged to prepare for MTD

It may be almost a year away, but landlords and the self-employed are being urged by South East accountants Carpenter Box to prepare for April 2026 when the new Making Tax Digital (MTD) for income tax era kicks in.

MTD for income tax will transform the way property rental businesses and sole traders with incomes of £50,000 or more (£30,000 from April 2027) manage their tax obligations, with a new requirement for digital records, online quarterly revenue reporting and a year-end declaration.

“MTD is part of the government’s taxation plans to enhance efficiency, and reduce tax reporting errors and omissions,” says David Crowter, Carpenter Box Tax Partner and Head of Private Client Services.

“It will mandate landlords and sole traders earning above the threshold to maintain timely trading records in a digital format and to comply with a quarterly and annual reporting regime, or risk being fined for late submissions. Self-assessment tax returns and payments will continue as is.”

MTD for income tax will require those affected to keep digital records of the amount, category and date of income and expenses relating to self-employment and/or a property business. A separate quarterly update will be needed for each trade or property business, so if a sole trader also has property income, they will need to submit eight quarterly submissions each year.

“Making Tax Digital marks a significant change to the UK tax system, but with the right tools and preparation, it can actually simplify tax compliance,” says David. “Although the start date is almost a year away, it’s worth getting advice now on how best to prepare for this important change in business income reporting for landlords and those who are self-employed.”

www.carpenterbox.com

Digital Exporting Programme & Digital Commerce Events

Mon, 12 May 2025 09:58:37 GMT

Digital Exporting Programme & Digital Commerce Events

Some exciting opportunities and new partnerships below!

E-Commerce Week - 23-27 June 2025

E-Commerce Week will take place 23-27 June 2025 and DBT are working together in partnership with leading industry board members from the E-Commerce Trade Commission. This includes Chartered Institute of Export & International Trade, eBay, Amazon, Google, Shopify, Alibaba, Association of International Courier & Express Services (AICES), Federation of Small Businesses (FSB), and the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW).

Ambition: to galvanise UK small businesses to view e-commerce as a priority for export growth

Create a UK-wide conversation via stakeholders working with small businesses to encourage them to use e-commerce for growth
Create business opportunities for companies to connect with global marketplaces, service providers and partners to grow their digital exports.
Create educational opportunities to help companies to understand the ‘how’

Details:

Mon 23 June to Fri 27 June 2025.
Five days of free events, workshops, social media, in-person and education activities aimed at small businesses
Amplification of messaging and multiple stakeholder activities and promotions across the UK
Commercially focused ‘speed-date’ style event on Wed 25 June
Launch of the E-Commerce Trade Commission’s final report on Tue 24 June

We want businesses to:

See e-commerce as a priority for business growth
See e-commerce as a first step to export, and to access new markets
Access the support and advice available, e.g. from E-Commerce Trade Commission, Amazon, DBT and other industry partners.

Please contact Eastabrook-Wells.jobshare@businessandtrade.gov.uk to get involved.

UK Export Academy Events - find the full list here

Promoting electronic invoicing across UK businesses and the public sector

HMRC and the Department for Business and Trade (DBT) are publishing a joint consultation to understand how e-invoicing may align with you or your customers’ businesses. HMG are interested in responses from businesses of all sizes – whether they use e-invoicing or not as well as interest groups, representative bodies, industry bodies and individuals.

Help HMG to shape a more efficient system, that benefits UK businesses and drives economic growth by responding to the consultation by 7 May 2025

See the consultation at https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/promoting-electronic-invoicing-across-uk-businesses-and-the-public-sector

Drive your UK growth with DBT and Tesco!: Join us to find out more about the UK’s fastest growing new Marketplace - Thursday 29^th April
We are pleased to be partnering with Tesco to help UK sellers launch on the Tesco marketplace with a special webinar.

For Food & Drink/Beauty/ Home/ Lifestyle/Personal Digital and fashion brands, this is a UK opportunity only, to apply to join Tesco’s new marketplace, growing rapidly with the benefit of leveraging off Tesco's clubcard with 22m members. To apply Companies should register for the Tesco webinar details below and the Tesco team will be selecting companies to onboard from the registrations.

Don’t miss this opportunity to apply for the UK’s newest marketplace!

Join DBT to find out more about Tesco Marketplace - Thursday 29^th April 10-11am

*Opportunity for Food and drink, Health and Beauty, Personal Digital, Petcare, Fashion, Home and Garden brands*

Reach Millions of new Customers online with the UK’s largest grocery retailer with 22Mn Clubcard holders and over 100 years of retail selling experience!

The Tesco team will be joining DBT to give you their insight on how to get the most out of selling on Tesco Marketplace

Including:

Key Categories to sell on Tesco marketplace

Seller requirements including Customer service and returns

The quickest way to onboard and get selling

How to get the most out of your listings via brand pages and marketing

How to sell more via personalisation.

Register at https://events.teams.microsoft.com/event/938264ea-098f-45e3-a1fa-3d57d1b485d2@8fa217ec-33aa-46fb-ad96-dfe68006bb86

How is Generative AI Reshaping Consumer Businesses? – Tuesday 13 May 10.00am

Gen AI isn't an upgrade - it's a fundamental shift.

AI is driving work automation and productivity at unprecedented speeds, enabling high-quality, consistent customer journeys without the massive infrastructure overhauls traditionally associated with digital transformation.

From hyper-personalised shopping experiences to streamlined supply chain optimisation, Gen AI is redefining how retailers, e-commerce platforms, brands, and marketplaces operate. AI's ability to exploit data and know-how is transforming customer experience, marketing strategy, product development, and logistics—advancing the entire industry into a new digital first era.

This session unpacks how brands, platforms, and tech providers can adapt and thrive in the new AI-driven landscape.

What You'll Learn:

Omnichannel Strategy: How Gen AI bridges physical and digital retail experiences to create seamless customer journeys

Digital Marketing Evolution: AI agents transforming SEO, content strategy, and ad performance across platforms
Data Driven Decision Making: Using AI to process vast amounts of consumer data for actionable business intelligence
Content & Creative Automation: How AI accelerates and enhances creative production for e-commerce and marketing teams
Customer Experience (CX): Advanced personalisation across digital touch points and in store interactions
Supply Chain Intelligence: Predictive analytics improving efficiencies in both online and offline distribution networks
The Future of Business Models: How AI agents are reshaping traditional SaaS and service models across the consumer sector
AI Implementation Framework: Practical adoption strategies from experimentation to AI-first enterprise

Who Should Attend?

CEOs, CMOs, Chief Strategy Officers, CTOs, and CDOs from retail, e-commerce, consumer brands, and technology providers

Join us as we explore the Gen AI-driven transformation reshaping the entire consumer and retail ecosystem. Whether you operate primarily in physical retail, e-commerce, or both, this session will help you adapt and thrive in the new Gen AI-powered landscape. Don't miss this chance to future-proof your business.

https://events.teams.microsoft.com/event/cd0f5391-6f1e-4399-ada0-4eba2a880c6d@8fa217ec-33aa-46fb-ad96-dfe68006bb86

Unlocking Opportunities in the Global Travel Retail Sector – 15^th May 10.00am

Join the Department for Business and Trade, Travel Retail Experts and Heathrow Airport for an unprecedented insight into Travel Retail!

Explore the Fast-Paced World of Travel Retail

Are you an exciting new UK Accessories, Retail, Food & Drink, Beauty or Personal Digital Company?

Join our exclusive webinar to gain valuable insights into one of the most dynamic and resilient sectors in global commerce – Travel Retail.

Whether you're a brand looking to expand your footprint, or simply curious about the industry, this session is your gateway to understanding how to break into and thrive in this exciting space.

Plus hear more about DBT’s exciting new incubator brand partnership with Heathrow Airport, Click & Collect.

Registration for the Webinar is an automatic EOI for the Heathrow Retail Click and Collect Opportunity, exclusive to DBT.

Pitching sessions will take place in Central London on 26^th June.

What You’ll Learn:

Who’s Who of Travel Retail: Overview of the major global operators and their networks (Dufry, Heinemann, Lagardère Travel Retail, and more)
Top-Selling Product Categories: From luxury beauty to spirits, fashion, and confectionery – what moves and why
How to Connect: Learn where and how to meet key operators and decision-makers – including trade shows, regional events, and industry platforms
Heathrow Airport Retail: The opportunity, how the site works, the pitching process, what happens next and planned go live date.
DBT Support: Hear more about upcoming events and activity

Why Attend?

Invaluable overviews and insights by industry experts
Access to exclusive opportunities post-webinar
Networking tips to enter and succeed in the sector

Register now and get ahead in the world of travel retail.
https://events.teams.microsoft.com/event/36a0f2c1-ebaf-4df3-b728-4b152ef03dbf@8fa217ec-33aa-46fb-ad96-dfe68006bb86

Top tips on how to sell your beauty products to the world - Tuesday 13 May at 11:00am

Hear from the founder of Beauty Bulb, a leading global, multi-platform sales growth business for beauty and wellness brands, on the help and support available to help you grow your beauty business around the world.

The demand for beauty products across the world is growing. Selling your beauty products to overseas customers can help you increase your profits and also grow your brand on a global platform.

Faye Speedie, Founder of Beauty Bulb, will take you through how her team have become experts in sales growth, sales strategy, new business development and international expansion.

Alongside Faye, will be Alethea Warburton, International Trade Adviser, and Vincenzo Gallone, International Trade Adviser, leading on the Consumer and Retail Sector, who will provide their insights on how the Department for Business and Trade can help you increase your sales, growth and stability when trading overseas.

What you’ll learn

increase your knowledge and awareness of exporting beauty products
how to access key contacts that may be able to help you
the growth opportunities for your beauty business in overseas markets

https://www.great.gov.uk/export-academy/events/top-tips-on-how-to-sell-your-beauty-products-to-the-world-13-may-2025/

Understand business etiquette in France - Thursday 15 May at 10:00am

If you’re considering selling your products or services in France or establishing a partnership with a French company, this webinar is designed to help you navigate France’s business culture with confidence.

Expand your language and culture skills and learn about the main characteristics of the French business culture. Learn how to avoid faux pas and build successful business relationships.

France is one of the most modern and highly developed countries in the world. Boasting one of the largest economies in Europe, it is also a key trading partner for the UK. Renowned for its talented workforce, excellent transportation infrastructure, and robust intellectual property protections, France is an attractive market for businesses. Its celebrated cuisine, rich history, and unique way of life add to its allure.

The session will explore key aspects of French business etiquette, ethics, and effective relationship management with French counterparts. Understanding the dos and don’ts of French business culture will empower you to seize opportunities and thrive in this market.

You will also hear from Julie Hutchinson of International Collection Ltd, a seasoned exporter with extensive experience living and trading on both sides of the Channel. Julie will share her insights and practical tips on succeeding in the French market, covering everything from trading and setting up a business entity to recruiting local staff. Julie will also be joined by Estelle Dingley International Trade Adviser, Department for Business and Trade

What you’ll learn

Learn about the business attitudes and values in France
Practical tips when trading with customers based in France
Learn about setting up an entity and recruiting staff in France

https://www.great.gov.uk/export-academy/events/understand-business-etiquette-in-france-15-may-2025/

Made in the UK, Sold to the World Roadshows – April to September 2025
Join DBT at one of six new roadshows that will be touring the UK this year. Visiting locations in Northern England, the Midlands, Wales, Southern England, Northern Ireland and Scotland, they are open to all sectors, but with a different sector spotlight at each location.

Designed to facilitate world class conversations and create quality connections, these Roadshows intend to build your business confidence and provide you with the information you need to fast-track your global growth.

Whether you are exploring trading internationally for the first time or looking to expand your global presence, if you have an export ready product or service, these events could help you accelerate your approach to new markets:

Each Roadshow will include a commercial/buying zone of sector/market specialists and buyers, business support zone, and a seminar programme, led by senior Department for Business and Trade representatives from across our network.

For more details visit https://eu.eventscloud.com/website/16327/

Museums and Heritage Show – Wednesday 14 May
The Museums & Heritage Show (MHS) is the UK’s largest annual trade show for the Experience and Attractions sector, drawing in nearly 2,200 worldwide buyers and more than 150 exhibitors.

Join the Department for Business and Trade (DBT) at the Museums + Heritage Show this May. The largest exhibition for the Museums and Cultural sector in the UK has over 2,000 museum professionals from the UK, Europe and other overseas markets attending to source new products and services for their museums, galleries or attractions.

DBT is hosting a stand and business lounge at this year’s event and is offering on-site meetings on a first come first served basis for UK companies looking to develop their export capability and pursue specific opportunities within the museums and attractions sector.

International representatives from the following markets will attend MHS as part of a DBT hosted inward delegation and be available for 1-2-1 meetings with interested UK suppliers:
India, Hong Kong, China, Oman, Abu Dhabi, Egypt (Delegate information will be confirmed in due course.)

For more details visit https://eu.eventscloud.com/website/16456/ or contact rozmin.blatt@businessandtrade.gov.uk

Cyber Threat Monthly Newsletter from Fluid One

Wed, 07 May 2025 11:34:33 GMT

Cyber Threat Monthly Newsletter from Fluid One

New 2FA Phishing Kit Astaroth Threatens User Logins

IT security has long been a game of cat and mouse, with cyber criminals and security professionals constantly evolving their tactics. A new threat, the Astaroth phishing kit, highlights this ongoing battle by targeting two-factor authentication (2FA)—a security measure once seen as a reliable defence.

Understanding MFA and 2FA
Passwords have traditionally been the primary line of defence in digital security. However, due to their vulnerabilities, multi-factor authentication (MFA) was introduced to enhance protection. MFA requires users to provide two or more forms of identification—commonly passwords alongside biometric data or one-time codes—before granting access. 2FA, a subset of MFA, typically involves just two methods.

What makes Astaroth different?
While MFA and 2FA have significantly improved security, they’re not immune to attack. Phishing remains a popular tactic, with scammers posing as trusted entities to steal credentials. Astaroth takes this a step further.

First appearing in January 2025, Astaroth is a sophisticated phishing kit designed to intercept 2FA codes in real-time. It works by creating convincing replicas of legitimate login pages, tricking users into submitting their credentials. Once entered, the kit captures both the password and 2FA code, allowing attackers to access the real site immediately—bypassing what would normally be a strong security barrier.

How the attack works:

A user receives an email that appears to be from a trusted source (e.g., Microsoft or Gmail).
Clicking the link directs them to a fake but authentic-looking login page.
As the user enters their credentials and 2FA code, the kit relays the information to the real site, granting the attacker access.

What sets Astaroth apart is its ability to function as a live "man-in-the-middle," capturing credentials and 2FA tokens in real time. Traditional phishing kits often stop at collecting static login details—this one goes further.

Protecting Yourself
Vigilance is key. To protect against Astaroth and similar threats:

Be sceptical of unexpected login requests or urgent emails.
Always double-check URLs—legitimate Microsoft logins, for instance, use https://login.microsoftonline.com.
When in doubt, contact your IT team before clicking.

Need support with your IT security?

Cyber threats evolve constantly, making awareness your best defence. At FluidOne, we offer training to help users stay informed, along with solutions like MFA, mobile device management, and secure networking. You can reach us through https://www.fluidone.com/contact, call us at 01273 384100 or email us at brighton@fluidone.com to get in touch with our experts today to find out how we can help protect your business.

Hemiko - Notice of Works on Richmond Road from 2 June – 22 July 2025

Wed, 07 May 2025 09:53:42 GMT

Hemiko - Notice of Works on Richmond Road from 2 June – 22 July 2025

We will shortly be commencing works which will affect Richmond Road in Worthing. To receive regular updates on upcoming works in Worthing, please sign up to our mailing list by emailing worthing@hemiko.com, and a member of our team will add you to our distribution.

What works are taking place?

Phase 1:
Hemiko will be working on the southbound lane of Chapel Rd and the section of Richmond Rd between Worthing County Court and the Chapel Rd junction, resulting in a westbound lane closure on Richmond Road.

Chapel Rd will remain open two-way, with a filter system and temporary traffic lights in place at the Richmond Rd junction to control the flow of traffic. The westbound lane of Richmond Rd will be closed and traffic entering Chapel Rd from Richmond Rd will only be able to travel northbound. Vehicles wishing to travel westbound from Chapel Rd onto Richmond Rd will be diverted via Chapel Rd, Teville Rd, and Christchurch Rd.

Pedestrians will also be unable to cross from the central island on the Richmond Road junction to the pavement outside The Venue but will be able to safely pass onto the east side of Chapel Rd to walk into the town centre.

Several parking bays will be suspended on Richmond Rd, including two disabled bays outside The Venue. Alternative disabled parking is available at the nearby Civic Quarter Car Park; further information on disabled parking is available on the Council website: https://www.adur-worthing.gov.uk/parking/disabled/. By 08:00am on 2 June 2025, all cars will need to be removed from the on-street parking bays on Richmond Rd as illustrated in the diagram. The bus stops outside Worthing Library, Worthing Town Hall, and Worthing Tabernacle Church will be suspended for both phases of works; travellers are encouraged to contact Stagecoach and Compass Travel for further details.

Phase 2:
For the second phase, Hemiko will continue to work on the southbound lane of Chapel Rd and a portion of Richmond Rd. Traffic will continue to flow both ways on Chapel Rd, facilitated by a filter system and temporary traffic lights. Traffic entering Chapel Rd from Richmond Rd will also now be able to turn southbound or northbound.

The bus stops outside Worthing Library, Worthing Town Hall, and Worthing Tabernacle Church will remain suspended over the second phase of works. Likewise, the crossing from the central island on the Richmond Road junction to the pavement outside The Venue will be inaccessible. The parking bays illustrated in the diagram above will remain suspended during this time.

Towards the end of Phase 2, Hemiko will need to close Richmond Road for five days. The dates of this closure and the diversion route for traffic will be communicated in due course, giving sufficient notice to residents and visitors.

Health, safety and accessibility

The health and safety of local residents and our staff is a top priority. We will be installing safety fencing around the site, to keep everyone safe. We have undertaken health and safety assessments of the works and will continue to do these throughout.

If you are a resident of the road with accessibility requirements or vulnerability, please let us know on 01903 337364 or by emailing us and we would be happy to meet with you to discuss your needs, and ensure safe access is always available to your property or place of work.

Thank you – and who to talk to if you’d like more information or to provide feedback

If you have any concerns and would like to speak to one of the local team, you can reach us on 01903 337364 or by emailing worthing@hemiko.com. Further details on how to contact us are accessible on our website, https://hemiko.com/contact-us.

You can also feel free to speak to staff when you see them on site.

Whitehead-Ross Education - Case Study

Mon, 14 Apr 2025 17:45:43 GMT

Whitehead-Ross Education - Case Study

What do you do?

Whitehead-Ross Education integrates education, recruitment, and ongoing employer support to build a sustainable employment network. Our efforts connect businesses with skilled talent, provide job seekers with meaningful opportunities, and contribute to long-term workforce development. Whitehead-Ross Education streamline recruitment for multiple employers across our sites by optimising their hiring process and connecting them with untapped talent pools. By providing insight into the local labour market, we help employers make informed hiring decisions and change the lives and careers of our candidates.

Whitehead Ross Education does not charge for any recruitment support as it is fully funded by The DWP. If you would like to contribute to your community’s economic development and gain dedicated, hardworking employees, reach out to Lili on lilifoskett@wrecltd.co.uk

Why did you join the Chamber?

I joined the Chamber to connect with my local community and expand my network. Working for a government-funded employability service, this aligns perfectly with supporting our customers by connecting with local employers seeking staff - at no cost, no contract, and no agency fees. The Chamber hosts fantastic networking events where I enjoy meeting like-minded professionals, strengthening relationships, and growing my network. I’m grateful for the opportunity to engage with both new and familiar faces, helping to build strong local connections. A huge thanks to the Chamber for making this possible in Worthing and the surrounding areas.

What’s your favourite thing about being a member?

My favourite thing about being a Chamber member is the incredible networking opportunities. The events bring together like-minded professionals, making it easy to build meaningful connections with local businesses. As someone working in employability services, these relationships are invaluable for supporting job seekers and helping employers find staff - without cost or contracts. I love the sense of community, the welcoming atmosphere, and the chance to meet both familiar and new faces. The Chamber truly helps businesses and individuals thrive, and I’m grateful to be part of it.

Carpenter Box Goes from Strength to Strength at Chichester

Mon, 14 Apr 2025 11:40:48 GMT

Carpenter Box Goes from Strength to Strength at Chichester

The Chichester office of Sussex and South East accountancy firm Carpenter Box continues to go from strength to strength, thanks to a successful recruitment drive and an office refurbishment that’s providing further room to grow.

The firm has had an office in Chichester since October 2020 and following the recent refurbishment, has seen the number of employees based there increase from 20 to 30 – and there’s no sign of slowing down.

The Chichester office continues to recruit to satisfy demand for the firm’s professional services, including company secretarial support, corporate audit and assurance work, tax planning advice, an outsourced finance function and estate planning.

Sarah Fitzgerald, Partner, who heads-up the office, commented: “Chichester is home to many great businesses and entrepreneurs, and we are delighted to be a growing part of that community and to be providing career opportunities for local people.

“Our client profile reflects the area’s commercial landscape and includes agriculture and viticulture businesses as well as manufacturers, service companies and entrepreneurs. They each face particular challenges at the moment, whether that’s changes to inheritance tax or increases in employer national insurance. Our aim is to help them navigate this environment successfully and to assist them in becoming more efficient and agile.”

One of the growth areas for the firm is its Outsourced Finance Function, which businesses are increasingly using not just for bookkeeping and accountancy support, but to tap into director level expertise.

www.carpenterbox.com

Support Link to Hope and take on a Transylvanian Sponsored Cycle Challenge!

Mon, 14 Apr 2025 11:13:23 GMT

Support Link to Hope and take on a Transylvanian Sponsored Cycle Challenge!

What is it? An 8 day trip ( 6 days cycling) sponsored challenge through the heart of Transylvania, Romania. A chance to experience stunning scenery, un spoilt rural villages, Saxon UNESCO towns and historic fortified churches. We will be cycling for 335km/210km in a circular loop through the heart of Transylvanian.

There are 10 places and the challenge will take place between 3rd – 10th October 2025

This amazing challenge to raise funds for Link to Hopes education and social care projects. Alongside this we are also raising funds for a wonderful project that supports marginalised adults and children with disabilities based in Brasov.

At the end of the cycle challenge there will be a chance to meet the Hope Without Limits team and see and hear about how your sponsored funds is going to be spent.

Price £795 per person (excluding luggage and drinks)

Includes flights, accommodation, all meals, guides, transfers, bike hire, repairs and maintenance, entrance fees, luggage transfer and medical support.

As we are doing this to raise funds then we ask each cyclist to try to raise £1,000. This might seem daunting but we support you all the way. It’s in our interest to do everything possible to help you raise those funds.

Find out more here

Prestigious Double Award Win for TERRA

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 09 Apr 2025 11:09:16 GMT

Prestigious Double Award Win for TERRA

Since acquiring Tottington Manor 4 Years Ago, the growth and the brand positioning of their restaurant has achieved huge recognition, only one year after the launch of their TERRA Restaurant Sussex.

Following the visit last week of the Nationally recognised AA Inspector, TERRA Restaurant has been awarded their first AA Rosette. Helen Pomery Director said “This recognition is the result of four years of really pushing our team to be the best they can be and receiving this long awaited accolade is the biggest reward for them. Ultimately our guest feedback drives us forward every day and helps push us even further in our mission to receive our next Rosette, our journey has only just begun”.

Chris Hilton, Executive Head Chef at TERRA said “I’m over the moon and so proud to have been part of the journey that Tottington Manor and TERRA Restaurant has been on so far and I continue to be very excited about what the future holds, there is more to come”.

This news came just a week before the call from Restaurants Brighton who spearhead the highly regarded hospitality equivalent of the Oscars! We were incredibly honoured to have won our first BRAVO Award for Most Sustainable Restaurant. Knowing we were up against some very strong contenders we were quite overwhelmed but sustainable hospitality has been our primary focus from day one. With rising fuel costs, it became a priority to eliminate fossil fuels, dramatically reduce our wastage and choosing Sussex ingredients across 90% of our food menu and 25% of our Drinks & Wine List, not only are we actively supporting our local economy, it just feels like the right thing to do.

Last year was the first time we were nominated for a BRAVO and we were really honoured to have been placed at 15^th place for Best Sussex Restaurant. Appreciating the quality restaurants across Sussex also nominated, this gave us a huge sense of achievement but in 2025, we were nominated in 5 categories; Best Sussex Restaurant, Best Team, Best Wine List, Best Sunday Roast and Most Sustainable. Our biggest win was winning the Most Sustainable Restaurant category, however, achieving 2^nd place as Best Sussex Restaurant was beyond words, the whole team feel hugely rewarded because our guests voted for us, there can be no greater recognition. Across all categories we achieved Top 10 for 4 and Top 20 for all 5 nominations out of the thousands nominated. We cannot thank everyone enough, especially Restaurants Brighton who work so hard to champion the Sussex Hospitality Sector.

TERRA Restaurant Sussex is an AA Rosette standard South Downs facing restaurant at Tottington Manor which fully caters for events with AA 4 Star Restaurant with Rooms Award. A fine quality destination to entertain, eat well, drink well and sleep well.

Carpenter Box announces merger with Clark Brownscombe

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 09 Apr 2025 11:08:08 GMT

Carpenter Box announces merger with Clark Brownscombe

South East accountancy firm Carpenter Box is extending its office network into East Sussex with news that it is to merge Lewes-based Clark Brownscombe into its south coast operations.

Carpenter Box currently serves a growing client base from offices in Worthing, Brighton, Crawley, Chichester, Portsmouth and London and this latest announcement marks another important step in the firm’s ongoing expansion strategy.

Clark Brownscombe will continue to operate from the office in Lewes and will adopt the Carpenter Box brand later this year. Current Directors at the firm, Robert Scrivins and Vicky Anderson, will become Partners at Carpenter Box following the merger, which will also see six members of staff join the firm.

Commented Alan Edwards, Managing Partner at Carpenter Box: “I’m thrilled to announce this merger with Clark Brownscombe and delighted to welcome the firm into the Carpenter Box team. They are a perfect fit for our growth strategy, helping us to expand into East Sussex with a Lewes office. Together, we bring nearly 200 years of combined experience in tax planning, advisory services and financial planning and share the same customer service ethos.”

Robert Scrivins added: “This merger is a significant milestone in our journey. We currently have expertise in business, charity and individual accounting and taxation matters and by joining with Carpenter Box, we will unlock additional resources and services that will directly benefit our clients through access to specialist knowledge.”

Carpenter Box, part of the Sumer Group of regional accountancy practices, is an award-winning firm of chartered accountants, tax specialists and business advisers with a reputation for innovation and excellence. The firm, which now has 23 Partners and over 250 members of staff, operates across the south east and in London, with specialist teams helping businesses and entrepreneurs succeed in a profitable, sustainable and tax-efficient way.

Photo L-R: Alan Edwards, Robert Scrivins, Vicky Anderson, Stuart Noakes

www.carpenterbox.com

www.clarkbrownscombe.co.uk

Electric Storm Youth Charity Announces New Leadership

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 09 Apr 2025 11:03:09 GMT

Electric Storm Youth Charity Announces New Leadership

Say Hello, Wave Goodbye

Electric Storm Youth (ESY), a dedicated charity supporting young people across Sompting and Lancing for over 18 years, is proud to announce a leadership transition as it embarks on an exciting new chapter.

We extend our sincere thanks to John Randall, who has served as Interim CEO over the past year. John first joined ESY four years ago as a fundraiser, bringing energy and commitment to the role. In 2024, he stepped into the position of Interim CEO, guiding the organisation through a critical period of growth. Under his leadership, ESY implemented key developments and secured significant funding, including vital support from The National Lottery.

Marion Peskett, Chair of Trustees, shared:

“John has been a tremendous asset to Electric Storm Youth. His dedication, leadership, and ability to bring people together have had a lasting impact. We are incredibly grateful for all he has contributed during his time with us.”

As we look ahead, we are delighted to welcome Karen Jefford CMgr CMI as the new CEO of Electric Storm Youth.

Karen brings extensive leadership experience across the business, education, and charity sectors. A lifelong resident of Lancing, she has a deep understanding of the local community and a clear passion for supporting young people. With 13 years in secondary education, as well as being a mother of two and grandparent, Karen brings both professional insight and personal connection to her new role.

Karen is committed to building on ESY’s strong foundation. Her vision includes expanding services, developing new revenue streams, and strengthening the charity’s resilience, ensuring that ESY remains a vital and visible presence at the heart of the community.

Karen Jefford CMgr CMI, CEO of Electric Storm Youth, said:

“Having continued to engage in education, I see every day how important organisations like Electric Storm Youth are in helping young people navigate the journey from school into adulthood. If we at ESY can support, encourage, and build confidence among our young people, we’re not only helping them today, but we’re also investing in a stronger, more resilient future for everyone. I’m honoured to be part of this next chapter and to lead a charity that truly sits at the heart of our community.”

As we mark this transition, Electric Storm Youth remain firmly committed to its mission: supporting teenagers now and laying the foundations for the future.

www.electricstormyouth.co.uk

Tax and Investment Tips in a Volatile Landscape

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 09 Apr 2025 10:48:05 GMT

Tax and Investment Tips in a Volatile Landscape

How best to navigate the complexities of the current tax and investment landscape in a volatile economic environment?

That was the question that attracted more than 100 clients of South East accountants Carpenter Box to a special personal finance seminar in Horsham.

Roy Thompson, Head of Financial Services at Carpenter Box Financial Advisers, outlined how ‘fiscal drag’ caused by the freeze on allowances for personal tax, inheritance tax and ISAs heightened the need to make the most of investment returns. Moreover, the proposed inheritance tax treatment on unused pension pots from April 2027 will make it more important than ever to adopt a family-based approach to personal finance and tax planning.

He outlined how the pension changes, as proposed by the Government, could significantly increase death duties, but then highlighted a number of current options, that would help mitigate the inheritance tax take.

Inheritance tax was a particularly thorny issue for family farms, said David Crowter, Partner & Head of Private Client Services at Carpenter Box.

“With business and agricultural property relief changing from 100% on certain qualifying assets to being restricted to 100% on the first £1m from 6^th April 2026, many farming families are looking for answers. So, some of the things I have been suggesting to clients are that they review their Will to ensure it reflects their current wishes, take advice on gifting and valuation planning, and use life cover and pension drawings to reduce the amount to be paid in IHT.”

Henry Wilson, Partner, Senior Portfolio Manager at LGT Wealth Management, provided an overview of global financial markets, pointing out that while the global economy remains resilient, there will be investment opportunities. However, diversification and selectivity will be key in navigating the somewhat volatile and shifting economic and geopolitical landscape.

Photo (l-r) shows: Roy Thompson, Head of Financial Services at Carpenter Box Financial Advisers, Henry Wilson, Partner, Senior Portfolio Manager at LGT Wealth Management and David Crowter, Partner & Head of Private Client Services at Carpenter Box.

www.carpenterbox.com.

IT Security vs Cyber Security: the foundation vs the frontier

Wed, 02 Apr 2025 10:18:31 GMT

IT Security vs Cyber Security: the foundation vs the frontier

Securing IT infrastructure is crucial for modern business. But while IT security forms the foundation of protection, it alone is just one piece of the puzzle, with cyber security filling the critical gaps.

IT Security: the foundation

IT security is comprehensive, covering everything from hardware and software protection to managing access, ensuring data integrity, and disaster recovery. It acts as a brick-and-mortar defence—locking doors, securing networks, and safeguarding sensitive information. IT security focuses on protecting the infrastructure itself, ensuring only authorised access to vital resources and keeping systems operational against internal and external threats.

Typical IT security measures include:

Endpoint Security: Safeguarding devices like computers and phones from malware.
Data Security: Encrypting sensitive data to prevent unauthorised access.
Disaster Recovery Plans: Ensuring rapid recovery from breaches, data loss, or outages.
Access Control: Enforcing multi-factor authentication (MFA) for account protection.

These measures are essential for securing internal systems and sensitive data. However, they often lack the flexibility and focus needed to tackle modern cyber threats.

Why IT Security needs Cyber Security

IT security provides the foundation, but it doesn’t address the dynamic nature of cyber dangers. Threats like ransomware, phishing, and advanced persistent threats (APTs) evolve rapidly, requiring specialised, proactive defenses. That’s where cyber security comes in.

Cyber security focuses on protecting internet-connected systems from real-time threats such as hacking and malware, which can bypass traditional IT security. It brings an extra layer of defence, emphasising the detection and response to attacks as they happen. Key aspects of cyber security include:

Threat Intelligence: Identifying emerging cyber threats before they can cause damage.
Incident Response: Having a plan to mitigate the impact of an attack.
Continuous Monitoring: Keeping a watchful eye on systems for signs of compromise.

Without cyber security, your organisation could remain vulnerable to threats that IT security is not designed to handle.

The future of security

As technology evolves, security strategies must adapt. AI, for example, offers huge benefits but also exposes organisations to new security risks. Both IT and cyber security are needed to manage these risks and ensure compliance. Cyber security helps organisations prepare for secure AI adoption, while IT security protects data and enforces security policies.

The necessity of both

In conclusion, IT security provides the essentials for protecting infrastructure, while cyber security actively defends against the evolving cyber threat landscape. A robust defence requires both, ensuring systems are not only secure but resilient against future cyber challenges.

At FluidOne, we provide comprehensive IT and cyber security solutions, empowering businesses to thrive in the AI era. For more information, you can reach us through https://www.fluidone.com/contact, call us at 01273 384100 or email us at brighton@fluidone.com.

Electric Storm Youth have been awarded a Sussex Community Foundation Grant for Young Carers!

Wed, 02 Apr 2025 09:56:24 GMT

Electric Storm Youth have been awarded a Sussex Community Foundation Grant for Young Carers!

Electric Storm Youth (ESY) is delighted to have been awarded a grant of £2804 from the Kim Addison Fund via Sussex Community Foundation, to support the vital work it undertakes with young carers.

Commenting on being awarded the grant, Karen Jefford, ESY’s CEO said “On behalf of the charity and our young carers, we are absolutely delighted to receive this significant grant which recognises the vital work we undertake in supporting young carers in Lancing and Sompting.“

Karen continues, “Young carers have complex needs and often feel socially isolated from their peers. This leads to stress, anxiety and in some cases specific mental health issues which need to be urgently addressed. The grant will enable us to continue to provide much needed support and counselling services to more than 45 individual young carers. This will take place at the Sir Robert Woodard Academy and as part of our general youth sessions.”

In the words of one young carer “The young carers session provides me with help and support when I've had a bad week or month and want to talk about it but may not even know how to start. It is a safe space for a chat in a confidential, non-judgemental way.”

Karen concludes, “Our work with young carers is just one of many projects we run to support young people in Lancing and Sompting. Our youth team takes a holistic and non-judgemental approach to working with young people and understands the complex factors that affect their lives. In addition to our young carers programme we also run mental health counselling, general youth sessions, LGBTQ+ sessions, street-based (detached) youth work, mentoring and work-experience.”

www.electricstormyouth.co.uk

Kalm Horizons is launching a new 8 week mindfulness course at Salt Water Studios in Worthing

Mon, 24 Mar 2025 11:39:10 GMT

Kalm Horizons is launching a new 8 week mindfulness course at Salt Water Studios in Worthing

Inner Peace is mindfulness course designed to introduce and explore mindfulness techniques including gratitude, letting go and acceptance. The sessions have been crafted to still the mind, ease anxiety and help participants sleep more naturally.

Thursdays at 8.15pm

April 10, 17, 24

May 1, 8, 15, 22 and 29

LOCATION: Salt Water Studios
Stoke Abbott Rd
Worthing
BN11 1HE

Price: £95

Penfold Church Hall in Steyning undergoes vital repairs

Mon, 24 Mar 2025 11:36:31 GMT

Penfold Church Hall in Steyning undergoes vital repairs

Heritage experts Pilbeam Construction move in to complete urgent works

Penfold Hall in Steyning, owned by St Andrew & St Cuthman’s Church, is undergoing structural repairs and renovation by Sussex-based contractors Pilbeam Construction.

The hall in Church Street, built in 1840, used to be the National School but is now used as a community space for local residents and is a Grade II Listed building.

Horsham District Council approved a scheme for repairs, designed by Hockley and Dawson, Structural Engineers and managed by Simon Dyson of Hanslip Architects. Now work is underway.

It focuses on a gable wall (a triangular wall that supports the end of a sloping roof) which was in danger of collapse.

The wall required underpinning and repairs to cracks as well as new ties to be installed within the roof space. A cracked beam that supports the roof will be repaired and reinforced – and a new floor covering added when the hall is redecorated.

In addition, a new walkway is being installed in the roof to allow safe ingress, whilst specialist contractor, Crucial Environmental, has taken charge of removing asbestos.

Alan Corbett, managing director of Pilbeam Construction, which is based in Southwick, West Sussex, said: “It’s a challenging project because it’s so important to maintain the integrity and stability of the gable wall during the works – and to ensure the existing foundations are not disturbed during underpinning.

“It takes a specialist in heritage buildings to manage a project like this and we’re delighted to have been chosen for the task.

“These works will ensure Penfold Church Hall continues to be an asset to the local community for years to come.”

John Edwards at Penfold Church Hall said: “The hall has suffered for several years from problems caused by subsidence and the cracks in the back wall have gradually become more serious.

“Thanks to the generosity of the Wilson Trust and the legacy of the late Millicent Honeywood, the Church Council has been able to appoint Pilbeam Construction to carry out the underpinning, strengthening the wall and other repairs.

“Work started in January but careful management of the site means that it remains safe for other parts of the Penfold Hall to be used whilst the work is carried out. We're looking forward to the project being completed by early summer.”

For more information please visit: https://www.pilbeamconstruction.co.uk/

Hemiko give notice of works outside High Street Multi-Storey Car Park from 23-28 March

Mon, 17 Mar 2025 13:08:28 GMT

Hemiko give notice of works outside High Street Multi-Storey Car Park from 23-28 March

We will shortly be commencing works which will affect the High Street Multi-Storey Car Park in Worthing, resulting in a temporary traffic management system to allow vehicles to continue using the car park.

To receive regular updates on upcoming works in Worthing, please sign up to our mailing list by emailing worthing@hemiko.com, and a member of our team will add you to our distribution.

What works are taking place?

Over the coming weeks, Hemiko will be working to install the low carbon energy centre on High Street. From 23-28 March, we will install the steel framework of the energy centre using a crane. As a result, the existing entrance to High Street Multi-Storey Car Park will be inaccessible, and there will be a partial lane closure on High Street where we our staff will be at work.

We want to make sure that residents and businesses who need to use the car park over these dates are not impacted. As a result, we are introducing a temporary traffic management plan over 23-28 March to enable traffic to enter and exit the car park via the current exit onto Chatsworth Road.

The updated routes for northbound and southbound traffic on High Street, along with the routes to enter and exit the car park, are illustrated in the diagram above. Please note that Hemiko will need to put in place temporary traffic management measures for a second time later this spring. The dates for these works will be confirmed in due course.

What do these works mean for residents and businesses on the road, and those nearby?

Hemiko staff will operate stop-and-go traffic controls to facilitate the flow of traffic in and out of the High Street Multi-Storey Car Park, and along High Street. There will also be officers on hand inside the car park to direct vehicles and enable them to park safely.

Traffic wishing to enter High Street Multi-Storey Car Park will need to travel eastbound along Chatsworth Road. Due to the southbound closure of Chapel Road, vehicles are advised to follow a diversion route via Richmond Road, Salisbury Road, Shelley Road, Liverpool Gardens, and Liverpool Road. As part of this new route, the direction of travel on Liverpool Road has been switched, with traffic now travelling north to south. This diversion route will be clearly signposted.

By the time this temporary traffic management system takes effect, the Chatsworth Road junction closure and the temporary traffic light system on High Street will have both come to an end, ensuring that potential disruption to drivers is kept to a minimum. We are working closely with West Sussex County Council and Worthing Borough Council to coordinate our works.

Health, safety and accessibility

Thank you – and who to talk to if you’d like more information or to provide feedback

You can also feel free to speak to staff when you see them on site.

Preparing for Advanced Artificial Intelligence in Manufacturing

Sun, 16 Mar 2025 20:12:47 GMT

Preparing for Advanced Artificial Intelligence in Manufacturing

Manufacturers need to embrace artificial intelligence (AI) or risk missing out on transformational business benefits, members of South East-based METALL (The Manufacturing Engineering and Technology Alliance) heard at their latest meeting.

AI expert Vincent Murphy, founder of Brainstorm, demonstrated how readily available AI tools can transform business processes, including product design, materials science, supply chain efficiency, productivity and workflow optimisation.

He demonstrated how to use a general chat model to tackle in real time member queries such as reducing sales lead times, while encouraging those living in ‘exponential angst’ to ‘talk to AI.’ “You don’t know what it can do, until you try it,” he said.

Vincent referenced a recent IoT-Analytics report, which highlighted that manufacturers employing AI-driven predictive maintenance can achieve accuracy near 50% in anticipating equipment issues, translating to a potential 50% reduction in downtime. This approach also yields a 25–35% saving on maintenance costs. Yet despite this growing evidence of AI’s benefit to industry, 1 in 10 manufacturers still do not engage, whilst the majority skirt around the edges.

“An increasing number of publicly available AI advanced reasoning models can often achieve in less than twenty minutes what it previously took a PhD researcher to accomplish in 2-3 weeks,” he said. “This is not just another technology, we are increasingly within an ever-shortening window, potentially just 2–3 years away, of witnessing the advent of Average General Intelligence, with a subsequent societal impact easily on par with the printing press.”

METALL is supported by accountants Carpenter Box, lawyers DMH Stallard and NatWest Bank. Their events provide opportunities for manufacturing, engineering and technology businesses to share best practice, network with each other and benefit from growth opportunities. The alliance covers a geographical area from South Surrey to the South Coast, including Gatwick Diamond.

Photo (l-r) shows: Andrew Kettle, Relationship Director, NatWest; Tony Summers, Partner & Head of Manufacturing at Carpenter Box; Vincent Murphy, founder of Brainstorm; and Debbie Venn, Partner, DMH Stallard.

Post-16 Transport Policy Statement 2025 to 2026 & the proposed introduction of a Post-19 transport policy.

Sun, 16 Mar 2025 20:04:42 GMT

Post-16 Transport Policy Statement 2025 to 2026 & the proposed introduction of a Post-19 transport policy.

Each year local authorities are required to consult young people of sixth form age and their parents as well as other stakeholders on the Post-16 Transport Policy Statement before it is finalised.

The Post-16 Transport Policy Statement outlines the help that might be available through the Council, schools, colleges and transport operators to help young people of sixth form age and young adult learners aged 19+ who have an Education Health and Care Plan to get to school and college.

In addition, the consultation into the proposed introduction of a travel assistance policy for Post-19-year-olds with an Education, Health and Care plan aims to recognise SEND Post-19 learners as adults in education and identify necessary transport needs in line with Department for Education Guidance.

The aim of this consultation is to:

Check that the Draft Post-16 Transport Policy Statement and Draft Travel assistance policy for post-19-year-olds with an Education, Health and Care plan related information is complete, clear and accurate.

Seek the views of young adults, parents and other interested parties on the proposed Travel assistance policy for post-19-year-olds with an Education, Health and Care plan.

The consultation can be viewed and completed here

Will revised UK company size thresholds affect your business?

Sun, 16 Mar 2025 20:02:03 GMT

Will revised UK company size thresholds affect your business?

With the UK government revising company size thresholds from 6 April 2025, businesses should assess how these changes could impact their financial reporting and regulatory obligations.

While the revised rules will create a less onerous reporting environment for some businesses and reduce the number of businesses requiring statutory audits, there will likely be a greater onus placed on directors and managements when it comes to financial transparency, according to Sussex and South East accountancy firm, Carpenter Box.

The incoming definitions of company size will see the turnover threshold for micro companies with an average of 10 employees increase to £1m from £632k (gross assets increased to £500k from £316k); small companies will be defined as employing an average of 50 people or less, with a turnover of up to £15m, up from £10.2m (gross assets up to £7.5m from £5.1m); and medium companies will be newly defined as employing an average of 250 people or less, with a turnover threshold of up to £54m, from £36m (gross assets of £27m from £18m).

Carpenter Box Partner, Kristina Perry, commented: “The upcoming changes to UK company size thresholds will mark a significant shift in the regulatory landscape. For affected businesses, depending on their size, this will mean less onerous reporting, audit exemptions and simpler annual accounts. However, for some companies, this will place additional responsibilities on directors and management for financial transparency and accountability, which may require additional internal resource or specialist external support.”

To prepare for these changes, Carpenter Box recommends that businesses should initially assess whether the revised thresholds will change their size classification. They should also inform stakeholders of the changes and the steps being taken to maintain transparency and accountability. Finally, a consultation with their accountants or auditors will help smooth the path to the new regime.

If you need any assistance, please contact Carpenter Box on 01903 234094 or visit www.carpenterbox.com.

Notice of night works affecting Chapel Road and Richmond Road – trial hole excavations

Sun, 16 Mar 2025 19:09:10 GMT

Notice of night works affecting Chapel Road and Richmond Road – trial hole excavations

Hemiko will shortly be commencing nighttime excavation works which will affect Chapel Road and Richmond Road in Worthing between 10-14 March 2025 and 17–21 March 2025. We wanted to explain to you what the works will involve, why they are taking place, how you might be affected, and who you can speak to if you would like more information or want to provide feedback.

Who are Hemiko?

Hemiko are a heat networks investor, developer, and operator. We have been selected by Worthing Borough Council to develop the Worthing Heat Network, which is central to the council’s Climate Neutral Strategy. As part of developing the heat network, we will bring jobs, work experience, opportunities for local business, curriculum support, and economic growth to Worthing.

What works are taking place?

Hemiko will be digging trial holes on a small section of Chapel Road from 10 March to 14 March and on Richmond Road from 17 March to 21 March.

Digging trial holes involves removing and assessing small sections of road to ensure no unexpected utilities cables and pipework will be affected by future construction works. These holes will then be reinstated to their usual condition by the mornings of 14 March and 21 March respectively.

Works will be taking place at night, from 7pm – 5am, to minimise disruption. The areas of works will impact Chapel Road and Richmond Road.

What do these works mean for residents and businesses on the road, and those nearby?

To minimise disruption to the night-time economy, the works on each trial hole will be staggered. This will result in some changes to traffic management in these areas. There will be a three-way traffic system in place during the night works to allow safe passage of vehicles. The temporary lights will enable traffic to travel northbound and southbound on Chapel Road via a single lane.

The bus stop directly outside Worthing Library on Richmond Road will remain in operation throughout the duration of the excavation works. During the daytime, trench links will be installed over the trial holes, which will act as road plates and allow Hemiko to reopen the roads for all traffic.

Hemiko will be working hard to keep disruption to an absolute minimum – we are working closely with West Sussex County Council and Worthing Borough Council to coordinate our works.

Health, safety and accessibility

Thank you – and who to talk to if you’d like more information or to provide feedback

You can also feel free to speak to staff when you see them on site.

Notice of works affecting Worthing Promenade – 3-day trial hole excavation

Sun, 16 Mar 2025 19:07:02 GMT

Notice of works affecting Worthing Promenade – 3-day trial hole excavation

As part of developing a heat network, it is sometimes necessary to dig trial holes to ensure no unexpected utilities cables and pipework will be affected by future works. In this instance, Hemiko will be carrying out limited works on Worthing Promenade from 10-12 March 2025.

What works are taking place on Worthing Promenade?

Excavation works will be taking place on two small sections of Worthing Promenade between Monday 10 March and Wednesday 12 March 2025. The works will take place between 8am and 7pm, and will involve digging two trial holes, which are small sections of road that must be removed and assessed by our staff. These holes will then be reinstated to their usual condition by the morning of 13 March 2025. One set of works will take place directly adjacent to K66 Surf Shop, whilst the other will take place near Tree House Timber on Worthing Promenade.

A small area of the Promenade will be cordoned off during the excavation works, which will leave slightly less space for pedestrians and cyclists on the path. Whilst access to the Promenade will be unaffected, we encourage cyclists to dismount when passing the works areas and for pedestrians to remain mindful of one another. There will be no change to the operation or opening hours of the K66 Surf shop or any other businesses on Beach Parade during the works.

Hemiko will be working hard to keep disruption to an absolute minimum – we are working closely with West Sussex County Council and Worthing Borough Council to coordinate our works.

Health, safety and accessibility

Thank you – and who to talk to if you’d like more information or to provide feedback

You can also feel free to speak to staff when you see them on site.

Turbulent times for markets and the world

Mon, 10 Mar 2025 15:18:36 GMT

Turbulent times for markets and the world

George Square Financial Management in Conjunction with Albemarle Street Partners

A measured response is needed to react to emerging economic trends that are not yet clear.

When President Donald Trump began his second term, he was clear that he would move fast and hard on his agenda. He has not disappointed his supporters. Recent weeks have been dominated by the implementation of new tariffs, often announced, temporarily paused, and then re-announced at break-neck speed. In addition, his decision to largely withdraw from US support for Ukraine and even threaten the principles of Nato mutual defence in the mind of European leaders, has led to a broad reassessment of the framework required for national security across the West. These actions, of course, come with consequences for the market. The challenge for investment managers is to determine whether the recent economic data driving market movements signals a fundamental shift in the economy or merely a temporary reaction to policy changes.

We have seen evidence of weakening in the US economy. This has come through weak jobs reports and evidence of softening business and consumer sentiment. This can hardly be surprising. The action to reduce the size of the US state by the new Department for Government Efficiency effectively puts 15% of the US workforce on notice that their jobs are at risk, not to mention the millions of jobs associated with US government contracts. Major industry leaders are battling to understand how to cope with tariffs that are of course paid by the importers of goods into the United States, not the exporters. Whilst President Trump shows some willingness to adapt, for example pausing tariffs on automakers for a month on 5th March, triggering a brief market rally, this is hardly a basis for long-term business planning. The markets have responded in three keyways.

Firstly, expectations of US interest rate cuts have built from around one this year to three. This is a significant move and suggests the bond market believes that the risk of a slowdown has grown significantly. Secondly, the US market, as measured by the S&P 500, has fallen by 4.4% over the three months to 5 March. Meanwhile the MSCI Europe index has rallied 8.56% and the FTSE 100 by 5.46%. This sharp divergence reflects the view that Europe will need to spend a huge amount of money on its own defence, reinforced by Germany’s decision to back away from its spending restrictions. This provides contracts for European businesses and generally boosts the economy. For UK investors, the falls in the US market have been exacerbated by a fall in the dollar. Turbulent times for markets and the world Market Volatility Commentary March 2025 Market Volatility Commentary / March 2025 The question of course is how should one best respond to these changes? At the moment, it is not entirely clear. The evidence we have seen is real of a weakening in the US and indeed a commensurate increase in European economic expectations. Yet the evidence is only short-lived and built on shaky ground. To be confident that this change is real and not transitory, we believe more data is needed. There are seasonal factors that can often depress these data points at this time of year. After all, European confidence could be undermined in a heartbeat by new aggressive tariffs on the EU which have at times been promised by President Trump; when these tariffs come, they seem to come with little notice or market preparation. Equally, the US market could adapt to the uncertainty of the new president and backed by strong ongoing corporate profits and falling interest rates choose to look through some of these issues.

One key boost would be a public comment from the Federal Reserve affirming it is willing to cut rates as economic data softens. When deciding how to respond to these situations, we are guided by some key principles.

Firstly, we should never be intransigent. If the facts change then portfolios should change.

Secondly, news and particularly loud news should not in itself lead to knee-jerk reactions. We use a range of tried and tested market signals to reinforce our own analysis about when to make changes in portfolios.

Thirdly, we are mindful that rapid reactions to short-term data can so often simply whip-saw investors, taking initial pain without allowing the bounce back that can often follow. Rash reactions rarely work. One of these signals revolves around the strength of the stock market.

We will as always continue to monitor markets and communicate regularly with our investment management colleagues

Newman Business Solutions celebrates 45 Years of Excellence!

Mon, 10 Mar 2025 09:20:36 GMT

Newman Business Solutions celebrates 45 Years of Excellence!

About Newman Business Solutions
Founded in 1980 Newman Business Solutions has been providing expert services in Print Management, IT Support, Telecoms, Dictation, AV Displays. Over the past four and a half decades, they’ve become a trusted partner for businesses in West Sussex and beyond, offering personalised solutions that have helped countless organizations streamline their operations and achieve success.

A Legacy of Innovation and Service
What sets Newman Business Solutions apart is their commitment to not just meeting but exceeding client expectations. From innovative products to their exceptional customer service, they have built a reputation for delivering reliable, cutting-edge solutions in their specific industry.

Milestone Achievements
The past 45 years have been filled with remarkable achievements. Some highlights include:

Expanding their services to keep up with the cutting edge, fast paced technology
Successfully serving clients in legal, healthcare, education, construction and many more industries
Earning a reputation as one of the leading print management businesses in the region

A Community-Focused Approach
Newman Business Solutions has always believed in supporting the local community. Their involvement in many activities, local partnerships and events reflects their dedication to giving back and building strong local ties. Whether it’s through sponsoring local events or providing support for small businesses, they’ve made an indelible impact in West Sussex and the surrounding areas.

Looking to the Future
As they celebrate this impressive 45-year milestone, Newman Business Solutions is focused on the future, continuing to evolve with the changing needs of businesses. Their vision is clear: to remain at the forefront of business solutions by embracing new technologies and keeping their customer service excellence as the cornerstone of their operations.

Here’s to another 45 years of growth, innovation, and community service!
www.newmanbs.co.uk

Securing Microsoft Copilot: How to Maintain Governance and Protect Your Data

Sun, 09 Mar 2025 18:28:33 GMT

Securing Microsoft Copilot: How to Maintain Governance and Protect Your Data

Since its release in 2024, Microsoft Copilot has significantly impacted business IT. While it offers substantial productivity gains, it requires careful planning, proactive management, and effective user training to mitigate risks related to data protection and governance.

The Governance Challenge

Research shows that 75% of users incorporate AI in their workflows, with 78% using personal tools instead of company-approved solutions. This creates a “shadow IT” environment, where IT teams struggle to monitor tools and prevent data breaches. This is especially concerning when confidential data, like company names, is shared unknowingly.

While corporate AI tools, like Microsoft Copilot, help reduce some of these issues, they bring their own concerns. Copilot operates within an organisation’s environment and surfaces data based on individual permissions, streamlining workflows. However, without proper governance, it can expose sensitive information, especially in large enterprises that rely on obscurity for security.

AI, like Copilot, lacks human discretion. For example, Copilot might surface potentially harmful links or attachments in emails, which a human could avoid but could unknowingly compromise a device. Therefore, securing Copilot deployments with proper controls is crucial to preventing data leaks and cyber risks.

Immediate Protection Measures

Microsoft 365 Business Premium provides several tools to secure Copilot. These include:

Microsoft Entra ID P1: Enables multi-factor authentication (MFA) to prevent unauthorised access and safeguards data from accidental breaches by preventing user input from training the model.
Microsoft Intune P1: Offers mobile device management (MDM) to protect business data and prevents leaks via unauthorised apps or screenshots.
Microsoft Defender for Business: Provides next-gen antivirus protection and real-time cyber threat detection.
Microsoft Defender for Office 365 P1: Secures emails and collaboration tools with technologies like Safe Links and Safe Attachments to mitigate cyber threats.
Microsoft Purview: Allows for manual classification of sensitive data, helping to control what Copilot can access, ensuring governance at the data level.

Outside Business Premium, organisations can enable Restricted SharePoint Search to limit Copilot’s access to specific folders, though this feature will soon be removed.

Advanced Security Architecture

Microsoft Purview’s P2 license enhances security with automatic detection and labeling of sensitive information, reducing manual oversight. Copilot integrates with Purview, ensuring that sensitive files are properly flagged, preventing accidental data exposure.

Additionally, SharePoint Advanced Management helps manage permissions and enforce conditional access policies, protecting data from both accidental exposure and insider threats.

Conclusion

Deploying Microsoft 365 Copilot requires robust security measures. Whether you're just starting or retroactively securing data, we can help you with Copilot Optimisation Assessments to ensure proper governance and data protection. For more information, you can reach us through https://www.fluidone.com/contact, call us at 01273 384100 or email us at brighton@fluidone.com.

Kreston Reeves wins South East Dealmakers Award

Mon, 03 Mar 2025 11:14:20 GMT

Kreston Reeves wins South East Dealmakers Award

Kreston Reeves is thrilled to be named the ‘Transaction Services Team of the Year’ at the prestigious South East Dealmakers Awards. This accolade highlights our team’s exceptional ability to facilitate the most exciting deals through comprehensive due diligence, valuations, and transaction services advice.

The judges chose the team due to its outstanding performance over the past year. This award crowns a fabulous year for the team with 11 deals and a 20% increase in transaction volume year-on-year. This is a result of the team’s client-centric approach, proactive and enthusiastic team, comprehensive support, and strong global connections.

Kreston Reeves is also proud of its Corporate Tax advisory team, who advised on Deal of the Year (£10m-£40m). Working closely with a brilliant group of advisers acting for Tribeca Technology Holdings, they advised on the tax aspects of the sale for the vendor and company to deliver the best results for the client. Their combined efforts facilitated the sale of Tribeca Technology Holdings’ entire issued share capital to Abacus Group.

The awards ceremony, held on Thursday, 27 February, in Guildford, celebrated the South East’s best corporate financiers, accountants, bankers, funders, lawyers, and M&A professionals.

We were also shortlisted for Private Equity/Venture Capital Deal of the Year, Deal of the Year (sub £10m), Deal of the Year (£10m-£40m) and Corporate Finance Advisory Team of the Year.

Andrew Griggs, Senior Partner and Head of International commented: “Congratulations to the whole team here at Kreston Reeves. These awards include some prestigious firms, and we are thrilled to be recognised for our team’s achievements in the industry. It is truly amazing to see our efforts acknowledged and a testament to the breadth of deal experience that our team has had throughout the last 12 months to have been nominated as finalists in so many other award categories. The team’s dedication to client care is reflected in these results.”

Craig Dallender, Head of Transaction Services, added: “This past year has been exceptional for our team, marked by several interesting and high-profile deals that have showcased our expertise and dedication. Being highlighted in the industry through this award is a great honour and a testament to the hard work and commitment of our entire team. Our full-service offering, supported by the close collaboration with our Corporate Tax and Valuations teams, has been a key factor in our success. We are incredibly proud of our achievements and look forward to another successful year, continuing to deliver outstanding results for our clients.”

Link to details of all the winners and nominees can be found here.

UK Internal Market Act 2020 review and consultation

Mon, 03 Mar 2025 10:37:48 GMT

UK Internal Market Act 2020 review and consultation

The consultation period ends on 3 April, please participate before the deadline.

Businesses can provide their input by following this link: https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/uk-internal-market-act-2020-review-and-consultation .

Douglas Alexander, Minister for Trade Policy & Economic Security at the Department for Business and Trade, launched a review and public consultation about the UK Internal Market Act on 23 January 2025.

A well-functioning internal market within the UK is important for economic growth and shared prosperity. The Act ensures that businesses and consumers can sell and purchase products across the whole country, and that people can freely work in any part of our country. Without such legislation, unnecessary regulatory costs and barriers could emerge between England, Northern Ireland, Scotland and Wales.

We want to find the right balance between devolved government decision-making on regulation and avoiding the creation of unnecessary costs and barriers for businesses. We also appreciate that businesses need certainty and clarity to operate smoothly across the UK and to make important investment decisions.

That is why the UK Government is taking this opportunity to conduct this review. We want to hear your views about what is and what is not working well about the UK Internal Market Act, so that we can quickly decide on next steps to make processes work better.

The consultation ends on 3 April and can be found following this link: https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/uk-internal-market-act-2020-review-and-consultation.

Our South Downs: Business Community Event

Wed, 26 Feb 2025 12:36:50 GMT

Our South Downs: Business Community Event

Does your business operate in or close to the South Downs National Park? Join us for a business community event at the majestic Tottington Manor, tucked right in the heart of The Downs near Edburton.

You’ll have a chance to;

· Feed into the priorities for the South Downs National Park for the next five years
· Green Business Champion - Adam Huttly, Founder of Red Inc stationary will be sharing insights about how his micro-business has disrupted his entire sector by leading with sustainability.
· Network with other businesses over lunch.
· Get outdoors! Post-event – you’re welcome to join us for a short, informal walk and talk to Tottington Woods (weather depending – please bring outdoor clothing if you would like to join us)

When: 19th March – 10:30am–14:00pm

Where: Tottington Manor, Edburton Road, BN5 9LJ

You can book tickets at: Our South Downs: Business Community Event Tickets, Wed, Mar 19, 2025 at 10:30 AM | Eventbrite

Urgent Dental Care Pathway for vulnerable groups

Wed, 26 Feb 2025 12:09:43 GMT

Urgent Dental Care Pathway for vulnerable groups

Urgent Dental Care and Stabilisation (UDCS) programme – patient pathway Patient pathway for dental/oral health issues.

The Urgent Dental Care and Stabilisation (UDCS) programme is operating across ‘high street’ primary dental practices in Sussex. This service offers additional service capacity to the Sussex population for urgent dental needs alongside subsequent treatment to improve oral health where indicated.
The UDCS programme was piloted across ten practices from March 2024 and is undergoing a significant expansion phase from January 2025. It will continue until at least 31 March 2025.

The UDCS pathway:
• provides access to urgent dental care for anyone unable to access a dental appointment for urgent dental issues
• is intended for patients without access to a regular dentist and those who are struggling to get an urgent appointment with their regular dentist, and
• also offers appointments to patients from identified vulnerable groups, who require an urgent assessment of their oral health.

Vulnerable patient access pathways enabled for:
• Clinically vulnerable patients (including those on bisphosphonate medication, immunosuppressed and patients requiring dental assessment / fitness to commence oncology or cardiology treatment)
• Looked after children and care leavers • Care home residents (able to access the practice) • Homeless people
• Vulnerable migrants (asylum seekers and refugees)
• Gypsy, Roma and Traveller communities.

Patients seen within UDCS sessions will:
• receive a full assessment
• be offered the necessary treatment required to manage pain and resolve immediate issues, and • be offered any additional courses of treatment identified to stabilise their oral health through addressing underlying issues.

Direct referrals to sites are enabled. The primary route for referrals/signposting is via the Sussex Dental Helpline (details below).

Signposting to Sussex Dental Helpline / NHS111

UDCS pathways are being managed by the Sussex Dental Helpline. Patients should be signposted to contact the Helpline team directly to access the dental care they need, as quickly and conveniently as possible. They can book patients into appointment slots directly.

The ICB is keen to raise public awareness of the helpline – as the go-to option for patients with urgent (not emergency) dental needs (over NHS111, Out of Hours dental services and A&E). The Helpline team have the latest information on the availability of NHS dental services and any additional capacity being provided, including UDCS sessions.

NHS111 / NHS Pathways have access to UDCS practice details but are signposting to the helpline where possible. Sussex Dental Helpline can be contacted on 0300 123 1663 between 8am and 4pm Monday to Friday or by email to kcht.dentalhelpdesk@nhs.net

You can download the referral form here

Can you support Oak Grove College with a raffle prize?

Wed, 26 Feb 2025 11:00:17 GMT

Could your business support Oak Grove College with a raffle prize?

See this letter from Kenny Park, Lead Teacher for the Arts.

'I am reaching out to local businesses to see if they can donate raffle prizes for our upcoming school production of Mary Poppins Jr, which is scheduled to take place on Wednesday 2^nd and Thursday 3^rd April 2025.

Oak Grove College is a special school catering to students with a range of learning needs This year 100 of our 278 students are actively participating in the production, an event that fosters, creativity, teamwork and confidence. Our school productions not only provide a platform for students to showcase their talents but also a cherished community event.

To help fund this production, we are organising a raffle during both performance intervals, with the goal of raising £4000 to cover the production costs. We are seeking support from generous local businesses, like yours, to contribute raffle prizes. Your donation – big or small – will make a tangible difference in bringing this event to life.

By donating a prize, your business will receive valuable exposure including:

- Acknowledgement on our event screens and printed materials.
- Social Media shoutouts reaching our engaged community.
- Recognition as a valued supporter of arts and education.

If you are able to contribute a raffle prize, then please contact me on kpark@oakgrovecollege.org.uk and we can arrange for the collection of the prize at your convenience. Additionally, if there are any specific promotional materials you would like us to display during the event, please provide those as well.

Thank you for considering our request. Your generosity will make a significant impact on the success of our school production, and we truly appreciate your commitment to the enrichment of our students.

If you have any questions or require additional information, please do not hesitate to contact me on the above email address. We look forward to hearing from you.'

CSA Cyber joins the Microsoft Intelligent Security Association

Mon, 24 Feb 2025 08:49:14 GMT

CSA Cyber joins the Microsoft Intelligent Security Association

CSA Cyber today announced it has become a member of the Microsoft Intelligent Security Association (MISA), an ecosystem of independent software vendors (ISVs) and managed security service providers (MSSPs) that have integrated their solutions with Microsoft Security technology to better defend our mutual customers against a world of increasing cyber threats.

Microsoft lies at the heart of CSA Cyber’s Security Operations Centre (SOC), with Microsoft Threat Protection and Microsoft Sentinel underpinning a Managed Detection and Response (MDR) service that provides 24/7 protection for clients. Continuous monitoring by experienced security analysts enables threats to be spotted before they become breaches – giving customers peace of mind while they focus on their core operations.

“At CSA Cyber we have been supplying cyber security services using the Microsoft suite of products for the last 3 years,” said Dave Woodfine, Managing Director, CSA Cyber. “Our relationship with Microsoft has been going from strength to strength and we are delighted that we have been accepted to be a member of MISA. This will enable us to expand our cyber services further and continue to learn and implement the range of Microsoft services available for us to enrich what we can offer to our clients.”

“The Microsoft Intelligent Security Association has grown into a vibrant ecosystem comprised of the most reliable and trusted security software vendors across the globe,” said Maria Thomson, Director, Microsoft Intelligent Security Association. “Our members, like CSA Cyber, share Microsoft’s commitment to collaboration within the cybersecurity community to improve our customers’ ability to predict, detect, and respond to security threats faster.”

Established in 2018 to bring together Microsoft leaders, ISVs, and MSSPs, MISA focuses on collaborating to combat security threats and create a safer environment for all. Its mission is to provide intelligent, industry-leading security solutions that work together to help protect organizations at the speed and scale of AI in an ever-increasing threat landscape.

Partners who are interested in learning more can visit the MISA Website: Microsoft Intelligent Security Association.

About CSA Cyber:

Founded in 2013 by Managing Director Dave Woodfine and Technical Director James Griffiths, Cyber Security Associates Limited trading as CSA Cyber provides cyber consultancy and cyber managed services which help to detect, protect and educate against the ever-changing cyber threat. We have built our team from a foundation of Government (ex-Military) and commercially experienced specialists all holding current and relevant cyber certifications. Today our core services are based around a 24/7 Security Operations Centre (SOC) based in Gloucester, while also providing trusted and professional cyber consultancy advice and guidance to both new and existing clients.

CSA Cyber continues to grow its capabilities and security certifications to ensure it remains a world-class cyber security provider. CSA is a Microsoft Certified Partner and an Advanced Security Specialist Partner in Threat Protection and an IASME Cyber Essentials and Cyber Essentials Plus Certification Body.

Since a strategic investment in 2021, CSA Cyber has been a part of the FluidOne family, where it acts as the cyber centre of excellence. The addition of a dedicated cyber security centre to its portfolio strengthens FluidOne’s secure Connected Cloud Solutions offering, which encompasses products and services across IT and cyber, alongside comms and connectivity.

Why the West Sussex Business Expo Is a Must-Attend Event for Local Businesses

Sun, 23 Feb 2025 18:34:09 GMT

Why the West Sussex Business Expo Is a Must-Attend Event for Local Businesses

The West Sussex Business Expo is just around the corner, and it’s shaping up to be an unmissable event for local business owners, entrepreneurs, and professionals. Happening on Thursday 13th March 2025 at Fontwell Park Racecourse, this expo promises to deliver everything you need to take your business to new heights.

But what makes the West Sussex Business Expo so special? Let’s dive into why this event is a must for anyone serious about business growth.

1. Gain Actionable Insights from Industry Experts
The expo is packed with sessions from experts in sales, marketing, and business innovation. Whether you're looking to increase your customer base, implement smarter marketing strategies, or explore innovative growth opportunities, you’ll walk away with practical advice that you can implement immediately. These aren't just abstract concepts; they’re strategies designed for real-world business growth, tailored to the challenges faced by local businesses.

2. Network with Like-Minded Professionals
One of the biggest benefits of attending a business expo is the chance to network with fellow professionals. Whether you're looking for potential partnerships, clients, or simply want to exchange ideas, the West Sussex Business Expo is the perfect place to meet people who share your goals. Networking at events like these often leads to new opportunities that you didn’t even know existed. You never know who you might meet—potential clients, collaborators, or even investors who can help take your business to the next level.

3. Explore New Tools and Technologies
Business innovation is a core focus of this year’s expo. From the latest tools in marketing automation to cutting-edge customer relationship management systems, you'll get hands-on experience with new technologies that can make a difference to your operations. Learn how other local businesses are using these tools to streamline processes, increase efficiency, and drive growth.

4. Access Valuable Growth Opportunities
The West Sussex Business Expo is more than just an educational experience—it’s an opportunity to identify and seize new business growth opportunities. Whether it's learning about new sales techniques, discovering how to enhance your online presence, or understanding how to build long-term business strategies, you’ll leave with a clearer idea of the next steps for scaling your business.

5. The Fontwell Park Racecourse: A Great Venue for Inspiration
Let’s not forget the venue! The Fontwell Park Racecourse offers a fantastic environment for networking, learning, and engaging with exhibitors. The venue’s central location in West Sussex makes it easily accessible for local professionals, and its modern, professional atmosphere adds to the energy and excitement of the day.

Register Now and Take Your Business to the Next Level
With so much on offer, the West Sussex Business Expo is the event of the year for local businesses. Register today and take your first step toward growing your business, expanding your network, and staying ahead of the competition.

We can’t wait to see you there!

Event Details
Date: Thursday 13th March 2025
Location: Fontwell Park Racecourse, West Sussex
Time: 10:00am-2:00pm

Carpenter Box extends international reach for clients through GGI

Sun, 23 Feb 2025 18:11:56 GMT

Carpenter Box extends international reach for clients through GGI

South East businesses looking to expand overseas can now navigate the financial complexities of international trade by tapping into a global support alliance through Carpenter Box accountants.

The practice has become an independent member of GGI Global Alliance, a top ten international accounting, consulting and law association, enabling Carpenter Box to help ambitious companies grow their operations overseas.

Tony Summers, Partner and Head of International Services at Carpenter Box said: “The South East is home to many innovative businesses with huge growth potential in international markets, but navigating the financial and tax regimes of individual countries and trading blocs can seem daunting.

“As new members of the GGI network, we can help companies smooth their journey by providing access to high quality financial, tax and legal expertise in nearly every major commercial centre worldwide.”

GGI is the leading international network for professional services firms, with 870 office locations in 126 countries and 31,000 employees worldwide. As an association member, Carpenter Box, which has offices in Worthing, Crawley, Brighton, Chichester, Portsmouth and London, can help clients navigate local trading regulations and meet compliance obligations.

Edge Tea & Coffee Strengthens Leadership Team with Key Appointments

Mon, 17 Feb 2025 12:54:45 GMT

Edge Tea & Coffee Strengthens Leadership Team with Key Appointments

West Sussex, UK – EDGE Tea & Coffee, renowned for its premium yet affordable freshly roasted coffee and hand-blended teas, is entering an exciting new chapter with key leadership changes. After 35 years as Managing Director, Alice Edgcumbe-Rendle is stepping aside to become Chairperson, while Stewart Cumming steps into the role of Managing Director.

Having worked closely with Alice over the past 18 months, Stewart is well-prepared to lead the business into the future, focusing on sustainable growth while staying true to EDGE Tea & Coffee’s core values of quality, community, and innovation.

Alice shared her thoughts on the transition:
"I’m excited to step into the role of Chairperson and to continue supporting the business, particularly through more travels to origin. Meeting the farmers and growers who are such an integral part of what we do has always been a passion of mine. Stewart has demonstrated exceptional leadership and passion for EDGE Tea & Coffee, and I am confident that he will take us forward with fresh energy and vision."

To further strengthen its leadership team, EDGE Tea & Coffee is also delighted to announce the appointment of Stevie McCusker as Head of Coffee. This critical role will help the company navigate the current challenges in the coffee market while ensuring it delivers on its mission of providing ‘affordable, great-tasting coffee that enhances the everyday experience.’

Stewart commented on Stevie’s appointment:
"Stevie’s expertise and passion for coffee make him the perfect addition to our senior team. His arrival ensures we can continue sourcing the exceptional quality our customers expect, even in this challenging market. With Alice’s support, Stevie will also have the opportunity to build on the longstanding relationships we’ve cultivated with growers and suppliers, while forging new ones as we look to the future."

With these leadership changes, EDGE Tea & Coffee is well-positioned to build on its strong foundations and embrace the opportunities that lie ahead in 2025 and beyond.

About Edge Tea & Coffee
Edge Tea & Coffee is a family-founded business based in West Sussex, offering freshly roasted and hand-blended teas and coffees that are both premium and affordable via its online portal and Roastery Café and Store. With a focus on sustainability, quality, and community, Edge has become a trusted name for exceptional brews that enhance the everyday experience.

www.edgcumbes.co.uk

Join in the annual Lodge Hill Team Building Challenge!

Sun, 16 Feb 2025 19:16:04 GMT

Join in the annual Lodge Hill Team Building Challenge!

This is a unique opportunity for your team to compete in this exciting challenge while also supporting our not-for-profit charity.

Where: Lodge Hill Centre, London Road, Watersfield, RH20 1LZ

When: Friday 25^th April 2025

Time: 8:30am - 5pm

What’s included:

A day of exciting activities
An opportunity to network with other businesses
Find out more about Lodge Hill and what we do
Compete against other teams to win prizes during the end of day ceremony
Breakfast baps & pastries, a buffet lunch and refreshments!

We are asking for a minimum donation of £450 per team to participate, with all proceeds going directly to supporting Lodge Hill. Not only will this event provide a fantastic team building experience for your company, but it will also make a lasting impact on the communities we serve.

Your generous donations are raising money to fund a sensory room for children and young people with SEN and disabilities to use. We want to create a safe space for children who struggle to self-regulate and require a sensory input to do this so that they feel better prepared for learning and interacting with others.

A sensory space addresses the primary senses; sight, hearing, smell, touch, vestibular and proprioceptive. By exercising these senses for children that have additional needs such as Autism, Anxiety, OCD, Asperger’s, Down Syndrome, Cerebral Palsy etc, it can help to reduce stress levels, improve self-awareness, refine motor skills, increase self-confidence and can allow them to stimulate their senses at their own pace whilst blocking out uncomfortable sensory input.

We believe that everyone deserves the opportunity to enjoy and benefit from visit Lodge Hill in whichever way is suitable to their level of needs. By having a sensory room, we are not only able to help improve the wellbeing of children with SEN, but also become more inclusive to groups and families who require use of these facilities.

Spaces for this event are limited, so we encourage you to secure your spot as soon as possible. To book your team, or if you have any questions, please contact me directly via email lucy@lodgehill.org.uk or give me a call on 01798 831411.

Thank you in advance for considering this opportunity to support a great cause whilst having fun and strengthening your team. We truly appreciate your involvement and look forward to seeing you at the challenge!

Notice of change in traffic flow and junction closure on Chatsworth Road

Mon, 10 Feb 2025 12:43:32 GMT

Notice of change in traffic flow and junction closure on Chatsworth Road

As a result of unforeseen engineering difficulties, we are introducing a 21-day closure of the junction from Chatsworth Road onto High Street, taking effect from 12 February 2025 to 5 March 2025. This means that we are changing the direction of the traffic flow on Chatsworth Road. We wanted to explain to you why the closure is in effect, what traffic management plan is in place, how you or your organisation might be affected, and who you can speak to if you would like more information or want to provide feedback.

Who are Hemiko?
Hemiko are a heat networks investor, developer, and operator. We have been selected by Worthing Borough Council to develop the Worthing Heat Network, which is central to the council’s Climate Neutral Strategy. As part of developing the heat network, we will bring jobs, work experience, opportunities for local business, curriculum support, and economic growth to Worthing.

What works are taking place?
Installing low carbon heat networks involves laying new pipe infrastructure under the roads. This requires us digging a trench to install pipework, before reinstating the road to its original condition. There are ongoing construction works taking place until March 2025 on the section of High Street near the High Street multi-storey car park and the grass verges outside of the car park. Ahead of works taking place, Hemiko conducted extensive surveying of our planned route. However, it’s not always possible to predict what is in the road until you start digging.

As part of our excavation works, Hemiko discovered some unexpected live service cables that had not been recorded on underground maps. We need to manage our works in a health and safety compliant manner. As a result, we will need to deviate from our intended pipe route, as shown on the diagram opposite.

Starting from 12 February 2025, Hemiko will introduce a 21-day closure of the junction from Chatsworth Road onto High Street, and change the direction of travel on Chatsworth Road.
Vehicles will now travel westbound to exit the High Street multi-storey car park. Eastbound travel will only be permitted for delivery and logistics vehicles dropping off at the Guildbourne Centre. Vehicles will not be able to travel eastbound from Chapel Road to High Street via Chatsworth Road.

On-street parking bays are also suspended on Chatsworth Road to allow the change in direction of traffic. Alternative parking is available at the High Street multi-storey car park, Grafton multi-storey car park, and Buckingham Road multi storey car park. Pedestrian access will not be impacted, and pavements along Chatsworth Road will remain available for use. The exit route from the High Street multi-storey car park is shown in green in the diagram overleaf and there will be road signs in place to guide drivers on their journeys.

The only way for us to maintain safe access for delivery vehicles is to enforce a three-way traffic light system at the junction between Chapel Road and Chatsworth Road. This system will be in place from 12 February 2025 to manage the f low of traffic on both roads. A traffic officer will be present on site 24 hours a day to enable HGVs to safely enter Chatsworth Road.

What does this mean for HGVs and logistics vehicles?
For HGVs and logistics vehicles entering the Guildbourne Centre estate, Chatsworth Road will remain open eastbound. HGVs can then rejoin the flow of traffic westbound on Chatsworth Road towards Chapel Road. However, it will not be possible to exit via the High Street junction.

For organisations who require logistics access or deliveries to Chatsworth Road, we advise you to contact your suppliers to ensure they are aware of the latest arrangements. If you are driving an HGV for your business, please plan your journey accordingly, leaving a few extra minutes to account for the diversion.

Health, safety, and accessibility
Hemiko must ensure our construction continues safely at all times, which necessitated this decision. These are essential changes to works that have been agreed by the West Sussex County Council Highways Team. The health and safety of local residents and our staff is a top priority. We have installed safety fencing around the site to keep everyone safe. We have also undertaken health and safety assessments of the works and will continue to do these throughout.

If you live or work near the road and have accessibility requirements or vulnerability, please let us know on 01903 337364 or by emailing us and we would be happy to meet with you to discuss your needs, and ensure safe access is always available to your property or place of work.

Thank you – and who to talk to if you’d like more information or to provide feedback

We know that no one likes disruption on their streets. We will be working very hard to minimise the disruption as much as possible. Thank you for your cooperation whilst we complete these essential works. If you have any concerns and would like to speak to one of the local team, you can reach us on 01903 337364 or by emailing worthing@hemiko.com.

Further details on how to contact us are accessible on our website, https://hemiko.com/contact-us

Windows 11 Now Compatible with Older Devices: Should You Upgrade?

Wed, 05 Feb 2025 10:53:14 GMT

Windows 11 Now Compatible with Older Devices: Should You Upgrade?

Microsoft recently announced that Windows 11 is now compatible with a wider range of older devices, marking a shift from the previous system requirements, which limited the upgrade to newer hardware. While this may seem like good news, it’s important to consider whether sticking with older hardware or upgrading is the best option.

Why Not Stick with Old Hardware?

For businesses, the ability to upgrade to Windows 11 without buying new devices may seem appealing. However, just because Windows 11 is now available for older machines doesn't necessarily mean it’s the best choice. Upgrading your hardware remains a strong consideration for several reasons:

Performance Issues: Older devices may meet the minimum Windows 11 requirements but could struggle with its demands. The OS requires more CPU power, RAM, and storage, and running it on older hardware could lead to sluggish performance that hampers productivity and efficiency.
Security Risks: Although Microsoft relaxed the TPM (Trusted Platform Module) requirement to allow TPM 1.2 – found on many older devices – these machines may lack support for the latest security features. For instance, TPM 1.2 doesn't support newer encryption methods, which could leave your business vulnerable to cyber threats.
Compatibility Problems: Older devices may face issues with running newer applications or working with modern hardware, creating potential friction in your IT ecosystem.

Hardware Not Meeting Minimum Requirements?

It’s possible to install Windows 11 on devices that don’t meet the minimum requirements, but this is not advisable. Microsoft warns that devices failing to meet these criteria will no longer receive support or updates, with the following disclaimer:

“If you proceed with installing Windows 11, your PC will no longer be supported and won't be entitled to receive updates.”

If your hardware is too old, you may end up with a system that is unsupported, leaving you without crucial updates and patches.

Upgrade Your Hardware

To avoid performance issues, security risks, and compatibility problems, it’s often better to invest in modern hardware. Upgrading your infrastructure ensures you get the full benefit of Windows 11’s performance, security, and compatibility features.

As a Microsoft Cloud Solution Provider (CSP) and IT managed services provider (MSP), FluidOne offers tailored IT solutions, including hardware provisioning and software upgrade consultation. With FluidOne’s support, you can seamlessly transition to new hardware while ensuring your systems remain secure, efficient, and reliable.

For more information, reach us at https://www.fluidone.com/contact, call 01273 384100, or email brighton@fluidone.com.

West Sussex Fire & Rescue Service Public Consultations

Tracie Davey — Mon, 03 Feb 2025 13:41:55 GMT

West Sussex Fire & Rescue Service Public Consultations

WSFRS has launched a public consultation to review its Emergency Response Standards.

Emergency Response Standards refer to the time it takes us to attend incidents such as fires and road traffic collisions in West Sussex.

The proposed changes will not affect the location of any fire stations or fire engines within West Sussex or change the time it takes for a fire engine to attend an incident but will bring the way the service measures its performance in line with other fire and rescue services to allow for greater transparency.

The consultation comes following a commitment made in the service’s Community Risk Management Plan 2022 – 2026 to maintain our existing Emergency Response Standards while we undertook a review.

The service has now prepared a proposed new model, drawing on a range of principles taken from the National Fire Chief’s Council Community Risk Programme and His Majesties Inspectorate for Constabulary and Fire and Rescue Services.

The service’s proposal would see the introduction of a service wide core measure to all critical incidents:

10 minutes average first appliance response time to all critical incidents
15 minutes average second appliance response time to all critical incidents
16 minutes first appliance response time to all incidents 90 percent of the time

You can review the proposals and share your views as part of the public consultation on the county council’s website until February 27.

Lime Pixel - Member Case Study

Tracie Davey — Mon, 03 Feb 2025 12:19:09 GMT

Lime Pixel - Member Case Study

What do you do?

Limepixel is owned and run by Stacey Church and was established in 2009. I design and build websites that help your business to boost visibility and flourish online.

Having worked with many businesses (including a number of Chamber Members) across most sectors. From celebrants to physiotherapists and trades people to property investment companies. Just last year I designed and built a website for one of the UK’s biggest influencers with over 12 million followers, Simon Squibb.

It’s important to me to design and build websites with great foundations that can grow and flourish as the business does. After all websites are not just a bunch of stunning visuals and curly fonts. Websites must not only look good they have to function well and be optimised for Search.

Limepixel offers this across all of its website packages from the starter package, Lites Sites to its Flourish and Boost web packages that provide a few more bells and whistles.

Why did you join the Chamber?

I had heard good things about the Chamber. I had no hesitation in joining Worthing & Adur Chamber after speaking with Heidi and felt it would help my business to grow and be supported whilst building strong connections with the local business community. There’s a vibrancy to the Chamber Hubs networking events and numerous opportunities to collaborate and connect across its many events.

What’s your favourite thing about being a member?

It’s a friendly and welcoming atmosphere where you feel everyone strives to support and assist each other in finding the opportunities for grow our businesses. A community that advocates for each other for the benefit of all.

www.limepixel.co.uk

Changes to Business Food Waste

Tracie Davey — Sun, 02 Feb 2025 18:03:39 GMT

Changes to Business Food Waste

By the end of March, almost all businesses and organisations must have separate food waste and recycling collections in place.

The new rules form part of the government’s ‘Simpler Recycling’ plans, which were announced in 2023 to introduce a simpler, common-sense approach to recycling so people across England can recycle the same materials whether at home, work or school.

For businesses, the changes mean they must be recycling their kitchen leftovers and plate waste through a specialised food waste collection service by March 2025. Organisations with fewer than ten employees will have until March 2027 to comply with the new regulations.

Businesses are also expected to review what can and can’t be recycled to ensure that materials aren’t being misplaced in their bins.

The change could be a great way for local businesses to save some money, with both recycling and food waste collections being cheaper than general waste through our commercial waste service.

If you are an existing or new commercial waste customer and would like to know more about the changes and how we can help, please contact our commercial waste services team on 01273 263050 or email commercial.sales@adur-worthing.gov.uk.

For more information on our commercial food waste service, visit: www.adur-worthing.gov.uk/commercial-waste/food-waste/

Bird & Blend Tea Co. ranked as one of the fastest growing companies in Food & Drinks

Wed, 29 Jan 2025 12:29:32 GMT

Bird & Blend Tea Co. ranked as one of the fastest growing companies in Food & Drinks

Digital 100 celebrates brands that demonstrated exceptional digital growth in 2024.

Bird & Blend Tea Co., Sussex, has been named as one of the fastest growing companies in Food & Drinks category by Similarweb in the 2025 Digital 100, an annual ranking of the fastest-growing digital brands. Bird & Blend was recognised in the Digital 100 Report for the UK.

“Every year, the Digital 100 allows us to celebrate companies who are achieving tremendous growth within highly competitive sectors of the digital economy,” said Or Offer, CEO and founder of Similarweb. “The Digital 100 report is a powerful tool to help organizations understand and elevate their performance in the digital world. Congratulations to the winners!”

The annual Digital 100 ranking for 2025, released by the digital market intelligence experts at Similarweb (NYSE: SMWB), celebrates the companies that demonstrated the greatest digital growth over the past year – crowning a #1 Website, #1 App, and a cross-platform Digital Winner across industries.

Similarweb released rankings for the US, United Kingdom, France, Germany, Japan, Australia, India, and Brazil. For the first time, the US and UK editions of the Digital 100 provide an equal depth of coverage for the fastest growing mobile apps, as well as the fastest growing websites, in every category.

Methodology

The Digital 100 report for the UK identifies the fastest-growing digital brands based on Similarweb estimates of web traffic and app usage. Minimum criteria for the web visitors and app users were established for each market. Analysts manually filtered the statistical results to identify the most meaningful examples of digital business performance improvement.

About Similarweb

Similarweb powers businesses to win their markets with Digital Data. By providing essential web and app data, analytics, and insights, we empower our users to discover business opportunities, identify competitive threats, optimize strategy, acquire the right customers, and increase monetization. Similarweb products are integrated into users' workflow, powered by advanced technology, and based on leading comprehensive Digital Data.

About Bird & Blend Tea Co.

Bird & Blend Tea Co. is a British tea company that specialises in creating innovative, fun and delicious tea blends. With 25 (and counting) physical stores, a thriving global website and with a focus on quality, sustainability, and flavour, Bird & Blend has quickly become THE tea brand for tea enthusiasts.

Hemiko HGV Update

Tracie Davey — Fri, 24 Jan 2025 11:33:45 GMT

Please be aware as a result of construction works taking place on High Street, HGVs are no longer permitted on Chatsworth Road.

Hemiko wanted to explain to you why the road has been closed to HGVs, what diversion route has been put in place, how you or your business might be affected, and who you can speak to if you would like more information or want to provide feedback.

More information can be found here

You are welcome to contact Hemiko at any time at Worthing@Hemiko.com if you have any questions or concerns.”

George Square Financial Management Monthly Review

Mon, 20 Jan 2025 13:02:40 GMT

George Square Financial Management Monthly Review. In Conjunction with Albemarle Street Partners.

Central Banks Implement Historic Rate Cuts

December witnessed major central banks reducing interest rates, marking the most significant policy easing since the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020. The Federal Reserve, European Central Bank, and Sweden's Riksbank each reduced rates by 25 basis points, while Switzerland and Canada implemented 50 basis point cuts. Emerging markets followed suit, with Turkey cutting rates by 250 basis points. These actions culminated in a total of 825 basis points in cuts for 2024, the largest annual easing in 15 years. However, the accompanying communications from central banks remained notably hawkish, suggesting less scope for future rate cuts than markets had anticipated. This created a paradox where economic strength became a headwind for markets, as it implied higher-for-longer future interest rates and increased pressure on governments managing substantial deficit spending.

The Santa Rally That Wasn’t

The traditional end-of-year stock market rally failed to materialise in December as investors grappled with the implications of President-elect Trump's early cabinet picks and policy signals. His nomination of several prominent Wall Street figures suggested a push toward financial deregulation, while his continued tough stance on China rattled global markets. The S&P 500 pulled back from its November highs, with technology stocks particularly affected. However, energy and defence sectors showed surprising resilience, as markets began pricing in the likelihood of increased military spending and a more fossil fuel-friendly administration.

Bank of Japan’s Historic Move

After maintaining negative interest rates for nearly a decade, the Bank of Japan announced plans to move rates back into positive territory by early 2025. This marks a historic shift in global monetary policy, potentially ending the era of negative rates in major economies. The yen strengthened sharply on the news, causing ripples through Asian markets and forcing many global investors to reassess their currency positions. The move suggests growing confidence in Japan's ability to maintain inflation at sustainable levels, though questions remain about the impact on its massive government debt burden.

Chamber members broker international deal

Mon, 20 Jan 2025 10:35:56 GMT

Chamber members broker international deal

Chamber members David Macdonald, a local Chartered Accountant whose practice is The Martlet Partnership in Yeoman Gate, Worthing and Carmen Calvo, a dual qualified Spanish and British lawyer with her own practice in Worthing, have negotiated a collaboration agreement between two leading national and international organisations.

David is also a director of UK200Group, the UK’s leading professional services group of independent quality assured accountancy and law firms. The UK200Group has an international outreach of AGN International, a leading worldwide association of independent firms representing 520 offices in 70 countries in tax audit and advisory.

Carmen Calvo is the British representative of Iurisgal, the first and only global network of independent law firms whose main spoken language is Spanish. Iurisgal is represented in more than 50 countries and, although the principal language is Spanish, all of the members are also fluent in English. The collaboration agreement allows members of both associations to liaise with each other in the knowledge that all member firms are subject to quality assurance procedures.

For UK200 members, it gives an outlet for the law member firms to engage with professional firms throughout the world should any of their clients have a need for legal services in other countries and complements the arrangement already in place with AGN International.

Pictured are David Macdonald (left), Carmen Calvo (centre) together With Declan Swan CEO of UK200Group.

Shake off the January Blues at Hill Barn Golf Club

Mon, 20 Jan 2025 09:29:40 GMT

Shake off the January Blues at Hill Barn Golf Club

We've got the perfect offer for you and your mates ready to shake off those January blues and get the golfing season started

Just gather a group of 8 or more and enjoy;

Brunch followed by golf
18 Holes of Golf from 10.30 am
Available Monday - Thursday in January & February

All for just £39 per person!

Email or call Jo via jo.ayling@chichestergolf.com | 01243 978851

Worthing RUNFEST 2025 – GWCA Official event partner

Mon, 20 Jan 2025 09:25:12 GMT

Worthing RUNFEST 2025 – GWCA Official event partner

Worthing Runfest 2025 consists of three brilliant events, Worthing Runfest 10K, Worthing Half Marathon, and the Worthing Family Run all taking place on Sunday, 4th May 2025.

Each race starts and finishes next to the famous Worthing Pier, right on the doorstep of our Worthing town centre office. The then after-party fun moves into Steyne Gardens. Each race will take place on fully closed roads that are as flat as a pancake, making them the perfect place to go for a new PB. Check out the Worthing 10k 2025 course or Worthing half 2025 course.

Make sure to book your entry in early – don’t leave it too late!

Worthing Half Marathon at 9:30am

Worthing Runfest 10K at 11:10am

Worthing Family Run at 12:30pm

This is a fantastic opportunity for GWCA to show their support to the local community and organisations. GWCA staff will be taking part with all sponsorship monies raised going to The Sussex Snowdrop Trust, keep an eye out on our LinkedIn and Facebook pages for a donation link via JustGiving.

South East businesses accounted for 11% of UK administrations in 2024, analysis reveals

Wed, 15 Jan 2025 12:42:33 GMT

South East businesses accounted for 11% of UK administrations in 2024, analysis reveals

South East businesses accounted for 11% of administrations in 2024 – the third highest region in the UK – according to analysis by Sussex law firm Mayo Wynne Baxter.

More than 1,700 UK businesses, 186 of which came from the South East, filed for administration last year – marking a 28% and 5% increase compared to 2022 and 2023 respectively.

Retail, construction, hospitality, manufacturing and real estate were the worst-hit sectors for the second year in a row, collectively accounting for 55% of the 1,718 administrations.

Regionally, Greater London led the way with 23% of the filings, followed by the North West (14%) and the South East (11%), data from The Gazette Official Public Record has revealed.

With administrations approaching pre-Covid levels (1,794), an insolvency and restructuring expert has warned that ongoing tough trading conditions, rising geopolitical tensions and new tax burdens could tip even more businesses into financial distress.

Nick Stockley, dispute resolution partner at Mayo Wynne Baxter, said: “In 2025, businesses across the UK will face an increasingly challenging environment, with a perfect storm of factors threatening to push more companies toward financial difficulty.

“Prolonged periods of difficult trading, exacerbated by geopolitical tensions and the impact of new tax burdens introduced in the latest budget, will intensify the pressures many businesses are already grappling with.

“The increase in national insurance contributions, coupled with the lower threshold for payments, will stretch cash flows for companies that are already operating on razor-thin margins.

“Labour-intensive sectors, such as retail, hospitality and construction are particularly vulnerable as they often struggle to absorb rising overheads and additional costs.

“In addition to these financial pressures, many businesses are still dealing with the aftermath of the pandemic, inflationary costs and supply chain disruptions, which have left them more fragile and less able to weather the storm.

“As we saw in 2024, sectors like retail, hospitality and manufacturing were hit hardest, and there is a real risk that without targeted support, more businesses will be forced to make difficult decisions, including cost-cutting measures, layoffs or even closure.

“These pressures are only compounded by the uncertainty in the global economy, which has already led to weakened consumer confidence and subdued spending. While many experts predict a potential easing of inflation in 2025, the overall landscape remains unpredictable.

“It is crucial businesses do not bury their heads in the sand and ignore the signs of distress. Proactively assessing financial health, engaging with advisors early and taking steps to mitigate risks will be vital in navigating these turbulent times.

“Our advice remains consistent: seeking professional advice as soon as financial challenges become apparent opens up more options and can dramatically increase the chances of survival in what will likely be another tough year ahead.”

Businesses filing for administration in 2024
By sector	Total	By region	Total
Administrative	28	East Midlands	113
Agriculture	33	East of England	152
Arts and entertainment	66	Greater London	393
Automotive/transportation	107	North East	61
Construction	184	North West	248
Education	21	Northern Ireland	20
Engineering	28	Scotland	74
Financial	106	South East	186
Health and social	93	South West	106
Hospitality	172	Wales	41
Information and communication	97	West Midlands	149
Manufacturing	193	Yorkshire & The Humber	175
Mining and quarrying	13
Others	4
Professional services	74
Public admin and defence	16
Real estate	152
Retail	237
Utilities	104
Total	1,718	Total	1,718

For more information visit: https://www.mayowynnebaxter.co.uk/

Sussex Bay - Innovators chosen to develop projects that connect people and nature: funding and support win.

Wed, 15 Jan 2025 11:40:44 GMT

Sussex Bay - Innovators chosen to develop projects that connect people and nature: funding and support win

Sussex Bay is a regional project, in-between Chichester to Kent and everything in-between, 100 miles of coast for over 1 million residents. Funded without public funds and hosted in Adur & Worthing Councils in local government, we are all about giving nature and people opportunities to thrive.

As part of our Blue Natural Capital Lab and network, late last year, Sussex Bay was selected as one of three location partners by the Connected Places Catapult, the UK’s innovation accelerator, with businesses able to apply for funding and support to deliver projects in Sussex Bay that connect people to nature. Today we can announce that 12 companies will receive specialist design support and funding as they develop their ideas to improve people’s connection with nature, with 4 of them working in Sussex Bay.

"Sussex Bay is delighted to be a national location partner for the government's innovation agency, bringing this much needed funding to 4 companies designing and delivering cutting-edge projects that connect people to nature in our part of the world. Soon, we'll be announcing a free event scheduled for the last week of March 2025 where anyone interested can see for themselves the progress the projects are making and get involved: radical collaboration in action". Dean Spears, Head of Sussex Bay.

Each organisation is set to receive up to £50,000 to develop their solution alongside a trial plan. In addition to funding, each project will receive support from a specialised design consultancy, the Catapults’ technical team and from Sussex Bay as a location partner.

Sussex Bay is one of three location partners, and is helping with the theme: Space-enabled information for a thriving world – Led by Satellite Applications Catapult.

“At the Satellite Applications Catapult we support space companies to develop solutions that meet user needs. Rapid advances in satellite technology bring new ‘powered by space-enabled data’ applications that can help us understand and solve a range of environmental challenges”. Catherine Greene, Head of User Centred Design at Satellite Applications Catapult

Organisations selected:

Optimal Cities
Offering a geospatial platform to support urban planners and Government bodies making planning decisions around the planting of vegetation – specifically with land planning, connection with volunteer groups, funding, management and monitoring the growth of natural assets.

Data Dynamics
An AI-powered decision support system that combines Earth observation data with ground-based sensors and advanced modelling techniques to identify tree species and monitor tree health. This can support proactive management of forestry, and offer early identification and response to disease outbreaks.

Map Impact
Providing reporting tools for clear and concise environmental decision-making with a particular focus on biodiversity reporting, helping local authorities and planners understand, plan and monitor the effectiveness of nature recovery programmes.

REWILD Life
The Nature of Things project from REWILD Life aims to connect people to nature through an AI-powered chatbot, converting biologging and environmental data into real-time, interactive experiences. The company wants local communities to engage and interact with their local river and species, such as birds, to understand more and play a part in their recovery.

For details of the other 8 organisations across 2 other location partners: https://cp.catapult.org.uk

Join Durrington High School at their next Careers Day

Mon, 13 Jan 2025 14:06:13 GMT

Join Durrington High School at their next Careers Day!

Happy New Year to our amazing local business community.

At Durrington we aim to help all our students learn about the world of work and each year many amazing local businesses work with us on activities including careers day, summer careers week and work experience. We would love you to be involved in an upcoming event where you can meet your potential future employees.

We will be delivering an off-timetable Careers Day for all Year 10 students on Friday 7th February 2025.

Students will take part in sessions throughout the day covering the following areas.

• CV Writing & Work Experience Reflection (Preparing for the future)

• The Job Game (Exploring the opportunities around you)

• Mock Interviews (Gaining life skills)

• Apprenticeships / Business Sectors (Learning about future destinations)

• Further Education (Learning about future destinations)

We are seeking volunteers for the following activities.

The Job Game – In pairs, students will have 2 minutes to guess your job. They will then have another 2 minutes to ask you questions. There will be an opportunity at the end for you to talk to the wider group and offer some information. It can be a current or a past job you’ve held or a wider sector you represent.

Mock Interviews – You will conduct a 5-10-minute interview with a student and complete a feedback sheet for them. Students will have had preparation time. The feedback you give will be based on their conduct, presentation, thoughts and communication. We will provide sample questions but you are free to use your professional experience to shape it. You must have real world interview experience to take part in this activity.

The day will run from 8:40 – 3:10 and lunch / refreshments will be provided.

To find out more and register your interest please complete this google form

There is room on the form to ask questions but you can also call on 01903 705 605 or email careers@durring.com

From Trainees to Partners at Carpenter Box

Mon, 13 Jan 2025 12:48:01 GMT

From Trainees to Partners at Carpenter Box

New year, new role! Two accountants who began their careers as trainees at Carpenter Box will join as new Partners in 2025 at the rapidly expanding South East and Sussex based firm.

Kristina Perry and Nick Tebb both joined the practice direct from university – and will now help shape Carpenter Box’s continuing growth strategy.

Kristina, a University of Brighton accountancy graduate, started her traineeship in 2012, achieved her ACCA qualification and worked her way up to the position of Client Service Director for the Assurance & Advisory team in 2023. Today, she not only oversees and signs off audit reports, she also leads an internal team providing technical knowledge across the firm’s accounting and audit functions.

Says Kristina: “As someone who has always lived in the Worthing area, I was aware of the Carpenter Box name from my college days, so to become a Partner here is really exciting. From the outset, I’ve always valued the supportive culture at the firm and in my new role, I aim to continue to promote that inclusive ethos while at the same time contributing to our clients’ successes and to the firm’s future growth.”

Nick arrived at Carpenter Box in 2014 as an accountancy graduate from De Montfort University in Leicester. From trainee, he progressed through various roles to Client Service Director at StarBox, Carpenter Box’s rapidly expanding accountancy and financial advice service for new media entrepreneurs, social influencers and rising stars.

“The firm’s growth over the last decade has been phenomenal, and for me it’s been incredibly exciting to be involved in shaping the success of StarBox,” says Nick. “It speaks volumes about the Carpenter Box culture that young professionals joining the firm at an entry level can see a career path that can lead to Partner. I’m very much looking forward to contributing to the firm’s ambitious growth plans while ensuring we maintain the local connection that Carpenter Box has built over the last 100 years.”

Carpenter Box Managing Partner, Alan Edwards, who himself joined the firm as a trainee, congratulated Kristina and Nick on their promotions.

He commented: “Kristina and Nick embody the progressive ethos of Carpenter Box to provide an environment within which people feel empowered to reach their full potential. Nurturing talent and rewarding success is in our DNA and I look forward to seeing both Kristina and Nick thrive in their new roles.”

Outside of work, Kristina is a passionate supporter of the Manchester United women’s team, while Nick is also a football enthusiast, channelling his energy into coaching a local children’s team. Both live in the Worthing area.

Aldingbourne Trust lose £20,000 worth of tools in heart-breaking Christmas break in

Mon, 13 Jan 2025 12:06:07 GMT

Aldingbourne Trust lose £20,000 worth of tools in heart-breaking Christmas break in

'Tis the season to give, not take! Sadly, this wasn’t the case for us at Aldingbourne Country Centre, as our wood workshop was targeted by thieves just days before Christmas. The theft was discovered on Christmas Eve by our Wood Manager, Brian, who had stopped by to finish some projects before the end of the year.

Thieves gained access to the workshop through a window, stealing a grand total of 30 high-value Hilti tools, including jigsaws, combihammers, and 12 battery packs. These tools, donated by Hilti as part of their charitable programme, were stamped with "Donated by Hilti GB" making them easily identifiable.

Commercial & Retail Manager Jason shared, "The important analogy is that like the wood we collect—something written off or disposed of—it is transformed in our hands into something of value. The people we support are exactly the same. We give individuals who might otherwise be written off a sense of purpose and value."

This loss has had a significant impact on our plans to create and sell bespoke wood products. While the police investigation is ongoing (crime reference number: 47240250193), we’re doing everything we can to ensure something like this doesn’t happen again.

Despite this setback, we’ve been overwhelmed by the kindness of our community. Following media coverage, including a visit from ITV News, a local gentleman came forward this morning with a £1,000 donation and new tools for Brian and the team. Fontwell Racecourse has also pledged its support, and we are truly grateful to everyone who has reached out.

During an interview with ITV, Stephen, one of the people we support, summed up how we’re all feeling, "Whoever has done this should be arrested for it."

Your kindness means the world to us, and it’s helping us turn this difficult situation into something hopeful. If you’d like to help us rebuild and continue empowering lives, please consider donating at aldingbournetrust.org/donate

For more information or to arrange an interview, please contact Lizzie Senn at lizzies@aldingbourne.org

Hunters Recruitment - Member Case Study

Mon, 13 Jan 2025 08:42:46 GMT

Hunters Recruitment - Member Case Study

What do you do?

Helping our clients, local businesses, find the best possible hires is the passion of Hunters Recruitment & Training, a consultative and family-run recruitment specialist. Proud members of the REC, we also work with our candidates to upskill and prepare for interview. We have been trading for twenty-six years with our headquarters in Shoreham by Sea, and for the last few years our Worthing sea front office.

Our Temporary Workers cover absences, holidays and seasonal work surges. We support our clients hire the best possible permanent hires to add value, taking away the recruitment headaches, and saving time and money.

Why did you join the Chamber?

Hunters joined the Chamber to feel closer to the local community, to build business relationships, and to learn from other successful businesses.

As a recruitment business, our success hinges on our local business partners growing and thriving, so it is vital for us to share and celebrate the successes and understand the frustrations of our fellow members.

What’s your favourite thing about being a Member of the Chamber?

We enjoy learning from other Members about what makes them flourish, and we love looking for opportunities for how we can offer assistance and support.

We value the training offered by the Chamber, and the opportunities to meet up with other members.

www.huntersrecruitment.co.uk

Ingrid Sports Massage Therapist - Member Case Study

Mon, 13 Jan 2025 08:38:58 GMT

Ingrid Sports Massage Therapist - Member Case Study

What do you do?

Hi there, I am a Sportsmassage Therapist based in West Worthing. I treat muscular problems such as aches and pains and or helping to maintain good muscle health.

This can be pre and post exercising or post injury to improve recovery. I stress that Massage Matters as to physical and mental wellbeing.

Why did you join the Chamber?

I joined the Chamber to get support and to support other businesses. I feel that supporting each other is vital especially in tough economical times like ours. I feel the better local businesses get to know each other the more you are able to establish trusting relationships. And therefore able to pass business, clients and or customers on.

What’s your favourite thing about being a Member of the Chamber?

The good part of being a member of the Chamber is the ongoing support and helpful events provided that you can attend. It's also nice to be part of the business community and being recognized.

www.sportsmassage-worthing.co.uk

LR Collections - Member Case Study

Mon, 13 Jan 2025 08:35:03 GMT

LR Collections - Member Case Study

What do you do?

Cashflow is the blood supply of every business but when payments are slow your company is under pressure……
Recovering a debt can be a journey, but we are with you every step of the way. You can expect experience, expertise, and total dedication from the moment you contact us. Following the letter of the law and treating both client and debtor alike with the utmost respect. We work quickly and efficiently towards your chosen goal. Recovering what you are owed and leaving you free to focus on running your business whilst we keep your cash flowing.

So…If you’re interested in our services and serious about reducing costs & improving collections then please contact us on 0800 689 9181 or Email us on newclaims@lrcollectionsltd.co.uk

Why did you join the Chamber?
When I decided to start my business in 2011, I wanted to be part of a local business group that flowed without too many rules and regulations stopping the enjoyment of networking. We joined the chamber in April 2012, because like myself it is easy going you can be involved as little or as much as you like. With organised events it is great opportunity to promote your brand and develop connections with other businesses and organisations.
What’s your favourite thing about being a member?

We see the chamber as an integral part of our business and love being part of an ever evolving, fun, supportive and diverse community. We also love the fact that the chamber provides you with the help, support and education that your business needs.

Shake It Up Creative - Member Case Study

Mon, 13 Jan 2025 08:27:53 GMT

Shake It Up Creative - Member Case Study

What do you do?

Shake It Up Creative is a marketing and web company based in Worthing that works with SMEs who are ready for professional marketing support. Our sectors of strength are arts & culture, charity and hospitality but naturally our work extends wider than this, including public sector projects. We like to get to know our clients and work like a natural extension of their internal team. We love working with purpose-led organisations and for every project we deliver, we provide at least one hour of marketing advice to a small business in need. Over more than two decades as a Director and Founder I (Rachael Dines) have worked with hundreds of small organisations including Worthing Samaritans, Brighton Gin and Egalité Care. I'm a Chartered Marketer, a BIPC Expert in Residence and the charities marketing expert for Community Works alongside being an expert advisor on many regional, funded, support programmes such as Grow Digital and Go for Growth IOW. I've previously featured on BBC Radio Sussex, C5 and as the live, expert SEO guest on the LBC Radio Clive Bull Business Show.

Why did you join the Chamber?

To raise the profile of my company, have learning opportunities and also because it's good value. It's given me all of this, plus a valuable support network and new business too. As every business owner knows, things aren't always rosy and I've made strong enough connections through the chamber to always have someone to talk to or to recommend me when I've needed a boost. For the past few years I have been an Ambassador and sat on a working group and I enjoy being able to give back to an organisation that has genuinely cared about me as I've built my business.

What's your favourite thing about being a member?

Having a variety of events to go to - I've been on walks, food factory tours, out for cocktails and to the airport amongst other places - as well as the continuous opportunity to meet new people. I'm always recommending the Chamber to business owners that I meet in other networks and I also try to bring new ideas to the table as an Ambassador to help the Chamber continue to evolve. The chamber also gave me my first speaking opportunities which led to me later being on panels and speaking at huge events like Brighton SEO.

Pilbeam Construction - Member Case Study

Mon, 13 Jan 2025 08:24:05 GMT

Pilbeam Construction - Member Case Study

What do you do?

Pilbeam Construction builds and manages large and medium-sized projects across Sussex and the South East, mixing traditional values with innovative techniques.

Having begun as a family business in 1955, we specialise in the commercial, health, education, heritage and residential sectors – with a reputation for offering personal service, a proactive approach and a loyal supply chain.

The company recently underwent a management buy-out which has seen long-standing directors Alan Corbett and Andrew Arrow take over the reins, with a vision to maximise the qualities our customers love so much whilst growing the business responsibly.

That includes meeting a growing need for affordable sustainable buildings that are good for the environment and delivered in a reliable time frame.

Our true USP is that our highly qualified 20-strong team regularly demonstrates an ability to deliver large-scale complex assignments, whilst retaining the collaborative approach and personal touch you associate with a family business.

Why did you join the Chamber?

Valuing local connection across Worthing and Adur and building relationships in the region has always been a big part of the way Pilbeam works.
Our business was born nearby in Southwick by our founder Alan Pilbeam nearly 70 years ago and we’re still there - and very proud of our roots in Sussex.
By staying local we have got to know all the consultants, quantity surveyors and architects around East and West Sussex. So, we always know what’s going on – and of course we’ve built a lot of friendships and loyal clients, too. Working with the Chamber of Commerce is a big part of that.

What’s your favourite thing about being a member?

It’s all about meeting old friends, making new ones and keeping in touch with everything that is going on in the region.

Attending networking events helps build awareness of your business – and of course it can open up new business opportunities too.

www.pilbeamconstruction.co.uk

Freedom Works - Member Case Study

Mon, 13 Jan 2025 08:21:25 GMT

Freedom Works - Member Case Study

What do you do?

At Freedom Works, we're not your typical co-working space. Yes, we provide desks and a place to work, but we're so much more than just a roof over your head. Our spaces are designed to foster collaboration and creativity, cultivating collaborative communities. But we go way beyond that. We offer a wide range of resources and opportunities, from curated events to shared lunches, all geared towards helping our members grow and succeed. And we don't stop there; our comprehensive business support services are there to guide you every step of the way, ensuring your business reaches its full potential. And just when you thought things couldn't get better, as a member, you have the flexibility to utilise your benefits across all our spaces, enabling you to work wherever suits you best. At Freedom Works, we're not just about workspaces; we're about creating thriving ecosystems where individuals and businesses can truly flourish.

Why did you join the Chamber?

Our decision to join the Chamber of Commerce was motivated by the networking opportunities it presents. Connecting with professionals from various backgrounds fosters collaboration and provides invaluable insights for our growth. We anticipated that membership would enhance our brand visibility through active participation in events and sponsorships, solidifying our presence in the local business community. Ultimately, we sought the Chamber to act as a catalyst for Freedom Works' success, offering a platform to network, build connections, and elevate our brand within the business landscape and local community.

What’s your favourite thing about being a member?

One of the things we appreciate most about being a member of the Chamber of Commerce is the fantastic networking opportunities it provides. Connecting with professionals from various backgrounds not only encourages collaboration but also offers valuable insights for growth. Our membership enhances our brand visibility through participation in events and sponsorships, reinforcing our presence in the local business community. Participating in events like the Better Business Show exemplifies how these opportunities come to fruition. In essence, the Chamber plays a role in Freedom Works' success, offering a platform to network, connect, and enhance our brand within the business environment and local echo system.

www.freedomworks.space

St Oscar Romero - Member Case Study

Mon, 13 Jan 2025 08:17:45 GMT

St Oscar Romero - Member Case Study

What do you do?

I am an extended learning Leader at St Oscar Romero Catholic school in Goring and I help to bring the students in to the real World. I focus on Careers, Enrichment and Outdoor learning with the help of the dedicated Business/Training Partners (you!) Events like: Build and Bake Enterprise Day, Careers Fairs, Environmental activities and lots of trips to the workplace including our week long Work Experience program.

Why did you join the Chamber?

So I can promote and encourage Partners to help out so to develop our your students to be effective and driven employees and leaders of the future.

What’s your favourite thing about being a member?

When I get chance, coming to events and meeting new people.

www.stromeros.co.uk

Brand Nest - Member Case Study

Sun, 12 Jan 2025 18:42:17 GMT

Brand Nest - Member Case Study

What do you do?

We help businesses of all sizes achieve their goals through affordable creative services with a personal approach.
Our extensive experience and personal approach are what set us apart from other agencies. When you work with Brand Nest, you’ll benefit from all the skills and resources of a large agency, at a fair and transparent price.

Branding: a new brand look and feel, including rebrands, logos, branded merchandise and brand guidelines which can be implemented across your assets.
Websites: advice, design and development of a high performing, responsive website built in WordPress. Includes SEO functionality as standard.
Videos: explainers, brand videos, social media, thought leadership and high impact digital ads to help you showcase your products and services to the right people.
Graphics: Infographics, typography, custom images and photography to support your online marketing strategy.

Why did you join the Chamber?

I personally joined to build my portfolio with the intention of helping businesses achieve their goals and growth for an affordable price. Big agency experience with small agency pricing. I get involved with every project from start to end and always witha. face - I am passionate about getting to know the business I work with and the people within it to ensure a personal service and show I really care about the business I offer my services to.

What’s your favourite thing about being a member?

It's about the community, the feeling of being part of something where businesses get the opportunity to share and care. I thrive on honesty and transparency. I am a huge advocate of really getting under the skin of the businesses I support, their audience and their services offered. In order to give my best this is vital to achieve their goals

brandnest.co.uk

Carmen Calvo - Member Case Study

Sun, 12 Jan 2025 18:05:57 GMT

Carmen Calvo - Member Case Study

What do you do?
I am a Consultant Solicitor and Spanish Qualified Lawyer with over 20 years legal experience working within the UK. My practice focuses on Spanish law and international matters, providing comprehensive legal advice in areas ranging from buying and selling property in Spain, organising Spanish Probate, drafting Spanish Wills, Power of Attorney and certificates of law, assisting with Spanish visas, to also matters related to international trade of goods, contracts or litigation. You can rest assured that I can assist you throughout the entire process.
My bilingual skills means there will be no need of interpreters or streamlines document translation of documents, saving clients time and money.
Working for individual clients, companies or solicitors’ firms who seek assistance with Spanish legal matters and cross-border complexities. I have an in-depth knowledge of Hispanic cultures and their legal systems, facilitating smooth communication and navigating of cross-cultural nuances.
During my years in the UK, I have built an extensive network of international connections worldwide, enabling my legal assistance in over 50 countries.

Why did you join the Chamber?

I joined the Worthing Chamber , having been living in Worthing for a number of years now., driven by the desire to connect with local professionals, fostering a supportive network. The Chamber’s events are opportunities to meet new professional and engage in the local business community.

What’s your favourite thing about being a member?

As a Consultant now, I am enjoying the flexibility of working independently while still benefiting from the Chambers’s networks and events. It is great to attend the networking events with the Chamber and in particular to meet new professionals working in the area. The speed networking experiences are a lot of fun and the Business Awards are an event not to miss.

www.carmencalvo.co.uk07980 596 406

Destrier VA Services - Member Case Study

Sun, 12 Jan 2025 18:00:49 GMT

Destrier VA Services - Member Case Study

What do you do?

In medieval times 'Destrier' was the knight's warhorse, a strong and reliable companion carrying its charge into battle. Destrier VA Services will be the ‘warhorse’ to help you win the battle with your admin. Designed with SME’s in mind we offer traditional executive support with niche expertise including business diary management, database maintenance, data input, email marketing, online research, venue finding and co-ordination, writing and editing presentations and meeting minute taking. By choosing Destrier VA Services you are choosing 40 years of administrative experience to help you with those tasks which might seem daunting to get done but, with a little help, could be off your desk in no time!

Why did you join the Chamber?

When I started Destrier VA Services at the start of 2023 joining Worthing and Adur Chamber of Commerce really was a no brainer for me! Through a previous job, I already knew they would offer the right level of support to me as a business start-up. The events are easy to attend and suit my time needs (I’m not a fan of early morning or evening networking). They put on a good variety of events which means I get to meet different people and they are all local which serves my business model.

What’s your favourite thing about being a member?

The team makes membership easy as there is no pressure to attend events so I can fit them around my business demands and the frequency of events means that if I can’t make one, there is always another around the corner! The directory of members suits my business model as I want to work with other SME’s. This makes for a real community and a feeling you are part of something local and worthwhile. The educational opportunities are great and, perhaps most importantly for a small start up business, it isn’t expensive to be a member. What’s not to like!

carol@destriervaservices.co.uk

Janet Webb Consulting - Member Case Study

Sun, 12 Jan 2025 17:57:39 GMT

Janet Webb Consulting - Member Case Study

What do you do?

Janet is an independent learning & development consultant, working in the secular and in the spiritual arena. She supports staff by developing their management and personal effectiveness skills and helps them tackle things that they would usually avoid. She particularly specialises in working with new managers, helping them discover how to transfer their excellent technical skills into the skills of managing a team.

Her thing is to help people understand their own brains and emotions, so that they can do the scary stuff, such as managing people or giving presentations. She tries to help people find poise - that characteristic of being knowledgeable, balanced, secure, sure-footed. It comes from having confidence in self, mastery of skill and inner strength.

Janet can be a bit kooky at times – and she likes it that way.

Why did you join the chamber?

As a sole trader it is really easy to feel isolated and out of touch with other businesses. I joined the chamber to surround myself with like-minded people, who understood what it is like to run a business. I value the opportunities that the chamber offers to members in terms of training and key-note speakers, as well as the variety of networking events.

What’s your favourite thing about being a member?

The supportive atmosphere means that you can really get to know people. People I have met through the monthly hub and other events have become trusted associates and friends. I am a better resource to my clients because of who I know well through the chamber.

Hollands Associates - Member Case Study

Sun, 12 Jan 2025 17:43:44 GMT

Hollands Associates - Member Case Study

What do you do?

I’m a PR and communications consultant with over 20 years' experience. I work with corporate and charity clients, helping them build and maintain a good reputation and a high profile among their audiences. I do this through effective media relations, stakeholder communications and raising their profile – such as by helping them win awards, secure speaking opportunities and get mentioned in the press.
As a crisis specialist, I also help my clients ensure they’re saying and doing the right things when times get challenging.

Why did you join the Chamber?

To make business and community connections, to meet fellow business owners and to tap into the learning resources the Chamber offers. I also wanted to give my clients assurance that I am a trusted practitioner who takes the running of my business seriously and I thought that being associated with the Chamber was a good way to do that. Since becoming a member, I’ve joined Peer Mentoring, which is a monthly highlight, and delivered two sessions to help others better understand PR and how their businesses can benefit from it

What’s your favourite thing about being a member?

The camaraderie and opportunity to be involved in networking and events which are always either free or very reasonably priced. I've met some wonderful people through the Chamber, whom I wouldn't have known otherwise. Being a Chamber member makes owning and running a business feel a lot less lonely and gives you the feeling that you’re all in it together, experiencing the same highs, lows and challenges.

Bozboz Web Design - Member Case Study

Sun, 12 Jan 2025 17:41:00 GMT

Bozboz Web Design - Member Case Study

What do you do?

Bozboz is a web design and development agency based in Brighton that specialises in creating, supporting and optimising B2B and eCommerce experiences for brands and consumers. Our mission is simple - to make websites work harder for everyone.

Our services incorporate website design and development, proactive support and maintenance, brand development and Hubspot CRM implementation.

From the first spark of inspiration to the final launch, we're by your side. We collaborate to understand your unique challenges, and create user-first websites that enhance your credibility and drive results.

Beyond launch, our proactive approach to support means we've always got your brand in mind. From continuous website improvements, to practical eCommerce and SEO consultancy, we use research and data to help you reach your objectives, faster.

Whether it’s helping you ditch your out-of-date tech, boosting sales, or building a CMS that your team can actually use, our services are tailored to solve your digital problems, whatever they may be.

Why did you join the chamber?

We joined the chamber after being introduced by another member and attending a monthly chamber hub event, which was a fantastic opportunity to meet the diverse member base and the supportive Worthing team. Our initial experience was overwhelmingly positive, enjoying a well-organised and well-attended event. The chamber's broad mix of brands, from solopreneurs to enterprise clients, offers excellent networking opportunities. The Worthing Chamber team’s support during our initial discussions reinforced our decision to join. Overall, the chamber provides us with a platform to connect with local businesses and offer digital support and advice to fellow members on their digital journeys.

What’s your favourite thing about being a member?

Our favourite aspect of being a chamber member is the regular community events, particularly the speed networking sessions we recently enjoyed. Worthing Chamber offers ample opportunities to promote our brand through social posts, thought leadership content in their digital magazine, and speaking engagements. Their willingness to facilitate introductions and their regular updates are invaluable. The diverse mix of brands also makes it a fantastic chapter to be part of. We especially appreciate the monthly chamber events, which are perfect for reconnecting with the businesses and friends we've made along the way.

Expert VA Services - Member Case Study

Sun, 12 Jan 2025 17:37:16 GMT

Expert VA Services - Member Case Study

What do you do?

At Expert Virtual Assistant Services, we provide office administration and business support to small businesses and consultants who just want to concentrate on their fee-earning work.

We take on all of those tasks that are always on your to-do list but never seem to get done. This relieves stress, saves you time and ultimately money as you only pay for the work that we do.

We are highly organised, accurate and reliable, so are the perfect solution to help your business run more smoothly. Our team work with a variety of industries and have a wide-range of skills so we can hit the ground running while you can feel confident that things are being taken care of.

Here are just a few of the tasks we can take on for you: administration, diary management, email inbox management, data entry, proofreading, research, credit control, minute taking, presentation creation.

Why did you join the Chamber?

I joined the Chamber after attending a few of their networking events when I first started my business nearly 7 years ago. The events were really accessible and friendly and the members welcoming and informative. As I was a solo business owner at the time, the opportunity to feel part of the local business community was a no-brainer as it enabled me to meet people on a regular basis and discuss any issues I was having. It’s fantastic value for money for the number of events, training and support that is available. I’m proud to be an ambassador of the Chamber.

What’s your favourite thing about being a member?

My favourite thing about being a member (and ambassador) of the Chamber is the invaluable support it has provided for me as my business has grown. I have taken part in the Peer-to-Peer Mentoring programme, have attended several training events and also both taken part in and presented workshops. I’ve also benefited from the many networking opportunities being a member has provided. I’ve not only found clients through its members but have also sourced suppliers and made some good friends. I have learned so much about business in general as well as the whole local business community.

Constructive Marketing - Member Case Study

Sun, 12 Jan 2025 17:29:19 GMT

Constructive Marketing - Member Case Study

What do you do?

Constructive Marketing is a positive force for your business! From strategic advice, through to implementation, we help clients discover (and then take care of) the things they really need to make their marketing activity work for their bottom line. We love working with clients from all walks of life and have particular specialisms in Construction and Care.

If you don't get marketing, get Constructive!

Why did you join the Chamber?

We joined the Chamber after hearing about the business support and networking opportunities it offered to members and we haven't looked back! Being part of the Chamber has helped in so many ways, it's become a first port of call for almost any business query we have.

What’s your favourite thing about being a member?

1. Getting to know so many people and build really valuable and long lasting relationships with some of them too.

2. Always feeling like I matter as a member. Emails are answered, queries looked into, suggestions appreciated. You can't ask for more than that.

Mayo Wynne Baxter sees significant growth and strengthens position in legal sector

Tue, 07 Jan 2025 13:14:00 GMT

Mayo Wynne Baxter sees significant growth and strengthens position in legal sector

Sussex-based law firm Mayo Wynne Baxter (MWB) has announced a 7% increase in revenue for the past financial year, taking the firm’s turnover to more than £13.5 million for the first time, thanks to organic growth and team expansion.

In September 2023, the firm merged with Pure Employment Law in Chichester, bolstering its employment team.

MWB has also made significant investments in its family and private client teams with the appointment of partners Marie Stock and Marwa Hadi-Barnes.

Dean Orgill, chief executive partner at Mayo Wynne Baxter, said: “Our continued growth is a testament to the strength and dedication of our teams, as well as our ongoing commitment to delivering exceptional legal services to our clients.”

Steeped in history, the firm has been part of the Sussex community for more than 150 years – supporting local people, their families and their businesses.

Dean continued: “While we are proud of these results, we remain focused on ensuring that our growth is both sustainable and aligned with our values.

“It is important to us that we maintain our close ties to the communities we serve, continue to offer a rewarding environment for our people, and keep delivering the high-quality legal services that have become the hallmark of Mayo Wynne Baxter.”

In addition to this revenue growth, Mayo Wynne Baxter has further strengthened its footprint across Sussex, adding Chichester to its geographical reach as well as investing in new premises in Eastbourne.

The firm also remains committed to career development and training, particularly promoting social mobility. The firm made four promotions in the past financial year.

The firm, which became part of legal and professional services group Ampa May 2022, now sits firmly in the Lawyer’s Top 100 Law Firms, with the group ranking at number 47.

Dean added: “The integration into the Ampa group has undoubtedly played a pivotal role in enabling us to accelerate this growth, providing us with enhanced resources, strategic support, and opportunities for cross-collaboration.

“We look forward to continued success and are open to hearing from like-minded talent who share our values of being both purposeful and profitable.”

For more information please visit: https://www.mayowynnebaxter.co.uk/

FluidOne appoints Graham Dickie as new CFO to spearhead strategic growth initiatives

Tue, 07 Jan 2025 12:20:27 GMT

FluidOne appoints Graham Dickie as new CFO to spearhead strategic growth initiatives

FluidOne Ltd, a leading provider of secure Connected Cloud Solutions, today announced the appointment of Graham Dickie as its new Chief Financial Officer, effective 6^th January 2025. Graham brings over 20 years of financial leadership experience to FluidOne, poised to enhance the company’s strategic financial planning and operations.

Graham has accumulated vast exposure through varied industries in his capacity as a CFO since 2006. Working in multinational businesses with revenues of upwards of £100m, he has successfully led projects centred on raising finance, improving profitability, and commercially supporting sales teams with pricing strategies. He brings comprehensive leadership, communication, and interpersonal skills and a wealth knowledge in working through large-scale restructuring and refinancing projects. His extensive experience in driving change and creating value in both private equity backed and multi-billion dollar listed global organisations will be pivotal in supporting FluidOne’s next steps in scaling up.

Since a management buyout led by CEO Russell Horton and backed by Livingbridge six years ago, the business has undergone substantial transformation. It has quadrupled in size to revenues of £113m and gone from a company specialising in communications and connectivity services, into an IT and Cyber Security-led managed service provider, with over 50% IT and cyber revenue mix and recurring revenues of over 70%.

FluidOne consults with its 2,400 customers to design solutions that complement their in-house IT structures; making complex hybrid multi-site environments and business applications accessible from anywhere, simply and securely. The Best Companies award-winning culture and customer-first values blends being a great place to work with providing world-class service to its customers. Unlike other players in this space, FluidOne consistently upholds one of the highest Net Promoter Scores (NPS) in the industry, securing 82 for November 2024.

Despite boasting nine acquisitions in recent years, the company is accelerating into a new phase of strategic expansion through organic growth and additional purchases, aiming to achieve a turnover of £300m by 2030 whilst maintaining its high standards of quality.

Russell Horton, FluidOne CEO, commented: “I am delighted to welcome Graham to FluidOne and am very much looking forward to collaborating with him in realising our 2030 vision. Our already talented team is considerably stronger with Graham on board. He brings unparalleled financial experience in buy and build strategies, combined with an immediate cultural fit, making him the ideal person to take us to the next level.”

Graham Dickie said: “It’s exciting to be joining FluidOne at such a transformative time in their journey; I’m looking forward to further establishing the business as an industry leader within IT, cyber and communications solutions.”

In becoming CFO, Graham joins the group board alongside CEO Russell Horton and CIO Chris Rogers to support them in developing and actioning FluidOne’s ambitious growth strategy.

Adur Local Plan ‘Key Issues’ Consultation

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Fri, 20 Dec 2024 09:43:25 GMT

Adur Local Plan ‘Key Issues’ Consultation

Adur District Council has started work on preparing an updated Adur Local Plan, which will provide a long term vision for the area over a period of 15 years. This consultation provides an opportunity for people to help shape the future of the area to meet their needs to create a better place to live, work and play. The new plan will provide the strategy for the growth of the local plan area, setting out what development will take place and where.

It will set out a vision for the area that helps to establish the long term aims and aspirations. The vision will be turned into objectives and policies which will deal with issues such as housing, the economy, the environment and infrastructure. Once adopted, the new plan will replace the existing Adur Local Plan which was adopted in 2017 and will be an important consideration in deciding planning applications.

The Adur Local Plan ‘Key Issues’ consultation is the first stage in preparing the plan. We are seeking your views and suggestions on the issues and challenges facing the area, and will take your feedback into account.

How to comment

You can read the Key Issues Consultation Document and have your say by visiting the council’s consultation page:
https://www.adur-worthing.gov.uk/alp-key-issues-consultation/

The consultation runs until midnight on Sunday 5th January 2025.

An Evening with Paul Johnson

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Thu, 19 Dec 2024 08:50:32 GMT

An Evening with Paul Johnson

Join Ropetackle for a fascinating and engaging evening with Paul Johnson, Director of the Institute for Fiscal Studies (IFS), where he discusses the financial state of the nation.

Date: Saturday 11th January
Time: 7:30pm

Originally from Shoreham-by-Sea, Paul has been director of the IFS since 2011. He is a columnist for The Times, and is a regular contributor to other broadcast and print media. He is a visiting professor in the UCL Policy Lab and at the UCL department of economics.

For 10 years, Paul was a member of the UK Climate Change Committee, and has served on the council of the ESRC and of the Royal Economic Society. Paul led reviews of pension auto-enrolment and of inflation measurement for the UK government, and of fiscal devolution for the Northern Ireland executive.

Previous roles have included time as chief economist at the Department for Education and as director of public spending at HM Treasury, where he also served as deputy head of the government economic service.

Paul published the Sunday Times bestseller “Follow the Money” in 2023. He was appointed CBE in the 2018 birthday honours.

Book your ticket here

Cosy Christmas at All Saints Church thanks to Pilbeam Construction

Fri, 13 Dec 2024 15:36:29 GMT

Cosy Christmas at All Saints Church thanks to Pilbeam Construction

Visitors to All Saints Church in Lindfield, West Sussex, will have an even warmer welcome this festive season, thanks to state-of-the-art underfloor heating installed by Pilbeam Construction.

The Sussex-based construction company, known for its expertise in historic buildings, has successfully completed the installation of a modern underfloor heating system at Church House, part of the Grade II-listed All Saints Church complex which dates back to 1098.

It’s a significant upgrade for Church House, known locally as The Tiger, one of the oldest buildings in the village, which was originally an open hall house built around 1400.

Alan Corbett, managing director at Pilbeam, said: “It really is an honour to contribute to the legacy of such a historic and vital community building.

“The new heating system will ensure that The Tiger continues to bring people together in warmth and comfort for years to come.

“Underfloor heating is a fantastic option for churches because it’s sympathetic to the historic nature of the building, it heats up big spaces quickly and it’s much more efficient than radiators.”

Pilbeam’s work guarantees a comfortable environment for the congregation, community groups and other visitors who use the space regularly.

While the project ran smoothly, Pilbeam faced a few challenges, including inconsistencies in the original joist layout drawings.

Despite this, the team adapted quickly by installing acoustic and thermal insulation and revising the underfloor heating design and supplier.

The work was completed in just six weeks, one week ahead of the planned seven-week schedule, and came in under budget.

Pilbeam even unearthed some unexpected finds – when removing the original floor coverings and cleaning between the joists, workers discovered old cigarette packets, hinting at the building’s rich past.

Church House, formerly the Tiger Inn, may once have been the parish guest and alehouse. It was also the home of the Michelbourne family, who were a family of merchant adventurers with a tiger on their crest.

Ashley Bence, facilities manager at All Saints, said: “The Tiger has always been a beloved part of Lindfield’s heritage, and now, thanks to Pilbeam’s expertise, it’s also a cosy hub for the whole community. We’re thrilled with the result as winter sets in – and it’s even better that the project came in below budget despite the challenges.”

The underfloor heating will benefit a wide range of groups, including the Ukrainian Friendship Group, Tiger Cubs village nursery and other local community organisations.

For further information visit: www.pilbeamconstruction.co.uk

Bluecrest introduces two new female hormone tests

Tracie Davey — Wed, 11 Dec 2024 16:33:32 GMT

Bluecrest introduces two new female hormone tests

Female health tests launch for women suspecting menopause

Health assessments provider, Bluecrest, has expanded its offering to include a Menopause Hormone Test – and Advanced Menopause Profile – to help women understand if they are menopausal.

Broadening female health support for women, the tests are designed to support women over- 40 with suspected menopausal symptoms, and those looking to check menopausal status.

"Traditionally a menopause diagnosis is based on symptoms alone. However, we know many women want to know what is happening during this time – so our tests offer further insight. We have included a GP consultation as part of our Advanced Menopause Profile, offering women a chance to discuss their results and symptoms – to establish the right path forward,” comments Martin Thornton, Chief Medical Officer at Bluecrest.

Bluecrest’s Menopause Hormone Test looks at follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) levels, which play a crucial role in promoting egg growth and triggering the production of Oestrogen. An FSH blood test provides insights into the health of the pituitary gland – a key regulator of reproductive hormones – and can help to assess whether women may be entering menopause. The Advanced Menopause Profile looks at FSH levels, as well as oestradiol, sex hormone binding globulin, testosterone, and thyroid stimulating hormone.

More than 90% of postmenopausal women were never taught about the menopause at school, and over 60% only started looking for information about the menopause once their symptoms had started, according to a study conducted by the University College London.¹

Thornton explains: “There’s still a lot of misunderstanding and misinformation out there, and many women report feeling alone when trying to cope with difficult symptoms. Being able to take a dedicated Menopause Hormone Test could transform someone’s menopause experience.”

Dominque Kent, Bluecrest’s Chief Executive, comments: “We are so excited to launch the new Advanced Menopause Profile, which, along with a GP consultation to discuss symptoms, can tell women where they are on their menopause journey. So many women confuse perimenopausal and menopausal symptoms for burnout or other lifestyle pressures and vice versa. Our Menopause Hormone Tests give women the information they need to understand what is going on for them and take action.”

Menopause isn’t just something that impacts women in isolation. It also impacts their families – and their workplaces.

The British Menopause Society has revealed that 45% of women felt that menopausal symptoms had a negative impact on their work, and 47% who needed to take a day off work due to menopause symptoms say they wouldn’t tell their employer the real reason.²

“We know menopausal women are the fastest growing demographic in the workplace,” says Kent, “and we know that it hits just as women are reaching senior positions. That’s talent British businesses can’t afford to lose.”

Martin added: “Menopause is protected under the Equality Act of 2010, but many businesses are still grappling with how to support women effectively. Periods are still a taboo subject in the workplace, and we need to cut through that stigma by talking about menstruation, by talking about menopause, in offices, on factory floors, and in boardrooms. If you’re an organisation that cares about wellbeing, you should care about menopause, and you should be looking for ways to support your workforce. Bluecrest health assessments, especially with this new Menopause Hormone Test, could be an important part of that picture.”

Bluecrest’s Advanced Menopause Profile supports the understanding of specific hormone levels, and can help women in their decisions around HRT, so that they can better manage the impact of menopause on their daily lives.

Kent continues: “This launch is particularly personal to me, given my own experience as a senior woman in the workplace and that of many women around me. Menopausal symptoms can be scary when you don’t know what is going on for you. We want to be able to empower and provide data about something that happens to 50% of the population, helping women manage menopause in the best way that they can.”

With NHS waiting lists for menopause specialist guidance rising to several months,² the tests will allow women to have informed conversations with a GP about where they are on their menopause journey and understand the treatment options available to them.

· The Menopause Hormone Test is priced at £49 and includes FSH testing, offering initial insights for women seeking to identify menopause.

· The Advanced Menopause Profile is priced at £169 and includes tests for FSH, oestradiol, sex hormone binding globulin, testosterone, and thyroid stimulating hormone, plus a GP consultation.

For more information about the new menopause tests, go to Bluecrestwellness.com

https://www.bluecrestwellness.com/packages/advanced-menopause-profile

References

1. UCL News. 2023. Nine in ten women were never educated about the menopause. Available at: https://www.ucl.ac.uk/news/2023/apr/nine-ten-women-were-never-educated-about-menopause. Accessed: December 2024

2. iNews. Menopause care crisis revealed as women face waiting until 2025 for NHS appointments. Available at: https://inews.co.uk/news/women-menopause-appointments-2025-2275134?srsltid=AfmBOooPb2zEiuUj238GtZCmO3pHfkaJBa5SbpBGDZYMJe1zhCL_gP6s. Accessed: December 2024

3. NHS Inform. Menopause and the workplace. Available at: https://www.nhsinform.scot/healthy-living/womens-health/later-years-around-50-years-and-over/menopause-and-post-menopause-health/menopause-and-the-workplace/#:~:text=It%27s%20important%20to%20remember%20that,talk%20about%20menopause%20at%20work. Accessed: December 2024

About Bluecrest:

Bluecrest is the health intelligence company. Their mission is to help everyone live healthier for longer by making personal health monitoring easy and affordable.

Its thorough assessments help people understand what is going on inside their bodies – the good and the could be better – giving them the information they need to make healthier choices and seek support if needed.

Its network of over 14,000 in-person clinics across the UK and Ireland is conveniently designed so that a Bluecrest hub is located within 20 minutes of most locations.

Bluecrest’s clinical strategy is driven by its in-house expert, Dr Martin Thornton, who is dedicated to improving health outcomes through patient-centred prevention. A clinical advisory board made up of GPs and specialist consultants shapes its approach to achieving clinical excellence.

Bluecrest is registered with the Care Quality Commission in England, with test results processed by a market-leading accredited laboratory.

For over a decade, Bluecrest has been ensuring people can live health-confident lives, completing over 2,000+ appointments every week.

Bluecrest's assessments cater for everyone by offering personalised packages that are right for the individual. Packages start from as little as £109, which includes access to a 24/7 GP service, the MyWellness App and mental health support for a year.

Top Five IT Priorities for 2025 by FluidOne

Tracie Davey — Wed, 11 Dec 2024 11:22:13 GMT

Top Five IT Priorities for 2025 by FluidOne (formerly CNC)

In addition to the usual resolutions made in December and January, we are experiencing a fair amount of change: CNC is now officially the Brighton branch of FluidOne, a Connected Cloud Solutions provider of IT, Cyber, and Comms services! This requires a lot of special planning for the New Year, which got us thinking of what lies ahead for all companies, regardless of any special going-on. With that in mind, here’s a checklist of five key IT priorities to focus on in 2025.

1. Windows 10 End-of-Life

Windows 10 support will end on October 14, 2025 – Microsoft will not provide security patches, technical assistance, or software updates, leaving devices more vulnerable to cyber attacks and performance issues. Upgrading to Windows 11 avoids this, while offering features such as a new interface, live captions, and integrated passkeys. As a Microsoft Cloud Solution Provider (CSP), FluidOne offers support with licenses and Microsoft services.

2. Rise of AI

Artificial Intelligence (AI) is transformative. AI tools like ChatGPT and Microsoft 365 Copilot are revolutionising how companies operate through automation: transcribing meetings, drafting emails, creating content, and more. By 2025, AI will be more embedded in daily business processes, making it essential to explore how AI can improve efficiency and be integrated.

3. Sustainable IT

As with most industries, sustainability is now a focus in IT. Migrating to energy-efficient data centres and cloud storage solutions can help reduce energy consumption. Transitioning to environmentally friendly hardware that uses less energy and is recyclable is another green step. These sustainable IT practices not only align with global environmental goals but also offer long-term cost savings.

4. Increasing Security

Cyber and IT security are critical, with nearly half of businesses experiencing breaches last year. That statistic should be a catalyst for conducting a comprehensive review of their security measures. Proactive strategies, such as assessments, training, and multi-factor authentication, are essential to safeguard against evolving cyber threats and strengthen defences.

5. Backup and Disaster Recovery

Disaster recovery planning is vital for protecting data and ensuring business continuity in case of cyber attacks or natural disasters. Backup is the cornerstone of recovery. Reviewing backup processes, ensuring proper encryption, and utilising cloud services will ensure that critical data is protected and recoverable.

Conclusion

IT strategies ensure organisations remain secure, efficient, and sustainable. The above five priorities are essential to keeping your business ahead of the curve. At FluidOne, our team of experts is ready to assist you with all the priorities – and more – and create a customised strategy for IT success in 2025. You can reach us through https://www.fluidone.com/contact, call us at 01273 384100 or email us at brighton@fluidone.com.

Held Consultancy - Member Case Study

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Thu, 28 Nov 2024 14:55:40 GMT

Held Consultancy - Member Case Study

What do you do?
I am a customer experience consultant - A one stop shop for all your customer experience related needs:

Converting visitors from your website and online store into customers.
Increasing online sales and services bookings.
Increasing percentage of returning customers.
Improving services presentation, online products presentation and optimising the checkout process.

Customer support - from methodology and supporting tools to ticketing systems implementation.

Why did you join the Chamber?
I wanted to be a part of a local business hub. I participated in some of the chamber’s events and was pleasantly surprised by the great atmosphere and the high organisation level in these events. This made joining an easy next step.

What’s your favourite thing about being a member?
The opportunity to connect and share with local likeminded people.

George Square Financial Management - Member Case Study

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Thu, 28 Nov 2024 14:51:19 GMT

George Square Financial Management - Member Case Study

What do you do?
George Square Financial Management provides independent financial planning solutions and mortgage advice to both individuals and businesses in the Southeast of England as well as the Midlands. Our approach is professional, friendly and client-focused whether you’re looking for expert advice on pensions, planning for the future, have a lump sum to invest, need help securing a mortgage or need a financial plan for your business. Our team of experienced, independent financial advisers work hard to build long-lasting relationships with our clients, getting to know you and your financial objectives and building mutual trust and respect. Considered planning, sound investment management and the strong ethos of partnership lie at the heart of what we do. With George Square you can be sure of a proactive approach and a dedicated, personal service that helps to build, safeguard and grow your wealth in a manner that best suits you.

Why did you join the Chamber?
I have many long-standing clients in London and the Southeast, but when I relocated to Worthing in 2022, I was aware that although George Square Financial Management is well established in the Midlands (our head office is in Nottingham), the name was new to the people and businesses of Worthing. I was keen to expand my network in the area and establish new connections.  

Having been a part of the East Midlands Chamber network for many years, I was pleased to see that Worthing and Adur offered a similar range of activities and events, which I find invaluable. I have thoroughly enjoyed the events I’ve attended so far, and I’m delighted to have met many interesting people and useful connections.

What’s your favourite thing about being a member? 
The events. Not only are they enjoyable and useful, they are also well-organised and ran with professionalism.

Also, the people I’ve met, both at the Chamber and fellow members. Everyone has been friendly, enthusiastic, and welcoming, and have helped to make my relocation a much smoother process than I expected. I’m looking forward to making many more connections and introducing George Square Financial Management.

https://george-square.co.uk/

Momentum Business Support Limited - Member Case Study

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Thu, 28 Nov 2024 14:43:38 GMT

Momentum Business Support Limited - Member Case Study

What do you do?

Established in 2013, MOMENTUM Business Support Ltd specialises in providing comprehensive remote support services tailored to meet the unique needs of small and medium sized businesses. Our team of experts are dedicated to ensuring that your business operations run smoothly and efficiently. We offer a wide range of services including administrative support, digital marketing, accounts and credit control, call answering, HR and recruitment and a bespoke call answering service. By taking over these essential tasks, we enable business owners to focus on growth and development, making it easier for them to achieve their goals. Our flexible, cost-effective solutions are designed to save time and reduce stress, ensuring you have the right people in place to make it happen..

Why did you join the Chamber?

We joined Worthing & Adur Chamber of Commerce to become part of a vibrant local business community that fosters collaboration and growth. Being a member allows us to connect with like-minded business owners, share knowledge, and leverage the networking opportunities provided by the Chamber. We believe that active participation in the Chamber enhances our visibility and credibility while opening doors to new partnerships and clients, helping us to continuously expand our service offerings.

What’s your favourite thing about being a member?

Our favourite aspect of being a Chamber member is the sense of community and support we receive. The Chamber offers a platform for valuable connections, insightful events, and professional development opportunities. We particularly appreciate the Chamber's dedication to promoting local businesses and creating an environment where members can thrive together. The friendly, collaborative spirit and mutual support within the Chamber have significantly contributed to our growth and success, making it an invaluable resource for our business.

https://momentumbusinesssupport.com/

First Aid Savvy - Member Case Study

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Thu, 28 Nov 2024 11:58:40 GMT

First Aid Savvy - Member Case Study

What do you do?
In a nutshell, I teach regulated First Aid courses to business and individuals within a 20 mile radius of Worthing. But it’s more than that … my aim is to create First Aiders who feel confident in themselves and their ability to give potentially life-saving help in an emergency situation. I run regular Open EFAW courses locally which are great for small numbers and I can also deliver a course on-site which can be very cost effective for 5 or more delegates, and convenient for your staff. Courses can often be spread over a few days or delivered in one go, whichever suits your business’s individual circumstances. As a NUCO registered trainer, the courses are guaranteed to meet HSE standards.

Why did you join the Chamber?
I went along to a couple of First Friday and Chamber Hub meetings initially and I was pleasantly surprised at how well attended they were, and how approachable and friendly everyone was. I wanted a networking group that didn’t feel like I had to do the hard sell – I believe networking is all about developing connections and this was exactly the atmosphere I found in the Chamber.

What’s your favourite thing about being a member?
As a sole trader and a people-person, it can be lonely not having colleagues around me. Being a member of the chamber means I feel like I’m not alone … twice a month and more, I can meet with like-minded business people who are so much more than potential clients (tho there is that as well obviously) .. some will become more like friends and colleagues and it’s great to feel part of something bigger than just me and my manikin mates!

www.firstaidsavvy.co.uk

Ropetackle Arts Centre and South Downs Leisure announce new partnership

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 27 Nov 2024 09:42:15 GMT

Ropetackle Arts Centre and South Downs Leisure announce new partnership

Ropetackle Arts Centre and South Downs Leisure are excited to announce a new partnership, with South Downs Leisure becoming a business sponsor of Ropetackle. The sponsorship will enable Ropetackle to extend its outreach work, by offering free tickets to children who haven’t had the opportunity to visit the theatre before.

South Downs Leisure is an award winning sustainable Charity and Leisure Trust, responsible for the delivery of leisure and hospitality facilities in Adur & Worthing. It also operates the new 50m Sea Lanes in Brighton.

South Downs Leisure works in partnership with over 80 local clubs, charities, schools and wellbeing providers and is dedicated to enhancing the lives of local residents. Its mission is to deliver an inclusive range of health and wellbeing initiatives whilst providing a clean, safe and happy experience.

Duncan Anderson, CEO of South Downs Leisure said “We are delighted to be partnering with Ropetackle. Our organisations share many values and are both committed to improving the lives of the communities in which we work. We are particularly pleased to be able to help Ropetackle work with more children and families as part of its outreach programme over the coming year’.

Martin Allen, Chairman of Ropetackle Arts Centre said “From our first meeting it was clear that South Downs Leisure and Ropetackle would make excellent partners. We are delighted to be able to extend our work with children and their families thanks to South Downs Leisure’s support. Ropetackle works across the community in order to involve and engage as many different people as possible in our programme of performances and workshops. This sponsorship will make a huge difference to our work with young people in the region”.

Photographer Tony Graham picks the winner for his Photo Shoot Competition!

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 27 Nov 2024 09:06:21 GMT

Photographer Tony Graham picks the winner for his Photo Shoot Competition!

Following a recent Chamber Networking Breakfast, Tony offered all attendees the chance to win a professional photoshoot.

Chamber Member Ginny Santer of Monetaire Accountants was delighted with the results saying "Tony was great on our recent company shoot for our website and social media photo library. It felt like the whole session was a two way process and he put me and the staff at ease. I am very happy with the results and would happily recommend him to others"

You can check out the shoot here https://adobe.ly/4fAXive

You can see more of Tony's work on his website https://www.tonygrahamphotography.co.uk/social-media-photography

Do you need help creating a sustainability plan for your business?

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 20 Nov 2024 13:07:58 GMT

Do you need help creating a sustainability plan for your business?

Final year University of Brighton students studying carbon accounting are available for business projects.

They can work with your business to examine your carbon footprint and propose strategies for reducing it.

Get data-driven insights into sustainability and reducing your energy and waste costs.

Support students with experience in the world of work.

Accelerate your sustainability journey and all the business benefits that brings.

Details:

Meet the students on 25 February 2025.

Students will need access to business info to measure your footprint, and will work from March 2025 to May 2025.

You’ll need to be available w/c 26 May 2025 to attend a student presentation session with other businesses..
Interested or have any questions?

Contact Dr. Vincent Kane in the University's School of Business and Law at v.kane@brighton.ac.uk by 29 November 2024

Will the Budget stifle future innovation or boost growth in Sussex?

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Tue, 19 Nov 2024 13:36:05 GMT

Will the Budget stifle future innovation or boost growth in Sussex?

Changes to employer national insurance (NI) announced in the Budget will add over £900 in business costs annually to the average £33,000 wage in the Brighton and Hove area, according to Sussex and South East accountancy firm Carpenter Box.

Speaking at a Budget briefing for local business leaders at the Sussex County Cricket ground, Stuart Noakes, Head of Tax at Carpenter Box, said the Budget was “big on spending, big on tax and big on borrowing.”

He said that while employment allowances would increase for the smallest employers, those business owners impacted by higher NI rates from April 2025 might want to consider offering their staff options beyond the scope of NI, such as electric vehicle packages, cycle to work schemes or higher pension contributions.

“My message to employers is to think creatively about how they can remunerate employees by providing valuable workplace benefits which at the same time help mitigate the costs associated with the NI changes,” said Stuart.

Stuart was speaking alongside Roy Thompson, Partner at Carpenter Box Financial Advisers.

Roy Thompson said the widening of the scope of inheritance tax from April 2027 to include defined contribution pension schemes, would likely encourage families to adopt more of a group approach to asset and wealth planning, sharing information and looking to redistribute money down the family tree. The Budget announcements will also encourage individuals to seek alternative investment vehicles offering tax advantages. This may include the use of Trusts and investment in assets that qualify for inheritance tax exemptions.

For further information about the Budget impact on businesses and individuals, visit the Carpenter Box Budget Hub - https://www.carpenterbox.com/budget-hub

Photo (l-r): Stuart Noakes (Carpenter Box) and Roy Thompson (Carpenter Box Financial Advisers).

Kreston Reeves strengthens VAT team with senior hire

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Tue, 12 Nov 2024 09:36:26 GMT

Kreston Reeves strengthens VAT team with senior hire

Accountants, business and financial advisers Kreston Reeves has strengthened its VAT and Indirect Tax team with the appointment of Director Nick Dawe.

Nick joined the firm on 1 November 2024 from KPMG where he was a senior manager in its indirect tax team.

He brings to the firm considerable expertise across all areas of VAT and with specific interests in land and property businesses, financial services, retail, not-for-profit, energy and public sector institutions.

Nick also has particular strengths in advising international businesses, having spent eight years at HMRC as its G7 and G6 VAT specialist.

Kreston Reeves’ expert VAT and Duty team supports clients through VAT advice and compliance, international VAT strategy, VAT recovery, negotiations with HMRC and advice on import duties.

Commenting on the new role, Nick said: “Kreston Reeves has a terrific reputation acting for entrepreneurial and fast-growth businesses, often with an international focus. I am looking forward to developing my career with a firm that reflects my own purpose in guiding clients through the VAT landscape.”

Rupert Moyle, Partner and Head of VAT and Duty at Kreston Reeves said: “VAT continues to be complex with businesses needing the very best advice to help them navigate the pot holes. We are thrilled by Nick’s decision to join the firm and know our clients will benefit from his technical expertise and ability to provide advice in an accessible and practical way.”

METALL event: Do your research to succeed overseas

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Mon, 11 Nov 2024 12:05:32 GMT

METALL event: Do your research to succeed overseas

Sussex and Surrey manufacturers looking to grow overseas benefited from advice from one of the UK’s leading international trade experts at the latest meeting of METALL, the forum for the region’s manufacturing, engineering and technology businesses.

Nick Charles, International Trade Adviser at the Department for Business and Trade (DBT), guided business leaders through the government support that is available both online and in person to help companies expand through exports.

“Succeeding internationally not only means exposure to bigger markets, it can also make recruiting talent easier, boost productivity and generate new ideas through knowledge sharing,” said Nick. “That said, businesses must do their research, get good data, and be prepared to invest their time and resources to expand operations on a country-by-country basis.”

He recommended visiting great.gov.uk as a starting point where businesses can join DBT’s online export academy, which helps to build knowledge on selling internationally, and explore further support options relevant to them. This includes contacting DBT’s export support team.

Businesses also heard from a panel of experts from METALL sponsors, accountants Carpenter Box, lawyers DMH Stallard and NatWest Bank, about the most common pitfalls to avoid, notably around intellectual property, contractual terms and conditions, VAT and finance.

“There are definitely exciting opportunities overseas for progressive businesses, but the big take-away for would-be exporters is to do your homework,” said Tony Summers, Partner and Head of Manufacturing at Carpenter Box. “To succeed, manufacturers need to be thorough in their planning, understand the risks, get to know their target territories and markets inside out – and then implement a comprehensive business development plan.”

Photo (l-r) shows: Thomas Mobee, VAT Director, Carpenter Box; Kaajal Kanbi, Trade Finance Manager, NatWest; Nick Charles, International Trade Adviser, Department for Business and Trade; and Debbie Venn, Partner, DMH Stallard.

www.metall.org.uk

Pilbeam expands team to support talent development

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Fri, 08 Nov 2024 09:52:28 GMT

Pilbeam expands team to support talent development

Contractor Pilbeam Construction has strengthened its team with three new hires, boosting its ability to deliver high-quality construction projects across Sussex and the South East.

Joining Pilbeam, based in Southwick, West Sussex, are Rob Lyons as assistant quantity surveyor, Benjamin Williams as assistant site manager and Sam Burchett as a carpentry apprentice.

Pilbeam Construction managing director Alan Corbett said: “This expansion demonstrates our commitment to providing opportunities for young people and quality craftsmanship.

“We’re very happy to welcome Rob, Benjamin and Sam to the Pilbeam family. The skills they acquire with us will strengthen our ability to deliver excellent service across major heritage, healthcare and educational projects in the South East.”

Rob Lyons, with a BSc (Hons) in Quantity Surveying and experience in managing large-scale projects across Dubai and Oman, joins as assistant quantity surveyor. His responsibilities include procurement, contract management and cost control.

Rob said: “It was Pilbeam’s reputation for quality and collaboration that initially attracted me.

“The company is large enough to manage substantial, exciting projects, yet retains a close-knit culture that encourages teamwork.”

Rob’s career began in council housing maintenance, later evolving into international project management – and he’s now eager to bring his expertise to Pilbeam’s diverse portfolio.

Benjamin Williams brings a dynamic approach to site management, with expertise in health and safety, resource organisation and quality-focused project delivery.

With a technology-driven perspective, Benjamin has already contributed to Pilbeam’s notable regional projects, including the restoration of Newhaven Fort.

Currently working towards a Level 6 BSc (Hons) in Construction Management, Benjamin said: “Pilbeam’s values align with my own. It’s a supportive environment where the company really invests in your professional growth. It took me a while to find my place in construction, but I believe I’ve landed on my feet at Pilbeam.”

Sam Burchett, a carpentry and joinery apprentice studying at Brighton Met, has joined Pilbeam after a successful work experience placement.

Previously a warehouse operative, Sam’s transition to carpentry and joinery reflects his dedication to mastering hands-on, creative work in a field he’s passionate about.

Sam said: “From day one, the team has made me feel welcome and I’m learning so much in an environment that truly values its apprentices. I’ve always loved making things, so this role is the perfect fit for me.”

For further information please visit: https://www.pilbeamconstruction.co.uk/

Could you support Tree Action and Durrington Infant and Junior Schools?

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Fri, 08 Nov 2024 09:43:20 GMT

Could you support Tree Action and Durrington Infant and Junior Schools?

TreeAction CIC, a Sussex based non for profit that funds and organises tree planting projects in schools and communities, is currently fundraising for an orchard of 20 fruit trees that will be planted at Durrington Infant and Junior school over the next six months.

The project will be TreeActions 8^th school project in Sussex where it has fundraised for over 90% of the cost of the project, and they are now looking to raise £5000 for the Durrington Primary project, with all donations being matched by Aviva Community fund.

The planting itself would involve the students who will also be caring for those trees and harvesting the fruit for years to come.

Durrington Infant and Junior support a considerable number of vulnerable and disadvantaged pupils and their families. They have a food bank supporting up to 50 families each month, offering breakfast to pupils, and each Friday make surplus food available to families who cannot always provide fresh fruit to their children. Fruit from the orchard would also be offered mid-morning snacks to any pupils.

The varieties we will order will likely include pear, plum and cherry trees and the project will help the school to address an educational vacuum through hands on tree care and fruit picking as part of the curriculum.

Above: Some of the young eco-team and year 3 cohort at the school who will be involved in planting looking after the trees. Some are school councilors as well so represent their class.

TreeAction CIC Director Ricky Purnell said “ We’re looking to support environmental education in schools with more trees, especially when the school do not have the time and resources to organise major projects like this. The young students are our future eco ambassadors, and giving them responsibility for caring for trees can support their outdoor learning “

The school's nursery children will pay visits to begin understanding nature from early on adopting a tree as part of their "Well-being Wednesday" and lessons including cooking and understanding where food comes from would use this. A range of children will be involved from nursery up to year 6, so this will be a whole school project.

More information on the project and crowdfunding campaign can be found here – https://www.crowdfunder.co.uk/p/treeaction---more-tree-projects-for-schools

They are also always on the lookout for volunteers. - www.treeactionuk.org.

Kreston Reeves advises Falkland Islands-based Fortuna on its acquisition of Holyhead Towing Company Ltd

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Thu, 07 Nov 2024 13:07:27 GMT

Kreston Reeves advises Falkland Islands-based Fortuna on its acquisition of Holyhead Towing Company Ltd

Kreston Reeves has advised Fortuna Ltd on its acquisition of Holyhead Towing Company Ltd.

Fortuna Ltd, based in Stanley, is the leading company in the fishing industry in the Falkland Islands with a strong international reputation for wild-caught and sustainably fished seafood.

Holyhead Towing, based on the Isle of Anglesey in North Wales and with strong and historic connections to the Falkland Islands, operates a fleet of 15 modern and versatile vessels used to support energy, marine civil engineering, dredging and renewable energy projects in the Arabian Gulf, Africa, Indian Ocean and throughout Europe.

The Kreston Reeves team was led by Corporate Finance Director Craig Dallender, supported by Partner Tom Wacher, Corporate Tax Senior Manager Mohammed Mujtaba, Corporate Finance Manager Sakshi Gupta, Corporate Finance Assistant Manager Mark Cheung, Private Client Tax Partner Tom Boniface, Corporate Tax Assistant Manager Jieun Shin and VAT Semi Senior Tanraj Bansal.

Overseas tax support was provided by Kreston ITH and Breaking the Mould Accounting Limited. Legal advice was provided by Pinsent Masons.

Craig said: “We are delighted to have assisted the team at Fortuna with this important transaction. The complexities of the deal required input from a range of the experts across the services we offer here at Kreston Reeves; a clear demonstration of our ability to help clients to achieve the best possible outcomes.”

James Wallace, Managing Director, Fortuna Ltd, said: “This is a significant acquisition for Fortuna which builds on our strengths as a company, helps further diversify our business and provides exciting capabilities and opportunities for the Falklands in the future. Holyhead Towing is a strong company that we know well, with a clear plan for growth. We are very excited to be involved in the future of the Company, and I am delighted to welcome them into the Fortuna Group.

“I’d also like to take this opportunity to thank the teams at Pinsent Masons and Kreston Reeves for their invaluable assistance in progressing this acquisition”

James Burns, Managing Director, Holyhead Towing Company Ltd, said: “This is a great step forward for the company, allowing us to chart a course toward an impressive future. Over the coming years, we will focus on strategic investments in our fleet, driven by our commitment to safety, quality, and innovation, all grounded in our extensive experience and deep understanding of our customers’ needs. We extend our gratitude to the board of Fortuna, as well as the crews, management, and customers of HT, for their patience and support throughout this process.”

Looking for a Career in Accountancy?

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Thu, 07 Nov 2024 12:58:11 GMT

Looking for a Career in Accountancy?

For those interested in a career in accountancy, Sussex and South East firm Carpenter Box is holding a Trainee Scheme Open Evening in November at their main office in Crescent Road, Worthing.

Accountancy continues to be a very popular career for college leavers and graduates, as evidenced by the increasing number of new trainees recruited each year by Carpenter Box.

Following their popular open evening in February, Carpenter Box is running another informative event on Tuesday 19^th November from 5.30pm. The event is aimed at sixth form and college students who are looking to find out more about starting a career in accountancy or tax in 2025.

At the open evening, one of the Carpenter Box Partners will introduce the firm and provide some information about the different pathways available to become an accountant, tax or business adviser. Attendees can also chat with current trainees to get first-hand insight into their role and experience so far and speak to representatives from ACCA and ICAEW to find out more about the various qualification options. Their HR team will also be on hand to provide some CV and interview tips when applying for a trainee role at Carpenter Box.

For further information on the open evening and to register for a free place visit: https://www.carpenterbox.com/event/open-evening/

www.carpenterbox.com

Carpenter Box Wins Top Tax Team Accolade at Industry Awards

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Thu, 07 Nov 2024 12:21:11 GMT

Carpenter Box Wins Top Tax Team Accolade at Industry Awards

Carpenter Box has been named the Tax Team of the Year at the prestigious 2024 Accounting Excellence Awards.

The accolade, presented during a red-carpet ceremony hosted by comedian Rob Beckett at London’s iconic Roundhouse, recognised the Sussex and South East firm’s innovative approach to tax services and its commitment to client support.

The Carpenter Box tax team is led by five partners and comprises 35 members of staff across six offices, of which 20 are chartered tax advisers.

In their citation, the award judges described the firm as ‘innovative…with a clearly defined strategy and goals...and a real focus on client care.’ They highlighted Carpenter Box’s successful StarBox initiative, which offers tax-driven support to YouTubers and content creators, as an example of ‘how the firm is responding to wider changes in society’.

“This award is testament to the teamwork that is at the heart of the service we provide to our clients,” said Stuart Noakes, Chairman and Head of Tax Services at Carpenter Box. “We focus unerringly on staff development and training to ensure that every single team member is not only recognised and valued but also equipped with the technical and personal skills they need to deliver high quality service and appropriate professional advice.

“Tax is central to the firm’s wider growth strategy, and this award helps to solidify our growing reputation as the premier tax team in the South East,” said Stuart.

(Receiving the award are l-r: Carpenter Box Partners David Crowter, Nathan Keeley & Robert Lee, Chairman & Head of Tax Services Stuart Noakes, Managing Partner Alan Edwards, Matthew Barnes, Sales Director at Wolters Kluwer & comedian Rob Beckett.)

www.carpenterbox.com

Sussex-based Lightning Fibre launches Full Fibre Broadband Sale

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 06 Nov 2024 10:05:21 GMT

Sussex-based Lightning Fibre launches Full Fibre Broadband Sale

Lightning Fibre delivers lightning-fast full fibre broadband to Eastbourne, Brighton and Hove, Worthing, Lancing, Hastings and St Leonards, Heathfield, Hellingly and Broad Oak, Hailsham and Polegate. This ‘sale for everyone’ gives a range of price points and speeds for every type of user and budget.

150Mbps 24 month contract, residential customers, was £26 per month plus £48 one off set up fee. NOW £22 per month, free set up and first month FREE.

500Mbps 24 month contract, residential customers, £35 per month, free set up and THREE months FREE.

1Gbps 24 month contract, residential customers, was £39 per month. NOW £29 per month, free set up and first month FREE.

2Gbps 24 month contract, residential customers, was £99 per month. NOW £49 per month, free set up and first month FREE. (where available)*

‍
Additionally, the Lightning Fibre offers a social tariff on a rolling 30 day contract for £15 per month for households in receipt of means-tested benefits, delivering 50Mbps symmetric full fibre to the home. Plus, until 30^th Nov, anyone over 66 years can also access FullFibre50 for £15 per month fixed for 24 months.

Lightning Fibre operates a Sussex-based customer service call centre, available every day from 8am to 8pm (except on Christmas Day) and has a retail unit in Eastbourne, located in the Enterprise Shopping Centre, open Monday to Friday 9am to 5.30pm.

Rob Reaks, chief commercial officer, commented, "This is the first time we have discounted all 24 month packages, and I am particularly pleased to see the 2Gbps package reduced to half price*. It makes a residential multi-gig package more affordable for busy homes and gamers and we expect it to be very popular this winter. One Touch Switch now makes it easier than ever before to switch providers, and we can typically install new broadband customers within a few weeks of placing an order.”

The company offers a fixed price for 24 months, although 12 month and rolling contracts are available. 12 and 1 month rolling contracts are not part of the Winter Sale. Unlike many mainstream ISPs, Lightning Fibre does not increase prices during a minimum service period, which means these sale prices can be locked in for a full two years. The sale ends 31st December.

Lightning Fibre is working with Global Radio, Bauer Media, More Radio and Gaydio to deliver radio campaigns across East and West Sussex and Kent, and is running TV and VOD campaigns on Sky TV, Channels Four and Five and ITV.

Lightning Fibre is the UK's best consumer ISP (<50k customers) - Internet Service Providers' Association Awards 2023, and also a finalist for the Best Consumer ISP (<100k customers) category in 2024, the winner will be revealed on 21^st November.

www.LightningFibre.co.uk

01323 380260

_{*2Gbps package is not available in Brighton & Hove, or Worthing at this time.}

Budget 2024: bad, good, somewhere in between?

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Mon, 04 Nov 2024 11:22:29 GMT

Tony Hedger, President of Worthing & Adur Chamber shares his thoughts on the recent Autumn Budget

The dust is settling on the 2024 Autumn Budget and the reaction from the small business sector has been interesting. Bust or boost? And how are firms going to finance operations and investment into 2025 and beyond?

Budget 2024: bad, good, somewhere in between?

The build-up to the Budget featured plenty of doom-mongering, and there were some tough measures for businesses, but at the same time, there were positives, not least a widespread focus on increasing investment. So, really, a mixed bag.

The rise to employers’ national insurance and the increase in the National Living Wage were the bad points for small businesses, both of which sparked some significant knee-jerk reactions involving claims of layoffs, redundancies and closures.

Heaping more pressure on cash flow and profit margins is the last thing small businesses wanted from the Budget and on the surface these measures do add to the burden. But it is worth pointing out that small businesses have been shielded to some degree from the rise in employers’ national insurance contributions through an increase in the related employment allowance.

There was also some good news with regard to business rates. Although the wide-ranging reform that the small business sector wanted didn’t materialise, retail, hospitality and leisure properties will benefits from lower rates, while the 40% relief framework will stay in place in the short term. Yet another review of the system has been promised by the government.

Aside from business rates, the reaction to the treatment of the corporate tax system has been largely positive, with important investment reliefs remaining in place. The targeting of greater stability has been praised here. Increased investment in workplace training and protection of R&D tax relief has also been welcomed.

Following our recent survey the main area of concern for our members is uncertainty and instability. Only time will tell if this budget has done anything for business confidence or if those business’s still feel uncertain for the future.

One thing we can absolutely reassure businesses of is that we are here to raise the voice of business in Worthing and Adur loud and clear and will continue to do so.

Esteem are looking for a Monitoring and Evaluation Consultant

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Thu, 24 Oct 2024 11:33:40 GMT

Esteem are looking for a Monitoring and Evaluation Consultant

Role	Monitoring and Evaluation Consultant for Esteem
Accountable to	Esteem’s Head of Programmes
Based at	Hybrid - In person sessions held at The Old School House, Ham Road, Shoreham-by-Sea BN43 6PA
Contract	As agreed from brief below
Budget	Up to £5,000
Dates	Proposed start date from Jan 2025
Interview Dates	w/c - 2/12/24
Application Deadline and details	Application deadline: 9am - 18/11/24 To apply please provide a proposal for how you intend to meet the objectives, along with evidence of your experience, such as a CV to hr@esteem.org.uk For an informal conversation please email emma.edwards@esteem.org.uk or call 07395313874 We understand that not everyone excels in written tasks please let us know if you would prefer to submit a video or audio application.

Esteem is seeking a Monitoring and Evaluation Consultant to work with our youth charity, Esteem to establish a consistent framework for managing and measuring our impact. The ideal candidate will bring an innovative, participatory approach that actively involves young adults in the process, ensuring that the data we collect is not only robust but also reflective of the lived experiences of those we work with. Additionally, this framework will provide the quality of data needed to effectively communicate our impact to funders and stakeholders.

Our Theory of Change:

Our Theory of Change, identifies five key benefits we aim to deliver:

● Thriving: Supporting young adults to live fulfilling and healthy lives.

● Coping: Helping young adults build resilience and navigate challenges.

● Using Initiative: Encouraging proactive behaviours and self-leadership.

● Feeling Valued: Creating environments where young adults feel recognised and appreciated.

● Adding Value to Others: Empowering young adults to contribute positively to their communities.

We believe that if we can evidence these benefits it will lead to our long term aims of creative positive cycles of growth, contributing to the wider community and resilience into adulthood.

Research shows that when social and emotional skills are developed, it leads to broader positive outcomes in both personal and community life. Our monitoring and evaluation process will ensure we are effectively capturing and communicating these benefits. We want to highlight areas where we could be doing more, being more effective or missing a vital area of support.

Esteem employs a staff team of 14 and works with over 250 young adults each year offering opportunities such as social activities, mentoring, volunteering and participation opportunities, wellbeing sessions and counselling. The organisation has grown year on year with our annual income rising from £329,700 in 2021/22 to £497,409 in 2023/24

The brief includes working with Esteem’s staff team and young adults to meet the following key objectives:

Establish a Consistent Evaluation Framework:

- Help us to design a framework that enables us to systematically measure and evaluate the impact of our programs across multiple projects and time periods. This framework should provide consistency in how data is gathered and reported.

- Ensure the framework is built around our Theory of Change and our five core aims: Thriving, Coping, Using Initiative, Feeling Valued, and Adding Value to Others.

Use a Participatory Approach:

- Work closely with young adults to co-create the evaluation process. This includes involving them in defining the key questions we should be asking to assess progress in each of the five benefit areas.

- Employ participatory and creative data collection methods alongside our existing quantitative systems that empower young adults to contribute meaningfully. This could include workshops, interviews, storytelling, and arts-based methods that align with the participatory ethos of our charity.

- Ensure that these methods are replicable and can be applied across future projects to ensure consistency.

Diverse & Inclusive Monitoring:

- Develop a strategy for tracking the demographics and backgrounds of the young adults we engage with, focusing on ethnicity, socio-economic background, gender, and other intersectional factors. This will help us identify who we are reaching and who we are not, ensuring our programs are inclusive and reaching diverse groups.

- Identify gaps in our reach and propose actionable recommendations on how to better engage underrepresented groups.

- Take a DE&I approach to M&E and embed in the framework

Data Collection & Analysis:

- In addition to our existing qualitative data (stories, case studies, etc.) and attendance figures, introduce quantitative and mixed-method approaches that provide a more holistic view of our impact.

- Create tools and templates for staff to use in data collection that are user-friendly, trauma-informed and aligned with the framework, and can be integrated within our youth work offer.

- Ensure that all data collected can be compared year-on-year and across projects to track long-term progress and trends.

- Support the production of high-quality impact measurement data that can be used to report back to funders and stakeholders, demonstrating the effectiveness of our work and ensuring continued support. The data should enable us to clearly show how our programs contribute to the personal, social, and emotional development of young adults, as well as broader community benefits.

- Explore options for ways young adults can benefit from the data that is collected eg. documenting, tracking and acknowledging their journey with Esteem

Reporting and Communication:

- Develop a reporting structure that allows us to communicate our impact clearly to internal stakeholders (young adults and staff), funders, and external audiences. Reports should be clear, concise, and accessible, highlighting key outcomes and impact areas and identify ways to give feedback ongoing.

- Ensure reports capture not just quantitative outcomes but also the personal, social, and emotional development of the young adults we work with, in line with our long-term goals of fostering Positive Cycles of Growth, Resilience into Adulthood, and Positive Contribution to the Community.

- Provide funders with compelling evidence of the value of their investment, showing how their support contributes to tangible, positive outcomes for young people.

Current Data Collection:

We have a foundation of data, including:

● Quotes, stories and case studies that highlight individual experiences.

● Attendance figures and session reports that show engagement levels.

The consultant will build on this existing data, enhancing our ability to gather rich, participatory insights while ensuring our tools and methods are adaptable for future use.

Esteem is looking for a consultant who has:

● Proven experience in designing and implementing monitoring and evaluation frameworks, ideally within the youth or charity sectors.

● Demonstrated experience with participatory and creative data collection methods.

● Strong understanding of intersectionality and inclusive practices in monitoring and evaluation.

● Ability to involve young adults in co-creation processes.

● Strong communication and reporting skills, with experience creating accessible reports for diverse stakeholders.

● Understanding of the need for charities to produce impact measurement data that meets the needs of funders and demonstrates the value of the work being done.

Please provide a proposal for how you intend to meet the needs of the objectives, along with evidence of your experience, such as a CV to hr@esteem.org.uk. If you are successful you will be required to undertake an interview and enhanced DBS.

200 people benefited from Help to Grow

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 23 Oct 2024 07:49:54 GMT

200 people benefited from Help to Grow

It’s been over two years since the first cohort of SME (Small and Medium Enterprise) business leaders graduated from the Help to Grow: Management programme at the University and they’ve just celebrated filling their 10^th cohort. The numbers tell of a success story for the programme and the businesses that have grown with them.

Help to Grow is a 90% Government funded 12-week programme for SME business decision makers designed to boost their leadership skills and business performance with them developing a bespoke Growth action plan for their business.

The programme is proving a success with thousands of businesses throughout the UK being supported with 200 SME business leaders having taken the programme with the University of Brighton so far. These businesses come from all sectors - ranging from construction to a glamping site and from a mobile cocktail bar to a dental practice.

Catherine Robinson, Dean of the School of Business and Law said

“Aligned to the School of Business and Law’s mission Help to Grow cohorts are delivering on the school’s commitment to shape responsible enterprise for a fairer society by supporting local entrepreneurs with tailored further education and distinct executive coaching. When we speak to our graduates, we hear the huge impact that the Help to Grow programme makes to the sustainable growth of their businesses as well as their own personal development.”

The last scheduled Help to Grow cohort is January 2025 and there are a few places left click here for more info

Blue Billboard launches 24 D6 and D4 displays across Victoria Place Woking

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Tue, 22 Oct 2024 09:01:39 GMT

Blue Billboard launches 24 D6 and D4 displays across Victoria Place Woking

Blue Billboard, a leading provider of digital out-of-home (DOOH) advertising, is pleased to announce the installation of 24 D6 and D4 advertising screens in key locations throughout Victoria Place shopping centre in Woking. These screens were installed to provide both engaging advertising content from our local and national advertisers, and also to provide way finding and centre information to visitors of the centre.

Blue Billboard partnered with Theravada to deliver the project, which included the design and build of custom wall mounted surrounds and Totems. In addition we chose Theravadahttps://www.bluebillboard.co.uk/as an all in one solution provider to also install and configure a local Wi-Fi network for both the screens and public use.

The new screens are located in high-traffic areas throughout the complex, including by escalators and stairs, adjacent to several busy large retail units, and covering the foodcourt with it’s high density footfall and dwell times.

“We are proud to announce the completion of this installation at Victoria Place” said Justin Howard, Co Founder at Blue Billboard. “This is one of the largest shopping areas in Surrey, located only 30 minutes from London and with an average footfall of 150,000 people a week – we’re confident that our advertisers will get incredible advertising exposure, at Blue Billboards competitive price.”

Blue Billboard would also like to thank the Centre Management team (Simon Cuckow, John-Paul Jackson and Martin Pooley) from Savills for their help, Stewart Pegum from Woking Borough Council and Neil Buckland from Mall Solutions – all who played a key role in enabling this project.

Benefits of the New D6 Advertising Screens

The new advertising screens offer a number of benefits for both advertisers and shoppers. For advertisers, the screens offer the following benefits:

High visibility: The screens are located in high-traffic areas throughout Victoria Place, ensuring that advertisers will reach a large and captive audience.

Bright and sharp images: The screens use state-of-the-art Sony digital display technology to deliver bright and sharp images that will capture shoppers’ attention.

Versatility: The screens can be used to display a variety of content, including videos, images, and text.

Targeting: The screens are equipped with sensors that can track traffic flow and shopper behavior, which allows advertisers to target their messages more effectively.

For shoppers, the new screens offer the following benefits:

More engaging experience: The screens will display a variety of content, including advertising, information about upcoming events and promotions, and more. This will provide shoppers with a more engaging and informative experience.

Easier to find what they’re looking for: The screens will also be used to display information about the mall’s retailers and restaurants, which will make it easier for shoppers to find what they’re looking for.

Conclusion

The installation of the new D6 advertising screens is a significant investment by Blue Billboard in Victoria Place Woking. The screens will provide a more engaging and informative experience for shoppers, and they will give advertisers a new and effective way to reach their target audience.

www.bluebillboard.co.uk

Carpenter Box appoints two senior managers to growing audit team

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 16 Oct 2024 10:52:39 GMT

Carpenter Box appoints two senior managers to growing audit team

Sussex and South East accountancy firm Carpenter Box continues to grow from strength to strength, with two new Senior Managers appointed to the firm’s expanding audit team, which now comprises 65 specialists.

Annemarie Fern joins the Worthing office, while Emily Girling will oversee audits run by the Carpenter Box Portsmouth team.

Annemarie brings more than 18 years’ professional experience to her new role, having qualified as ATT (Association of Taxation Technicians) before gaining ICAEW Chartered Accountant status in 2012.

She has specialist audit knowledge covering UK and international groups of companies and occupational pension schemes, and is an acknowledged expert in innovative auditing techniques that enhance both accuracy and efficiency for clients. She will manage a portfolio of clients and act as mentor to a team of 12, as well as advising on technical auditing and financial reporting requirements.

Emily Girling joins the firm’s fast-growing Portsmouth office, which has doubled its headcount to 20 people in the last year. She is an ICAEW Chartered Accountant with specialist knowledge of the not-for-profit and education sectors, and will oversee client audits as well as developing her own portfolio of clients in the Hampshire area.

“We are delighted to welcome two experienced audit managers to our growing team,” said Tony Summers, Carpenter Box Partner and Head of Assurance & Advisory. “Annemarie and Emily bring technical knowledge, specialist sector expertise and customer service experience that will add value to current clients while contributing to the wider expansion plans of the firm.”

(Image shows l-r: Emily Girling and Annemarie Fern)

www.carpenterbox.com

George Square Financial Management Update - This month's three big investment themes

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 16 Oct 2024 10:39:23 GMT

George Square Financial Management Update - This month's three big investment themes

Pain from London

It is possible our new chancellor Rachel Reeves had hoped to stimulate some Churchillian spirit with her bleak description of the problems faced by the UK economy and public finances. In reality, she seems to have just perpetuated gloom. Since the election, consumer confidence has fallen, business investment has slowed, and many have felt they are waiting with something of a sense of foreboding for the budget on 30th October.

It remains to be seen what tax changes this will bring, although the mood music suggests some of the more dramatic moves planned around pensions have been withdrawn after much scrutiny. The big picture, of course, is that Reeves is seeking ways to both close a short-term funding problem and work out how to get long-term investment up to stimulate growth. She must do this within a double-tied straitjacket of firstly her own promises (not to raise the main rates of tax) and secondly the very real threat that too much more borrowing could lead to a re-occurrence of the market turbulence which accompanied Liz Truss’s mini-budget. Investors’ patience with the UK is after all somewhat thin after the events of only two years ago.

However, we should note that whilst it is easy to paint a dramatic narrative about these things, most economic policymaking is about incremental moves which over time add up to real change rather than dramatic events. We believe it is likely she will shift the accounting around enough to find a way to invest more but being mindful of the market reaction will provide enough reassurance to avoid a serious rise in UK borrowing costs. This at least means that whilst the budget could feel like a bleak day, it could be the start of a new, albeit muted, cycle of investment for the UK. And we should remember that the indications are that the global economy continues its recovery so Reeves may yet get some help from the wider world. Improvements will take much time to come through but ultimately, we believe the gloom will lift.

Promises of hope from Beijing

Whilst the UK grapples with the question of whether it can invest at all, in Beijing a different process is underway. Here, after years of tepid growth, President Xi has promised to start a major cycle of government investment in a bid to revive Chinese economic growth back up to its 5% target. This promise elicited a sharp rally in Asian shares over the past month. We believe that an eventual recovery in Asia could be a significant long-term source of returns for portfolios in the years ahead and have made a modest move, particularly in higher-risk portfolios, back into Asian companies. However, as with all changes like these, we move gradually, knowing that there can be false as well as real dawns. Nonetheless, there can be little doubt that Asian shares are cheap compared to historical prices and the rest of the world. A revival here has the potential to be significant in the years ahead for the returns we can deliver.

Thin gruel for the UK

The other major news story, of course, is the upcoming US presidential election which is just less than one month away. The polls are about as close to an exact tie as it is possible to imagine. On the face of it, if this were a game of poker you would probably rather have Kamala Harris’s hand. She has a very small lead in just enough swing states to win. But all of these leads are within the margin of error for polling and her advantage could well be illusory. For investors, the key consideration is really around US debt. The spending plans proposed by Donald Trump and the tax cuts he is adding indicate a significant expansion of US borrowing in the next four years. This could have the effect of raising global borrowing costs and forcing interest rates down faster than expected, but also could lead to a correlated rise in inflation. The United States, though, really is different to every other economy in the world. As the world’s reserve currency and the lender of last resort, US administrations have far more leeway to borrow and invest than the painfully narrow wriggle-room enjoyed by our own leaders in the UK. We believe the US economic recovery can continue under both potential presidents.

The content of this material is a marketing communication, and not independent investment research. As such, the legal and regulatory requirements in relation to independent investment research do not apply to this material and it is not subject to any prohibition on dealing ahead of its dissemination. The material is for general information purposes only (whether or not it states any opinions). It does not take into account your personal circumstances or objectives. Nothing in this material is (or should be considered to be) legal, financial, investme nt or other advice on which reliance should be placed. No opinion given in the material constitutes a recommendation by Albemarle Street Partners or George Square Financial Management Ltd that any particular investment, security, transaction or investment strategy is suitable for any specific person. Although the information set out in this marketing communication is obtained from sources believed to be reliable, Albemarle Street Partners or George Square Financial Management Ltd. makes no guarantee as to its accuracy or completeness. Neither Albemarle Street Partners or George Square Financial Management Ltd. shall be responsible for any loss that you may incur, either directly or indirectly, arising from any investment based on any information contained herein. This material may include charts displaying financial instruments’ past performance as well as estimates and forecasts. Any information relating to past performance of an investment does not necessarily guarantee future performance. Albemarle Street Partners is a trading name of Atlantic House Investments Limited (AHI), which is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority ("FCA") FRN 931264. Registered office: One Eleven, Edmund Street, Birmingham B3 2HJ, United Kingdom.George Square Financial Management Ltd. is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority.

Pilbeam Construction urges government to address chronic skills gap

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Tue, 15 Oct 2024 11:49:31 GMT

Pilbeam Construction urges government to address chronic skills gap

Labour facing shortfall of workers to build 1.5m homes

Contractor Pilbeam Construction is urging the government to take immediate action to tackle the escalating skills gap and prioritise small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in the construction sector.

Without intervention, this shortage threatens to derail Labour’s ambitious housing targets and disrupt building projects nationwide, warned the Sussex firm.

It also wants more incentives for young people to enter the profession and for older workers to retrain.

Alan Corbett, managing director of Pilbeam Construction said: “There’s been a lot of talk about getting Britain building again and the need for more housing, but we need trained people to see these projects through.

“The lack of training and apprenticeship programmes among smaller construction firms, combined with the loss of skilled European labour following Brexit, has left the sector in a tricky position.

“We urge the new administration to address this issue in the upcoming autumn Budget.”

The Construction Industry Training Board warned earlier this year there was a shortfall of 152,000 workers needed to achieve Labour’s ambitions of building 1.5m homes in the next five years.

Pilbeam pointed out ‘tier one’ contractors often have their own registered training schemes and although there is a shortage of labour, these larger businesses have the power and leverage to recruit from what is a small and therefore expensive pool.

Alan added: “Once you get down to medium and small-sized contractors it has become more challenging to recruit at the bottom of the pyramid. The industry is struggling to find skilled people to do the work – and all our subcontractors are telling the same story.

“We need a major push from the government if we’re to meet housing targets. Construction can play a vital role in the UK’s economic recovery, but a skilled workforce is a must.

“The government should implement policies that incentivise new talent to join the sector, including expanding schemes like T Levels and apprenticeships.”

Pilbeam is not alone in this concern. According to Screwfix’s 2024 Voice of the Trade Report, the shortage of young people entering trades is a major concern amongst tradespeople.

Over 80% reported a lack of apprentices, with one in three small firms saying financial support for apprentice wages would help them hire more. Pilbeam Construction suggested apprenticeships would be more attractive if the government took inspiration from the package of support students receive, by providing a living allowance, free or subsidised travel or help to buy tools or equipment for apprentices.

Alan, who is just starting as an Enterprise Adviser with East Sussex County Council, where he actively engages with schools to promote construction as a career, said: “We have to improve access to apprenticeships and training schemes while raising awareness.

“At Pilbeam, we’ve taken on a management trainee and a young carpenter, but these initiatives need stronger promotion at both industry and government levels. We would like to see the government support our trade bodies and institutes by promoting the construction industry as a professional, safe and worthwhile alternative for both women and men.

“It’s vital to catch young people early. Not every career has to be behind a computer – there’s strong demand for tradespeople and these roles offer excellent pay and job security if you’ve got the right skills.”

For further information please visit: https://www.pilbeamconstruction.co.uk/

University of Brighton appoint new Vice Chancellor

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Thu, 10 Oct 2024 08:32:37 GMT

University of Brighton appoint new Vice Chancellor!

Professor Donna Whitehead has been appointed as the next Vice-Chancellor of the University of Brighton. Professor Whitehead will join on 1 February 2025 from the University of South Wales where she is currently Deputy Vice-Chancellor.

Professor Whitehead’s appointment is the culmination of an extensive search that involved widespread stakeholder engagement across the University and attracted a high-quality field of candidates. The Appointment Panel and the university’s Board of Governors unanimously agreed that she was the outstanding candidate to lead the university through the next stage of its development.

Professor Whitehead is an authentic leader with a clear vision for the University of Brighton, a strong affinity with its values and mission, and a firm belief in the power of education to unlock potential and shape futures. She has an impressive track record of delivering significant improvements to teaching quality, student experience and graduate outcomes, and has worked closely with external partners to increase civic and business engagement, and to strengthen and develop new partnerships focused on research and enterprise innovation.

Commenting on her appointment, Professor Whitehead said:

“I am delighted to be appointed as Vice-Chancellor at the University of Brighton. I look forward to working with staff, students and external partners to build on the university’s significant successes to date and to deliver the next stage of the university’s evolution.”

West Sussex Legal Firm Celebrates Legal 500 Ranking

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 09 Oct 2024 09:49:07 GMT

West Sussex Legal Firm Celebrates Legal 500 Ranking

Bennett Griffin Recognised for Personal Injury Expertise and Continued Success in Commercial Property

West Sussex-based law firm Bennett Griffin is proud to announce its recent success in the 2024 edition of The Legal 500, with its Personal Injury Team newly ranked for their excellence in claimant work, alongside continued recognition for the firm’s Commercial Property Team.

This prestigious ranking underscores Bennett Griffin’s ongoing dedication to delivering high-quality legal services across the South East, solidifying its reputation as a trusted name in the legal sector.

Personal Injury Team Earns New Recognition

Bennett Griffin’s Personal Injury Team has been recognised by The Legal 500 for its specialisation in complex personal injury cases, particularly those involving orthopaedic and brain injuries, psychological injuries, and road traffic accidents.

This ranking reflects the team's commitment to achieving successful outcomes for their clients, handling sensitive and intricate cases with care and professionalism.

Partner Tim Ransley, head of the Personal Injury Department, is noted for his particular expertise in cycling injury claims. Tim is also individually ranked in Chambers and Partners, further highlighting his prominence in the legal field.

Joining Tim is Partner Amy Offen, head of Dispute Resolution, who brings her considerable experience in multi-track claims, contributing to the team’s growing success, as well as department Senior Paralegal Lindsey Ransley.

Client testimonials included in The Legal 500 highlight the team’s dedication to service, with clients praising the team for their professionalism, empathy, and communication skills.

One testimonial noted, “From the very first meeting to my last, I knew I was in good hands. The whole team were very professional throughout the entire process, and I wholeheartedly have no hesitation in recommending Bennett Griffin.”

Continued Success for Commercial Property Team

In addition to the recognition of its Personal Injury practice, Bennett Griffin’s Commercial Property Team, led by Senior Associates Chrissie Edwards (Head of Commercial Property) and Joshua Coleman, has maintained its position in The Legal 500 for the third consecutive year.

The team’s expertise in managing complex property transactions has helped businesses across the South East navigate the legal intricacies of commercial real estate with confidence.

This continued recognition reaffirms the firm’s position as a leader in both personal injury and commercial property law.

A Mark of Excellence

The Legal 500 is a highly regarded legal directory that ranks law firms based on client feedback, peer reviews, and notable casework. Inclusion in this ranking is a testament to Bennett Griffin’s high standards and commitment to client satisfaction.

Tim Ransley commented: “This recognition reflects the hard work and dedication of our entire team. It is an honour to be included in The Legal 500, and we are committed to continuing to provide the best possible service to our clients.”

How The Legal 500 Ranks Law Firms

The Legal 500 is one of the most respected legal directories, ranking law firms based on independent research that includes:

Client Feedback: Direct interviews with clients to gauge service quality and satisfaction.
Peer Reviews: Input from other legal professionals to assess a firm’s reputation within the industry.
Notable Cases: Evaluation of the complexity and impact of the cases a firm has handled.

Find out more about Bennett Griffin by visiting https://www.bennettgriffin.co.uk/

Finalists for the 2024 Adur & Worthing Business Awards annouced!

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Tue, 08 Oct 2024 09:18:02 GMT

Finalists for the 2024 Adur & Worthing Business Awards announced!

Best Drink - Sponsored by Bennett Griffin LLP
·         Anchored in Worthing
·         Tamp & Grind Speciality Coffee
·         The Brooksteed
·         Worthing Tap Takeover
Best Food – Sponsored by ETI
·         Baked Worthing
·         Drury Coffee House
·         Piglets Pantry
·         Pizzaface Worthing
·         Rose Petal Cake Company
Building & Construction - Sponsored by Gardner & Scardifield Ltd
·         Polly Paints Decor
·         SJM Renewables
·         Sussex Pond Doctor
·         W Group
Business in the Community - Sponsored by Egalite Care Ltd
·         Coast & Country Real Estate
·         GWCA Solicitors
·         Paul Stanford – Stanford Legal Services
·         South Downs Leisure
·         Waitrose & Partners Worthing
Business Personality – Sponsored by Piglets Pantry
Announced on the night
Customer Service - Sponsored by Worthing & Adur Chamber of Commerce
·         Coast & Country Real Estate
·         Flux Piercing Ltd
·         Mindworks Escape Rooms
·         Sussex Pond Doctor
·         The Worthing Clinic Ltd
Hospitality Tourism & Leisure – Sponsored by E&T Events
·         Mindworks Escape Rooms
·         Sleep Eco Inn
·         South Downs Leisure
·         Worthing Tap Takeover
Innovation - Sponsored by Kreston Reeves
·         Ashes to Blooms
·         Dad La Soul
·         Flare Audio
·         SJM Renewables
·         Sleep Eco Inn
Large Business - Sponsored by South Downs Leisure
·         Bennett Griffin LLP
·         FermionX
·         GWCA Solicitors
·         Piglets Pantry
·         W Group
Manufacturing & Engineering - Sponsored by Carpenter Box
·         Baked Worthing
·         D Z A Technical Ltd
·         FermionX
·         Flare Audio
Medium Business - Sponsored by Pyroban Ltd
·         Arrow Taxis Group
·         Flare Audio
·         LQS Healthcare Services Ltd
·         Molokini Marketing
·         Pizzaface Worthing
Outstanding Contribution to Business – Sponsored by The Martlet Partnership LLP
Announced on the night
Retailer - Sponsored by Worthing BID
·         Baked Worthing
·         Flux Piercing Ltd
·         Sewsilver
·         That Glam Bar
Small Business - Sponsored by AWBP
·         Coast & Country Real Estate
·         Connect Media
·         Lisa Kerr – Consulting with Kerr Ltd
·         Paul Stanford – Stanford Legal Services
·         Rose Petal Cake Company
Start-Up Business - Sponsored by Flare Audio
·         ASL Technical Ltd
·         GoodOaks Homecare
·         Hollands Associates
·         Samantha Pewsey – People Finding Consultancy
·         Tamp & Grind Speciality Coffee
·         Wastebusters
Sustainable Business - Sponsored by QED Sustainable Urban Developments Ltd
·         Ashes to Blooms
·         Domluca
·         Nordell Ltd
·         Sleep Eco Inn
Training & Development - Sponsored by GB Electronics
·         GWCA Solicitors
·         Lisa Kerr – Consulting with Kerr Ltd
·         Nordell Ltd
·         Shoreham Port
Young Achiever - Sponsored by Nordell Ltd
·         Gage Arneaud – Ph.otographer480
·         Georgia Beadle – Beaufort & Barley
·         Lara Cusack – Piglets Pantry
·         Megan Jones – Pizzaface Worthing
·         Niamh Cleary – Pizzaface Worthing
Overall Business – Sponsored by JSPC Computer Services Ltd
Announced on the night

Sleepout - Wake up to homelessness with Turning Tides

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Thu, 03 Oct 2024 12:36:05 GMT

Sleepout - Wake up to homelessness with Turning Tides

Take part in an evening powerful enough to change the course of someone’s life; wake up to homelessness.

Trade your comfy bed for a sleeping bag on October 26th, 2024, and stand with those facing homelessness in your community. You have the power to bring change.

There was a wonderful sense of camaraderie amongst everyone and most managed at least a few hours’ sleep. I would recommend anyone to try it at least once! Sam - Previous participant

For Sleepout 2024 we’re returning to Worthing Fire Station, where there will be an opportunity to tour the fire station’s engines and try on some safety equipment as well as taking photos. The event is suitable for all ages, with a secure site and activities for everyone.

Let your imagination run riot! The shelter building competition is open to all, with fabulous prizes on offer for the most creative and most practical. Later in the evening you will hear from those who have experienced homelessness, and the frontline keyworkers who support them. Refreshments including a light evening meal, are included in the ticket price. You can listen to the Ropetackle storytellers tell bedtime tales and enjoy a warming drink before settling for the night.

Increasingly local people are facing life without a safe place to call home and for every person you see rough sleeping there will be another 20 hidden away – sleeping in their car, sofa-surfing, or in tents and shelters in fields, woods and parks.

Turning Tides was my lifeline. They didn’t just give me a roof over my head; they helped me to rebuild myself, my dignity, and my life.” - Franc

Fundraising events like this one are incredibly important, not just for raising awareness and breaking the stigma of rough sleeping but for raising the vital funds that are needed to support local people. Participants are asked to raise sponsorship which will directly support local people experiencing homelessness. Your fundraising will mean that we can continue to be there for the thousands of people who need us every year.

We want to be there for people who find themselves homeless; if like us you believe everyone deserves a home put the date for this fantastic fundraising event in your diary today.

Why not invite your friends, colleagues, and family along too or share online.

Can’t make this date? You can organise your own DIY Sleepout.

Holding a DIY Sleepout offers the opportunity to gain insight into the issues surrounding local homelessness. The inspiring event – which encourages people to sleepout for just one night – will help develop a sense of empathy and compassion across all age groups. As well as raise funds to support the work of Turning Tides, providing services to homeless people in your local community.

Organising your own means you can do it anywhere you like, at a time that suits you. Perfect for groups such as colleagues, Scouts and Guides and more, check out our website for our DIY Sleepout resources and start planning today – www.turning-tides.org.uk/DIYsleepout

Chichester College Group Skills Advisory Panel

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Thu, 03 Oct 2024 12:19:24 GMT

Chichester College Group Skills Advisory Panel

Join us for a delightful gathering of employers and stimulating conversations for a unique opportunity to shape the future of training in your industry.

Event Details:

Date: Wednesday 16 October
Time: 10:30 AM - 12:00 PM
Venue: Worthing College, ICC Room, 152 first floor.

Event Highlights:

Sector-Specific Insights: Engage in focused discussions tailored to your industry during our Professional Services session. Share your insights on current challenges, trends, and future opportunities that can shape the training landscape for your business.
Input into Training Needs: Your expertise matters. Provide valuable input on the specific training needs of your sector. Help us understand the skills and knowledge your workforce requires now and in the future.
Networking Opportunities: Connect with fellow employers, industry leaders, and training experts in a relaxed and conducive environment. Build relationships, share experiences, and discover potential collaborations that can elevate your business.

Why Attend:

Shape the Future: Contribute to the design of training programmes that directly address the needs of your business and industry.
Networking: Connect with peers, industry experts, and training professionals to expand your network and explore potential collaborations.
Insider Insights: Gain valuable insights into current trends and future developments in Professional Services.

Reserve your spot at the Skills Advisory Panel. Be part of the conversation, drive change, and unlock the potential of collaborative learning

The Sid Youth are offering corporate sponsorship on their website

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Thu, 03 Oct 2024 11:55:56 GMT

The Sid Youth are offering corporate sponsorship on their website!

The Sid Youth delivers support to young people in Adur, Worthing and the surrounding areas through workshops and mentoring. "We work in a proactive way in order to make sure we are offering services that can not only benefit the young people we work with but also support the community and the families they live with"

Their new website in due to launch soon and they are looking for 12 companies to sponsor a month each. During that month they would feature on the home page and on the sponsors page for the rest of the year.

Companies would be asked to make a donation which would be used to support the youth engagement fund. Here are some examples of ways those funds have been used recently
# Providing school shoes to you a young person who was starting high school and did not have any.
# Providing gym memberships to young people to help them with their physical and mental health
# Providing food for young people
# Taking part in activities in the community

"Any support would be greatly appreciated and we would be happy to share exactly what the funds are used for."
please email info@thesidyouth.co.uk

For more information about what The Sid Youth Group do, please check out their website https://www.thesidyouth.co.uk

Carpenter Box recruits 26 New Trainees onto its ‘Platinum’ training programme

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Thu, 03 Oct 2024 10:18:15 GMT

Carpenter Box recruits 26 New Trainees onto its ‘Platinum’ training programme

A career in accountancy continues to be a popular choice for many school and college leavers, university graduates and career changers, with Sussex and South East accountancy firm Carpenter Box announcing the recruitment of 26 new trainees – a record intake for the firm.

Eleven of the new trainees have joined Carpenter Box’s Worthing office, five have taken up positions in Crawley, four in Brighton, five in Chichester and one in Portsmouth. They are spread across the firm’s Business Services Group, Assurance & Advisory Group, Tax Services Group and Starbox team, which provides expert finance and tax advice to new media companies and digital platform content creators.

Carpenter Box Managing Partner, Alan Edwards, commented: “It’s great that the firm is in the position to offer so many talented individuals the opportunity to build their career here and to be part of our ambitious growth plans for the future.

“I hope they take inspiration from the fact that many of our current partners, including myself, started out as trainees with Carpenter Box, and I very much look forward to seeing them thrive in what is a supportive environment as they progress towards their professional qualifications.”

The training programme delivered by Carpenter Box has earned both ‘Approved Employer and ‘Platinum’ status. The majority of the new trainees are embarking on a career pathway towards ACCA (Association of Chartered Certified Accountants) accreditation, whilst others are pursuing ACA (ICAEW Chartered Accountant) and ATT (Association of Taxation Technicians) qualifications.

For those interested in a career in accountancy, Carpenter Box is holding a Careers Open Evening on Tuesday 19^th November between 5.30pm and 7.30pm at their main offices in Crescent Road, Worthing. Click on the following link for further details: https://www.carpenterbox.com/event/open-evening/

(Image shows six of the new trainees, back row l-r: Alex Webber, Jake Solomon, James Newman & Sophie Middleton. Front row l-r is Josh Plumb & Jiaolin Chen).

www.carpenterbox.com

Stanford Legal Services recognised for excellence and innovation ahead of national awards ceremony

Thu, 22 Aug 2024 09:58:43 GMT

Stanford Legal Services recognised for excellence and innovation ahead of national awards ceremony.

Paul Stanford of Stanford Legal Services has been recognised for his commitment to innovation, service excellence, client experience and expertise having been shortlisted at a prestigious national awards ceremony in Estate Planning Consultant of the Year.

The British Wills and Probate Awards was launched in 2018 to recognise and celebrate the firms, businesses and individuals who have delivered outstanding service and expertise to clients across the wills and probate/private client sector; and is widely considered to be an indicator of excellence and trust.

Firms shortlisted have been through a rigorous process of independent scrutiny by a panel of industry professionals who arrive at the final shortlists. The winners will be announced on the 10^th October 2024 at the gala ceremony in Manchester.

Commenting on his success, Director of Stanford Legal Services, Paul Stanford said:

“I am delighted to be shortlisted for the Estate Planning Consultant of the Year award. This nomination reflects my unwavering commitment to exceptional customer service, technical knowledge, and innovative solutions. Over the years, I have strived to assist others and engage with the community, all while focusing on continuous improvement, training, and development. This dedication has allowed me to consistently exceed client expectations, as reflected in numerous 5-star Google reviews. It is an honour to be recognised as a trusted, competent, and reliable estate planning legal services adviser.

Stanford Legal Services, led by Paul Stanford, continues to set the standard in estate planning. Paul's leadership and expertise makes him a go-to resource for complex estate planning needs, earning him a stellar reputation in the industry.”

British Wills and Probate Awards Headline Sponsor CTT Group Director Clive Ponder TEP said

“It’s an absolute pleasure and a privilege to once again be headline sponsors. The BWAP Awards recognise the very best in our industry and having the honour of being a judge this year, I’ve seen first hand the talent and dedication, and the heights of achievement this industry can reach”

“Huge congratulations to all those who’ve been shortlisted for the awards. I look forward with great enthusiasm to the 2024 winners being announced at this year’s event in Manchester in October.”

The British Wills and Probate Awards is the largest event dedicated to recognising excellence in the industry. It is hosted by Today’s Media, the publishers of trade publication Today’s Wills and Probate, an online news publication for solicitors, will writers and probate practitioners.

Further details about The British Wills and Probate Awards 2024 are available at www.britishwillsandprobateawards.co.uk.

Join Tree Action in Making a Greener Future

Tue, 20 Aug 2024 10:06:51 GMT

Join Tree Action in Making a Greener Future

Tree Action is a Community Interest Company dedicated to organising tree planting and maintenance projects on school grounds and public land. Since 2020, we have funded and organised seven school tree-planting projects in Sussex, planting between 20 to 50 trees per school. Our projects aim to connect young people and nature, and improve the local environment.

Recent Case Study: Oak Grove College

We recently completed a project at Oak Grove College in Worthing. A group of enthusiastic students participated in a plum tree planting day, which included preparing the ground, planting the trees, and adding stakes for support. This initiative expanded an existing small orchard, enhancing the school’s green space.

In addition to some fruit trees, the children planted silver birch trees to help maintain a mixed woodland and absorb pollution from the nearby road. The students have taken on the responsibility of regularly watering each tree to ensure their healthy growth. This project is a school-wide effort, with many year groups participating in various activities such as weeding and watering to help maintain the trees planted.

Many schools don’t have the time or resources to deliver a tree planting project on school grounds, so we fundraise and plan projects for them, enabling students to connect with and appreciate nature and contribute to combatting climate change.

We are asking for donations to continue our work. By becoming a regular donor or corporate partner, you can make a significant impact on our local environment and community, and fulfill your sustainability goals too. In return for your support, your company is welcome to engage staff in our tree-planting projects in the Adur and Worthing area. Additionally, you can display our ‘We Help Tree Action Plant Trees’ logo on your website, to showcase your commitment to sustainability.

For more information, please feel free to visit our website at: www.treeactionuk.org

Or contact us at ricky@treeaction.org.uk

St Mary’s Church in Horsham receives commemorative plaque to mark award-winning renovation

Tue, 20 Aug 2024 09:11:07 GMT

St Mary’s Church in Horsham receives commemorative plaque to mark award-winning renovation

Handover ceremony after Pilbeam Construction named as winner in Sussex Heritage Trust Awards.

St Mary’s Church in Horsham has a received a special plaque after a renovation project at the church by Southwick firm Pilbeam Construction won a Sussex Heritage Trust award.

The aim of the renovation was to improve flexibility of space in the South Aisle of the Grade-1 listed building in Causeway, Horsham, which in part dates back to 1247.

It also saw underfloor heating installed, creating a comfortable space for people to take refreshments during concerts and after services.

Judges were so impressed with the sensitive way it was achieved that they awarded the project first place in the Ecclesiastical category.

Now, having picked up the award in a ceremony at Lancing College Chapel, Pilbeam returned to Horsham to hand over a commemorative plaque to the church.

Nick O’Riordan at St Mary’s said: “We’re absolutely delighted with this award-winning project and the way it has transformed the space at St Mary’s.

“A lot of people have remarked on how wonderful it looks, completely in keeping with this very special and historic building.

“Many congratulations to Pilbeam Construction for being honoured in this way and for working with us so closely on the project. We’ll be very proud to display the plaque and to welcome people to enjoy the South Aisle at St Mary’s with us.”

Expertise was required to complete the renovation, which included digging down to put in insulation for underfloor heating pipes before adding a screed layer and ceramic tiles.

These were then topped with stylish Clipsham Stone tiles, expertly laid next to the church’s existing Victorian floor tiles.

All these works needed to be carried out with minimal disruption and damage to the fabric of the building, including the church’s famous Father Willis organ.

Alan Corbett, managing director at Pilbeam Construction, said: “This was a special project to be involved in and we were delighted to see it win an award.

“Then to come back and present a plaque to our friends at St Mary’s, and see for ourselves how well the project has been received, was inspiring. We hope the newly renovated space will be used and appreciated for many years to come.”

For more information please visit: https://www.pilbeamconstruction.co.uk/

Criminal Groups Targeting Charities and Not For Profit Landowners in the South East

Thu, 15 Aug 2024 13:31:53 GMT

Criminal Groups Targeting Charities and Not For Profit Landowners in the South East

We have received a message from the Environmental Crime Agency asking that we raise awareness around the risks of serious and organised waste crime to landowners, who can leave charitable organisations with substantial clean up costs, that can run into tens of thousands of pounds.

There is a criminal group currently operating across the South East, where offenders have targeted scout groups.

The offenders’ method involves making an unsolicited approach to charity landowners in person/phone call or email offering free or low-cost landscaping/resurfacing, sometimes in exchange for storing some ‘soil’ on your land.

The material is waste that has been processed, and to the untrained eye can look like a pile of soil. The cost of clearance falls to the landowner including the landfill tax, which can be substantial. A charity site has been targeted this year in Berkshire and approximately 100,000 tonnes of processed waste has been tipped.

It is highly likely that offenders are currently scouting for new land, although two individuals were arrested for these offences on the 19th June 2024 and are currently on bail whilst investigative enquiries continue.

Please find some information here for the benefit of charity and not for profit landowners. The offenders are experienced and well organised, so please encourage your staff and volunteers if they are approached by individuals or companies offering to do free or low-cost landscaping, resurfacing or similar, be suspicious and to report their concerns promptly to the Environment Agency (0800 80 70 60) or via Crimestoppers.

GWCA Partner with Worthing Football Club

Thu, 15 Aug 2024 09:54:42 GMT

GWCA Partner with Worthing Football Club

GWCA Solicitors are delighted to announce that we have partnered with Worthing Football Club and become a premium sponsor for the upcoming 2024/2025 season.

Worthing Rebels have played at Woodside Road since 1901 and are the most successful team in the Sussex Senior Cup, having won the competition 22 times. The club has gained two promotions to the National League South and the Rebels finished the 2022/23 season in their highest-ever league position in their 137-year history.

GWCA Solicitors started out in in 1915 and, like the football club, has been at the heart of the Sussex community ever since. We have a great reputation for helping people with life’s big decisions. This partnership with Worthing F.C will help develop and strengthen relationships with current and prospective clients, together with key local business and communities.

GWCA have been a statement of the Sussex legal community for over 100 years and have prided themselves by being the largest local solicitor firm in Sussex and the South coast, providing legal services for individuals and businesses. Our offices are in local towns around Worthing and across the South coast. We are proud of our strong ties with the local communities and organisations.

As part of the sponsorship, GWCA Solicitors will have prominent advertising areas within The Sussex Transport Community Stadium. You will see this as you walk into the stadium on the fencing to your left, around the pitch and in match day programmes.

Emma Chatwell, GWCA Senior Partner said “We are a local firm keen to support and promote other local businesses and are delighted to become the clubs’ one of the clubs’ premium sponsors. We are proud to stand with Worthing Football Club and look forward to supporting them as we support all existing and new clients, in every aspect of their lives.”

Inspire You Member Case Study

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 12 Jun 2024 13:28:22 GMT

Inspire You Member Case Study

1. What do you do?

We champion mental fitness for improved performance and productivity on individual, team, and organisational levels.

With science-backed approaches, our award-winning therapy, training, and coaching business enhances motivation, connection, and stress management.

Our bespoke solutions include workshops, webinars, and personalised coaching, bolstered by innovative online platforms and partnerships.

With core values in Freedom, Fun and making a difference we empower organisations to thrive.

2. Why did you join the Chamber?

I joined the chamber to connect with the local business community , seeking opportunities for collaboration, growth, and community engagement. By aligning with like-minded entrepreneurs and businesses, and accessing exclusive events, and workshops, my aim was to bolster my brand awareness and credibility within the Adur and Worthing area. Ultimately, my vision is to foster sustainable relationships, and leverage collective expertise, shopping local and being able to work ON the business as well as IN. I get energised by my local tribe.

3. What's your favourite thing about being a member?

My favourite thing about being a member is having regular meet ups with business friends, learning something new and having fun, which when working on your own A gets me out of the house and B keeps me connected and allows me to learn from others. The sense of belonging the Chamber fosters is invaluable to me. Through regular meetups, I not only expand my professional network but I can also sound off to fellow business owners who understand the unique challenges and triumphs of being on the business journey. These connections go beyond business; they provide a supportive community that energises and motivates me. Furthermore, being part of the Chamber reinforces my commitment to personal and professional development, offering insights and perspectives that enrich my journey as a business leader especially around topics that are not my core knowledge.

www.inspire-you.co.uk

AD Fuels - Member Case Study

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 12 Jun 2024 13:15:56 GMT

AD Fuels - Member Case Study

1. What do you do?

I am the MD of AD Fuels, a future fuel business transporting Biomethane in both compressed and cryogenic liquid form. The fuel is used by transport operators, industry and marine and replaces the resilience on heavy oils such as diesel. The gas, especially if created through the process of anaerobic digestion, is 90% cleaner for the environment than current fuels. Our customer base is features ASDA, Tesco, Calmac Ferries, John Lewis, etc. Additionally, we also transport cryogenic liquid carbon dioxide, a by-product of anaerobic digestion, for use in the food and beverage, medical and industrial arena. Since our inception in 2018 we have quickly become the largest independently operated LNG and CNG haulier in the UK. We employ locally and currently have an employee base of 50.

2. Why did you join the Chamber?

We chose to join the Chamber about 3 years ago to network locally, (although our client base is national and even international) and see if we could better use local support companies, such as web design, HR, payroll, and IT.

We have met serval people who have all helped in our growth and development along the way. We also wanted to take advantage of some of the training the Chamber offered and attend the various speaker sessions which prove to be rewarding.

www.adfuels.co.uk

Fizz Creations - Member Case Study

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 12 Jun 2024 12:45:25 GMT

Fizz Creations - Member Case Study

1. What do you do?

We sell fun novelty gifts & ranges to independent, national and international customers. We bring a smile to peoples faces.

2. Why did you join the Chamber?

To meet other local businesses, share experiences learn from them, help each other and grow together, and to source services locally where we can.

3. What's your favourite thing about being a member?

Hearing other peoples stories and meeting some amazing & inspiring local business people.

www.fizzcreations.com

Mindworks Escape Rooms - Member Case Study

Lauren Martin-Grieveson — Wed, 12 Jun 2024 11:55:05 GMT

Mindworks Escape Rooms - Member Case Study

1. What do you do?

Mindworks Escape Rooms is a family-run, independent business which came to Worthing Town Centre in 2020 with their debut, totally original escape room game 'Smuggler's Ruin'. Now with 'Trapped For Cash' and 'Mission Berlin', Mindworks is proudly the home of THREE multi-award winning, 5-star-rated immersive experiences! Dive into the puzzle-solving adventures and unravel the mysteries! With 60 minutes on the clock, will you and your team outwit the challenges!?

2. Why did you join the Chamber?

Mindworks was eager to join Worthing Chamber as local community means a lot to us. We're a small team, who have grown-up, live and work in Worthing. By being a part of the Chamber, we love being able to help promote our new, fun and unique leisure activity for Worthing - as well as trying to support other local businesses too! The Chamber events are always so valuable, and have led to many new connections, friends and collaborations! We're already looking forward to the next Better Business Show!

3. What's your favourite thing about being a member?

We adore seeing teams' reactions to our experiences! After designing and building our games from the ground up, it means so much when we see everyone's excitement to cracking our puzzles, unraveling the stories we've created, and sharing their victories...!! Our favourite thing so far about being a Chamber member was treating the hard-working Chamber team themselves to a dose of escapism and fun team-building, and seeing them conquer the escape rooms!! They're an amazing team, so a lot of fun to host and work with.

www.mindworks-escaperooms.co.uk

Business Support Programme (2024/25)

Wed, 08 May 2024 09:50:13 GMT

Business Support Programme (2024/25)

Adur & Worthing Councils are pleased to be launching a Business Support Programme to assist our local businesses within the areas of innovation, sustainability and leadership & management. Additionally there will be support available for pre-start up and start up enterprises.

This support programme is funded with money from the UK Shared Prosperity Fund awarded by central government, Section 106 contributions from developers and pooled business rates as part of a national retention scheme.

The Business Support Programme has available a very small amount of funding, available to specific, eligible businesses in the form of a grant. Businesses will be identified as eligible to apply, following engagement through one of the support strands. Grants are not guaranteed and will be reviewed by a separate grants panel in order to ascertain best use of the funds and secure the biggest impact for the amount of funding available.

The councils are pleased to be working with Freedom Works, Clean Growth UK and the University of Brighton to bring specialised support to this programme.

To celebrate the launch of the programme we will be holding two events on Monday 20th May 2024 to enable businesses and individuals to find out more about the support available including workshops and mentoring across the four areas of focus.

Please register on Eventbrite to join us on one of the following events:

Places will be limited so please book early to avoid disappointment!

Alternatively to be notified when this programme goes live please complete your details through the link below:

Business support programme (2024/25) - register your interest